UCH-II EIA Report by Halcrow For ADB Jan 2010

Environmental Impact Assessment
Project Number: 43903 December 2010
PAK: UCH-II Power Project
Prepared by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Limited for UCH-II Power (Private) Limited
The environmental impact assessment is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADBs Board of Directors, Management, or staff.
UCH-II POWER (PRIVATE) LIMITED
Environmental Impact Assessment for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity At Uch Power Station
Final Report January 2010
Uch-II Power (Private) Limited
Environmental Impact Assessment for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station
Final Report
January 2010
Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Limited

3rd Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt House, Mauve Area, Sector G-7/1, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel +92 51 220 3451-55Fax +92 51 220 3462 Mail@halcrow.com, www.halcrow.com Halcrow Pakistan has prepared this report in accordance with the instructions of Uch-II Power (Private) Limited for their sole and specific use. Any other persons who use any information contained herein do so at their own risk. Halcrow Group Limited 2010
EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS
ES.
Executive Summary
ES.1
Introduction
This report presents the findings of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) carried out by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd (HPK) for the expansion of power generation capacity by 404 Mega Watt (MW) (ISO Gross rating) at the existing Uch Power Station (UPS) located near Dera Murad Jamali in Naseerabad district of Balochistan Province. Figure ES-1 shows the key map of Uch power station. The proposed plant expansion will be constructed adjacent to and west of the existing power plant and within existing plant boundary. Uch power station is a combined cycle plant with an ISO gross capacity rating of 586MW and its total fenced area is approximately 260 hectares (640 acres). The proposed extension (Uch-2) will require approximately 63 hectares (156 acres) of which 20% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed extension project. The EIA has been prepared to conform with the requirements of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA), the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Regulations 2000 and the guidelines provided in the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures, 1997.
ES.2
The Proponent
Uch Power Station is owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited (UPL). The expansion project will be carried out by Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (hereinafter called "Uch-II" or "the Company") and its main sponsors are International Power Plc (IPR) and Creative Energy Resources (CER). UPL was formed in year 1994 as a limited company and its main sponsors are similar to that of Uch-II. Uch Power Station started its commercial operation in October 2000.
ES.3
The EIA Methodology

The various steps undertaken in the EIA preparation included understanding of the proposed operations; review of alternatives; review of policy, legislation and guidelines; collection and review of secondary data including the physical, biological, socioeconomic and cultural environments of the area; field data collection; community consultation; impact identification; recommendations for mitigation and monitoring measures; development of a project specific Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and reporting of all findings in an Environmental Impact Assessment Report.
ES-1
JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03
Executive Summary
ES.4
The Project
Uch-II intends to build, own and operate a 404MW power plant within in the premises of Uch Power Station.Uch-2 will comprise of a combined cycle arrangement featuring two gas fired combustion turbines, two heat recovery steam generators and single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. Low BTU gas will be used as fuel for the combustion process. The process, ancillary operations and facilities proposed for the power generation for the expansion project will be similar to the existing plant set up. Detailed project description is provided in the Section 4 of the report.
ES.5
Project Alternatives
To ensure implementation of best available management and technology options, an analysis of alternatives to the proposed operation was undertaken. Alternatives considered included: Management options including no project option, alternative site option, and alternative timing. Technological options including options for use of different fuels for plant operations, different power generation technology options, waste management options and alternatives to sourcing water The no project option and alternative site option were considered not feasible.
ES.6
Public Consultation
Public consultation is an integral part of the EIA process. Public Consultation is essentially a tool used for the purpose of information dissemination, exchange of views, and soliciting feedback and suggestions of key stakeholders about the project and the EIA. During the EIA process, meetings were held with various stakeholders to solicit and record their views and concerns for inclusion in project design at the projectplanning phase. The stakeholders consulted primarily included some prominent NGOs, government officials, public representatives and communities residing in the project area. Their views and concerns were enquired through different consultation techniques and were incorporated into the EIA mitigation measures.
ES.7
Impacts and Mitigation

The EIA covers potential effects of the construction and operation activities of the proposed power plant in the project area. Potential impacts on the physical, biological, socio-economic, archaeological and cultural environments that may arise from project activities and the mitigation measures that will be adopted to reduce or minimise all impacts have been assessed and are summarised in Table ES-1. The project activities will also have positive impacts on the local communities, these may include: increased turnover of local businesses and shops due to an increased demand from project
ES-2
Executive Summary
contractors and their employees; and increased income of local residents due to employment in the project.
ES.8
Environmental Management Plan

For the effective implementation and management of mitigation measures, an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared which meets the requirements of the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Procedures, 2000. It is aimed at achieving the following objectives: Defining legislative requirements, guidelines and best industry practices that apply to the project; A mitigation and monitoring plan; Definition of roles and responsibilities of the proponent and contractors; Requirements for communication, documentation and training during the project; Restrictions on design, timing and conduct of the project; and Change Management Plan to cover unforeseen events/environmental conditions during the project.
ES.9
Conclusion
Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power which is expected to continue. Brisk pace of economic activity, rising levels of income of people, the double digit growth of large scale manufacturing, higher agricultural production and village electrification programme have all resulted in higher demand of power in Pakistan. The prevailing scenario implies that there is an urgent need for additional power generation capacity. The proposed project will help towards achieving this objective, however, the scale and nature of the project requires that potential environmental effects due the proposed project are evaluated, mitigation measures required to minimise or obviate these impacts be assessed, implemented and monitored. Any residual impacts may be assessed for their significance. On the basis of the above, the EIA concludes that the residual impacts of the proposed operation will be of minor significance and careful implementation of the EMP will ensure that environmental impacts are managed and minimised and all statutory requirements are met by the project proponent.
ES-3
Executive Summary
Table ES-1 Environmental impacts, mitigation and characterisation matrix

Noise
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Construction equipment; Vehicles; Generators. Operation Phase Noise generated due to plant operations such as turbines, blow down Duration Construction Operation Short term Short term Extent Local Local Reversibility Reversible Reversible Likelihood Possibly Almost certain Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low Proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment; Use of proper silencers, mufflers and personal protective equipments; Use of noise-abating techniques such as accoustic enclosures.
ES-4
Executive Summary
Dust Emissions
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Movement of construction vehicles on un paved roads; Soil excavation, soil and aggregate storage piles. Operation Phase None Duration Construction Short term Extent Local Reversibility Reversible Likelihood Likely Severity Minor Significance Medium Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces; Regulation and monitoring of vehicle speeds; Keeping the soil and aggregate piles moist, erecting windshield walls and covering the piles, with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets.
ES-5
Executive Summary
Air Emissions
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Construction equipment; Machinery; Vehicles exhaust. Operation Phase Fuel used during plant operations; Vehicle exhaust. Duration Construction Operation Short term Medium term Extent Local Regional Reversibility Reversible Reversible Likelihood Likely Unlikely Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low
Maintenance of generators and vehicles to keep them in good working condition; Effective management of combustion conditions.
ES-6
Executive Summary
Land Use
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Clearing of vegetation; Earthworks. Operation Phase None Duration Construction Medium term Extent Local Reversibility Reversible Likelihood Almost certain Severity Minor Significance Low Land uptake will be kept to minimum required.
ES-7
Executive Summary
Green House gas Emissions
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Negligble from construction equipment Operation Phase Fuel used for plant operations; Exhaust from vehicle Duration Construction Operation Short term Long term Extent National National Reversibility Reversible Reversible Likelihood Almost certain Almost certain Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low Provision of combined cycle gas turbines which have the the highest fuel efficiency among the conventional fuels power plants.
ES-8
Executive Summary
Water Abstraction
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Construction activites Construction camp operations Water sprinkling for dust supperation Operation Phase Evaporation blow down Other plant water requirements Camp domestic use Duration Construction Operation Short term Short term Extent Regional Regional Reversibility Reversible Reversible Likelihood Unlikely Unlikely Severity Minor Moderate Significance Low Low
Water from Pat Feeder Canal will only be used after getting approval from irrigation department; RO technology may be employed to recycle cooling tower blowdown; Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water.
ES-9
Executive Summary
Soil and Land Contamination
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Fuel oil drip from construction equipment and vehicles; Maintenance of vehicles and equipment; Fuel and chemical handling, storage and transportation. Operation Phase Fuel oil drip from construction equipment and vehicles; Maintenance of vehicles and equipment; Fuel and chemical handling, storage and transportation.
Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining; Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas; Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations; Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages; Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration.
Duration Construction Operation Medium term Medium term
Extent Local Local
Reversibility Reversible Reversible
Likelihood Possibly Unlikely
Severity Minor Moderate
Significance Low Low
ES-10
Executive Summary
Drainage and Storm water runoff
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Disturbance to storm water runoff due to construction activities; Contamination of soil due to contaminated storm water runoff from project sites. Operation Phase Disturbance to storm water runoff due to construction activities; Contamination of soil due to contaminated storm water runoff from project sites.
Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations; A drainage system will be provided for the power plant consisting of drains discharging into evaporation pond after required treatment; Oil water drainage system with oil seprator will be provided in areas with chances of oil contaminatins such as the fuel storage area, turbine areas. etc.
Duration Construction Operation Short term Short term
Extent Local Local
Severity Minor Minor
ES-11
Executive Summary
Wastewater
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Construction camp effluent. Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite before disposal through onsite evaporation pond; The facility will be constructed as a zero discharge facility; with wastewater disposed off through onsite evaporation pond; Low volume waste stream will be treated by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization in the treatment basin before discharging into the evaporation pond; Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant under aerobic conditions before discharge into the evaporation pond.
Operation Phase Cooling tower blow down; Plant low volume wastes; and Sanitary wastewater from plant colony
Extent Local Local
Likelihood Unlikely Unlikely
Severity Moderate Moderate
ES-12
Executive Summary
Hazardous waste
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Various oils and lubricants; Paints and various construction chemicals and containers etc. Operation Phase Various oils and lubricants; Corrosion inhibitors; Chemicals for water treatment; Paints and other chemical containers etc.
A chemical and hazardous material handling procedure will be prepared; Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment; Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers; Supporting information such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be available for all hazardous materials; Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors.
Duration Construction Operation Short term Medium term
Extent Local Regional
Reversibility Revesrsible Reversible
ES-13
Executive Summary
Solid Waste Management
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Construction waste; Domestic waste from construction camp. Operation Phase Plant operation waste; Evaporation pond residue; Workshops; Domestic wastes from plant coloney; Medical Waste Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes; Recyclable material will be separated at source; Kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill; Medical waste will be sent to a medical waste incineration facility; No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary; Records of all waste generated will be maintained; Waste management training will be will be provided to plant personnel.
ES-14
Executive Summary
Disturbance to Wildlife
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Habitat loss; Movement of personnel and vehicles; Noise generated from project activities; Hunting and traping. Operation Phase Movement of personnel and vehicles; Hunting and traping. Duration Construction Operation Short term Short term Extent Local Local Reversibility Reversible Reversible Likelihood Likely Unlikely Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low
Hunting, trapping, feeding or harassment of wildlife will be prohibited; Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules.
ES-15
Executive Summary
Natural Hazards
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Flooding; Seismicity. Operation Phase Flooding; Seismicity . Duration Construction Operation Medium term Medium ter,mm Extent Local Regional Reversibility Reversible Reversible Likelihood Rare Rare Severity Minor Moderate Significance Low Low
Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain; Provision of earthen bund around the Uch power plant site; Construction of various plant buildings in accordance with UBC Zone 2.
ES-16
Executive Summary
Socio-economic Impacts Activity and Source Construction Phase Community and existing plant workers safety; Traffic disturbance; Local employment conflicts; Project and community interface; Archeological and cultural resources. Operation Phase Employment conflicts; Community interface Mitigation Measures Access to the project area will be limited to only project related personnel;. The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel; Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits; Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads; A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals; Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities; The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms; Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided;. If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped. UPL will provide assistance in salvaging the archological find. Duration Community and workers safety Traffic disturbance Employment conflicts Community interface Archeological and cultural resources Short to medium term Short term Short terrm Medium term Long term Extent Local Reversibility Reversible to irreversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Irreversible Likelihood Unlikely Severity Moderate Significance Medium
Regional Regional Regional Local
Likely Unlikely Possibly Possibly
Minor Moderate Minor Minor
Low Low Low Low
ES-17
Executive Summary
Occupational Health and Safety
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Construction safety. Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared; Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared; Proper machine guarding, by isolating workers from moving machinery, will be provided; PPEs will be worn by the plant personnel in the main plant area; An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equpments in case of an emergency; Fire fighting equipment will be readily available with their locations clearly marked; Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure; Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas with chmeicl exposuere concentrations exceeding the guideline values; Staff will be trained for management of heat related stress.
Operation Phase Electrical Hazards; Confined Space Entry; Personal Protective Equipments; Fire and Explosion Hazards; Chemical Exposure; Heat Related Stress/Illness.
Duration Operation Short term
Extent Local
Reversibility Reversible / irreversible
Likelihood Unlikely
Severity Moderate
Significance Low
ES-18
Executive Summary
Figure ES-1: Key Map of Uch Power Station
ES-19
EIA for Expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS
Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 The EIA The Proponent The Project Organisation of the report Contact details
1-1
1-1 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2
EIA Scope and Methodology

2.1 2.2 2.3 Scope of the EIA EIA Team EIA Methodology
2-1
2-1 2-1 2-1
Policy, Legislation and Guidelines

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 Introduction Corporate Policy of Uch-II (Private) Limited National Environmental Policy, Legislation and Guidelines International Treaties and Guidelines
3-1
3-1 3-1 3-1 3-9
Project Description
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 Project Background and Location Existing Project Components and Facilities Proposed Uch- 2 Expansion Project Power Plant Construction and Commissioning Plant Operations Plant decommissioning
4-1
4-1 4-1 4-4 4-8 4-12 4-14
Review of Alternatives
5.1 Project Alternatives
5-1
5-1
Public Consultation
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 Benefits and objectives of Stakeholders consultation Community Consultations Other Stakeholders Key findings and issues
6-1
6-1 6-2 6-3 6-5
Background Environment
iii
7-1
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4
Physical Environment Biological Environment Socio-economic Environment Gender analysis
7-1 7-25 7-47 7-54
Impacts and Mitigation Measures

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 Impact assessment methodology Impacts associated with Construction activities Impacts Associated with Operation phase Environmental and social benefits
8-1
8-1 8-2 8-20 8-38
Conclusion
9-1
Appendices
Appendix A Environmental Management Plan Appendix B Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Report Appendix C Air Dispersion Modeling Report
iv
List of Tables
Table 2-1: Impact characteristics criteria Table 3-1: NEQS for municipal and industrial effluentsa Table 3-2: NEQS for selected gaseous pollutants from industrial sourcesa Table 3-3: NEQS for Sulfur dioxide ambient air requirements 2-4 3-17 3-18 3-19
Table 3-4: NEQS for Nitrogen oxide ambient air requirements and emission from sources 3-20 Table 3-5: NEQS for motor vehicle exhaust and noise Table 3-6: World Bank effluent guideline values 3-20 3-21
Table 3-7: World Bank emission guidelines (in mg/Nm3 or as indicated) for combustion turbine 3-22 Table 3-8: WHO ambient air quality guidelines Table 3-9: WHO updated ambient air quality guidelines 3-23 3-23
Table 3-10: Typical air emission monitoring parameters/frequency for thermal power plants 3-25 Table 3-11: Exposure limits for occupational exposure to electric and magnetic fields 3-27 Table 3-12: Noise limits for various working environments Table 3-13: No approach zones for high voltage power lines 3-27 3-27
Table 3-14: WHO guideline values for community noise in specific environments 3-27 Table 4-1: Technical parameters for Uch-1 plant operation Table 4-3: Schedule of construction activities Table 4-4: Summary of water requirements Table 4-5: Summary of wastewater generation Table 4-6: Stack emission parameters for Uch-2 power station Table 6-1: List of stakeholders consulted Table 7-1: Summary of mean monthly maximum temperature at Jacobabad and Sibbia Table 7-2: Summary of mean monthly minimum temperature at Jacobabad and Sibbia 4-19 4-22 4-22 4-22 4-22 6-6 7-12 7-13 Table 4-2: Summary of construction waste generation and disposal 4-21
Table 7-3: Summary of monthly amount of precipitation at Jacobabad 7-14 and Sibbia
Table 7-4: Summary of mean monthly relative humidity at Jacobabad 7-15 and Sibbia Table 7-5: Summary of mean monthly wind speed at Jacobabad and 7-16 Sibbia Table 7-6: Summary of mean monthly wind direction at Jacobabad and 7-17 Sibbia Table 7-7: Summary of monthly number of thunderstorm days at Jacobabad and Sibbi 7-18
Table 7-8: Ambient air quality monitoring results for various time periods 7-18 Table 7-9: Noise survey along plant boundary a 7-19 Table 7-10: Chemical test results of water sample at Pat Feeder canal and water course outside plant boundary 7-20 Table 7-11: Microbial test results of water sample of water course outside plant boundary 7-21 Table 7-12: Brief summary of biodiversity found during the site visit7-31 Table 7-13: Floral species observed during the site visit 7-32 Table 7-14: List of birds observed during the site visit within the project area 7-35 Table 7-15: List of mammals observed during the site visit within the project area 7-40 Table 7-16: List of reptiles observed during the site visit within the project area 7-41 Table 7-17: Mains tribes inhabiting the project area Table 7-18: Demographic data of the surveyed villages Table 7-19: Tribal head in the project area Table 7-20: Health facilities in Dera Murad Jamili Tehsil Table 7-21: Gender roles in upland crop production Table 8-1: Comparison of Uch-2 plant emissions with emission guidelines 7-59 7-60 7-64 7-64 7-65 8-40
Table 8-2: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled 8-40 values (g/m3) Table 8-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative 8-41 values (g/m3) Table 8-4: Chemical test results for water sample at existing evaporation pond 8-42 Table 8-5: Comparison of Pat Feeder canal flows and proposed project withdrawal 8-43 Table 8-6: Exposure limits for gases associated with power production8-43 Table 8-7: Impacts characteristics during construction phase 8-44
vi
Table 8-8: Impacts characteristics during operation phase
8-45
List of Figures
Figure 1-1: Key map of Uch Power Station Figure 4-1: General plant layout Figure 4-2: Existing power plant (Uch-1) layout Figure 4-3: Process flow diagram for existing power plant Figure 4-4: Proposed power plant (Uch-2) layout Figure 7-1: Geological map of the project area Figure 7-2: Ambient air and Water quality sampling location map Figure 7-3: Surface water resources in the project area Figure 7-4: Ground water resources in the project area Figure 7-5: Pat Feeder canal discharge (2005-2007) Figure 7-6: Wildlife sampling location map 1-3 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-18 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-30
Figure 7-7: Socio-economic Environment and Infrastructure of the Project Area 7-58
List of Photographs
Photograph 4-1: A view of existing Uch Power Station Photograph 4-2: Raw water storage pond Photograph 4-3: UPL gas receiving station Photograph 4-4: High speed Diesel storage tank Photograph 4-5: Main and by pass stacks Photograph 4-6: Switch yard house and grid station Photograph 4-7: HP, IP and LP pipes leading to steam turbine Photograph 4-8: Water condensate tank Photograph 4-9: Steam turbine Photograph 4-10: Water treatment system Photograph 4-11 Service water generation unit Photograph 4-12: Cooling towers Photograph 4-13: Sludge basin Photograph 4-14: Evaporation pond Photograph 4-15: Residential colony Photograph 4-16: Chemical storage yard 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-24 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-25 4-26 4-26 4-26 4-26
vii
Photograph 4-17: View of proposed site for plant expansion Photograph 6-1: Consultation with DCO, Naseerabad Photograph 6-2: Consultation with BEPA in Quetta Photograph 6-4: Consultation with EDO health Photograph 6-5: Community consultation in the project area Photograph 6-6: Consultation with locals of the project area Photograph 7-1: A view of clayey plain in the project area Photograph 7-2: A view of agricultural land in the project area Photograph 7-4: Boundary wall of power plant Photograph 7-5: A view of Pat Feeder canal in the project area
4-26 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 6-7 7-22 7-22 7-22 7-22
Photograph 4-18: Another view of proposed site for plant expansion4-26
Photograph 6-3: Consultation with Naib Tehsildar, Dera Murad Jamali6-7
Photograph 7-3: A view of harvested Paddy adjacent to power plant7-22
Photograph 7-6: A view of bridge over Pat Feeder Canal in the project area 7-22 Photograph 7-7: View of Rabi canal Photograph 7-8: A distributory for irrigation supply 7-23 7-23
Photograph 7-9: A pumping arrangement for canal water lift irrgation7-23 Photograph 7-10: A view of tallab (temporary water storage pond) in the project area 7-23 Photograph 7-11: A view of existing Uch Power Station 7-24 Photograph 7-12: Ambient air monitoring at first location point in progress 7-24 Photograph 7-13: Ambient air monitoring at second location point in the project area 7-24 Photograph 7-14: A view of the PM10 measuring equipment Photograph 7-15: Recording of pollutant concentration values in progress Photograph 7-16: Water sample collection from Pat Feeder canal Photograph 7-17: Semi desert habitat Photograph 7-18: Agriculture fields pPhotograph 7-19: A view of Proposed power plant site Photograph 7-20: Evaporation pond at power plant Photograph 7-21: Discharge point into evaporation pond Photograph 7-22: A flock of ducks at evaporation pond Photograph 7-23: A flock of Mallard at evaporation pond Photograph 7-24: A flock of Little egret along Pat Feeder canal 7-24 7-24 7-24 7-43 7-43 7-43 7-43 7-43 7-43 7-44 7-44
viii
Photograph 7-25: Indian Pond heron Photograph 7-26: A flock of large cormorant Photograph 7-27: Bay backed shrike Photograph 7-28: White wagtail Photograph 7-29: Black drongo Photograph 7-30: Crow pheasant Photograph 7-31: Fresh foot print of Desert hedgehog Photograph 7-32: Briliant agama Photograph 7-33: Glossy bellied racer Photograph 7-34: Indian monitor lizard Photograph 7-35: Calotropis procera Photograph 7-36: Acacia nilotica Photograph 7-37: Alhaji maurorum Photograph 7-38: Tamarix indica Photograph 7-39: Prosopis juliflora Photograph 7-40: Nests of Streaked weaver bird Photograph 7-41: Typical settlement near Pat Feeder Canal Photograph 7-42: A typical mud house Photograph 7-44: Railway link passing through project area Photograph 7-45: Shops along main highway Photograph 7-46: A typical dirt track in the project area Photograph 7-47: Live stock rearing in the project area Photograph 7-48: Livestock Photograph 7-49: A typical mosque Photograph 7-50: Graveyard near Dera Murad Jamali Photograph 7-51: Flour mill in the project area Photograph 7-52: Agriculture field
7-44 7-44 7-44 7-44 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-46 7-46 7-46 7-46 7-46 7-46 7-66 7-66 7-66 7-66 7-66 7-67 7-67 7-67 7-67 7-67 7-67
Photograph 7-43: A view of Sukkur Quetta main highway (N65) 7-66
Photograph 7-53: Clean drinking water facility provided by UPL for local people 7-68 Photograph 7-54: Clean drinking facility provided by UPL near Dera Murad Jamali 7-68 Photograph 7-55: School built by UPL for local people 7-68 Photograph 7-56: Survey forms being filled during social survey in the project area 7-68
ix
Acronyms
ACS AGGIH ARI BAP BEPA BHU BOD BTU BWPA CCA CCGT CFC CITES CMS COD DC DCS DG DHQ EIA EMP EPAs ESBI ESSA EU FGD Applied Control System American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygiene Acute Respiratory Infection Biodiversity Action Plan Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency Basic Health Unit Biochemical Oxygen Demand British thermal unit Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974 Cultivated Command Area Combined Cycle Gas Turbines Chlorofluorocarbon Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals Chemical Oxygen Demand Direct Current Distributed Control System Director General District Head Quarter Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Management Plan Environmental Protection Agencies Electrical Supply Board International Environmental and Social Soundness Assessment European Union Flue Gas Desulfurisation
GHGs GSU GTs HCL HP HPK HRSG HSD IEE IP IPP ISO IUCN KESC KV LPG MW NCS NEP NEQS NGOs NIOSH NSPS NT O&M OGDCL OSHA PBS
Greenhouse gases Generator step up Gas Turbines Hydrochloric Acid High Pressure Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd Heat recovery steam generators High Speed Diesel Initial Environmental Examination Interim Pressure Independent Power Producers International Organization for Standardization International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources Karachi Electric Supply Company Kilo Volt Liquefied Petroleum Gas Mega Watt National Conservation Strategy National Environmental Policy National Environmental Quality Standards Non Governmental Organisations National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health New Source Performance Standards Near Threatened Operations and Maintenance Oil and Gas Development Corporation Limited Occupational Safety and Health Administration Primary Boys School
xi
PEPA PEPC PIDA PM PPA Ppmvd QOL RO ROI RRA SCF SMART ST TCF TDS TSP TSS UBS UC Uch-1 Uch-2 Uch-II UNDP UNEP UNFCCC UNIDO UPL UPS UPS
Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 Pakistan Environmental Protection Council Provincial Irrigation and Drainage Authority Particulate matter Power Purchase Agreement Parts Per Million Volumetric Dry Quality of Life Reverse Osmosis Region of Influence Rapid Rural Appraisal Standard cubic feet Self Monitoring and Reporting Tool Steam Turbine Trillion Cubic Feet Total Dissolved Solids Total Suspended Particles Total Suspended Solids Uniform Building Code Union Council Existing Uch Power Station Proposed Uch Power Station Uch-II Power (Private) Limited United Nations Development Program United Nations Environment Program United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change United Nations Industrial Development Organization Uch Power (Private) Limited Uninterruptible Power Supply Uch Power Station
xii
USA USEPA USGS V WAPDA WB WHO
United States of America United States Environmental Protection Agency United States Geological Survey Volts Water and Power Development Authority World Bank World Health Organization
xiii
1
1.1
Introduction
The EIA
This report presents the findings of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) carried out by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd (HPK) for the expansion of power generation capacity by 404 Mega Watt (MW) (ISO Gross rating) at the existing Uch Power Station (UPS) located near Dera Murad Jamali in Naseerabad district of Balochistan province. Figure 1-1 shows the key map of Uch Power Station. The proposed extension will be constructed adjacent to the existing power plant and within existing plant boundary. The existing and the proposed power plant are referred as Uch-1 and Uch-2 respectively in the rest of the document. Uch Power Station is a combined cycle plant with an ISO gross capacity rating of 586MW and its total fenced area is approximately 260 hectares (640 acres). The proposed expansion (Uch-2) will require approximately 63 hectares (156 acres) of which 20% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed expansion project. The EIA has been prepared to conform with the requirements of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA), the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Regulations 2000 and the guidelines provided in the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures, 1997.
1.2
The Proponent
Uch Power Station is owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited (UPL). The expansion project will be carried out by Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (hereinafter called "Uch-II" or "the Company") and its main sponsors are International Power Plc (IPR) and Creative Energy Resources (CER). UPL was formed in year 1994 as a limited company and its main sponsors are similar to that of Uch-II. Uch Power Station started its commercial operation in October 2000.
1.3
The Project
Uch-II intends to build, own and operate a 404MW power plant within in the premises of Uch Power Station. Uch-2 expansion will comprise of a combined cycle arrangement featuring two gas fired combustion turbines, two heat recovery steam generators and single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. The process, ancillary operations and facilities proposed for the power generation for the expansion project will be similar to the existing plant set up. Detailed project description is provided in Section 4 of the report.
1-1
Introduction
Uch-1 is also based on a combined cycle arrangement featuring three combustion turbines, three heat recovery steam generators (HRSG) and a single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. The existing power station has an ISO capacity rating of 586MW. Dependable capacity is approximately 551.25MW referenced to 27.3 degrees Centigrade (C).
1.4
Organisation of the report

The EIA report is presented as one volume and describes the proposed project activities, background environment of the project area, relevant legislation and guidelines, review of alternatives, assessment of the project impacts and recommendations for mitigation measures. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been appended at the end of this EIA report. The photographic records have been provided in the relevant sections of the report.
1.5
Contact details
In case of further details or clarifications regarding this EIA please do not hesitate to contact the proponent or the consultant at the addresses provided below:
Proponent Pervaiz Khan Chief Executive Officer Uch Power Limited 48, Khyaban-e-Iqbal, Main Margalla Road, Sector F-7/2, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel : +92 51 2654901-4 Fax: +92 51 2654905 Consultant Aqib Gulzar Project Manager, Environment Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd 3rd Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt House, Mauve Area, Sector G-7/1, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel +92 51 220 3451-55 Ext: 148 Fax +92 51 220 3462
1-2
2
2.1

Scope of the EIA
This EIA investigates the impacts likely to arise from the construction and operations of 404MW of power generation facility at Uch Power Station located in Naseerabad district of Balochistan province. The details of power plant, ancillary operations and activities have been further discussed in length in Chapter 4 of this report.
2.2
EIA Team
The EIA has been prepared by a team of environmental assessment specialists, engineers, wildlife specialists, water resources specialist, botanist and sociologist.
2.3 2.3.1
EIA Methodology Understanding the proposed operation and review of alternatives

Details of the Uch-1 and Uch-2 plant activities were collected from the company and understood by the EIA consultant. All alternatives to the proposed operations were reviewed including: the no project option, management option, alternative site, timing, and alternative technologies to establish the environmental soundness of the operations. Details of the proposed project and an analysis of alternatives have been provided in Chapter 4 and 5 of this EIA report respectively.
2.3.2
Review of Policy, Legislation and Guidelines

The national legislation, international agreements, environmental guidelines, best industrial practices and Uch-1 environmental policy were reviewed to set environmental standards that Uch-II would be required to adhere to during the project. A synopsis of these is provided in Chapter 3 of the EIA.
2.3.3
Review of secondary data

Previous environmental and social soundness assessment for Uch-1 and other published and un-published information was collected in order to gain a complete understanding of existing environmental conditions in the area including the following: Physical environment - topography, geology, soils, surface and groundwater resources and climate; Biological environment habitat types, flora and fauna (particularly rare or endangered species), critical habitats/zones, and vegetation communities within the project area;
2-1
Socio-economic environment settlements, socio-economic conditions, infrastructure and land use; and Heritage aspects sites of cultural, archaeological or historical significance.
2.3.4
Field data collection

A team comprising of environmental specialists, wildlife specialists, botanist, and sociologist collected area specific primary data. Where required, the secondary data collected was also ground-truth by the experts. A description of baseline physical, biological and socio-economic conditions of the project area is provided in Chapter 7 of the EIA report respectively.
2.3.5
Stakeholders consultation
The consultation process included both primary and secondary stakeholders. Primary stakeholders were limited to affected persons, local communities and local government functionaries. The Secondary stakeholders mainly included national as well as international Non Governmental Organizations (NGOs), government representatives and regulators, and other such organizations. The objective of the consultation was to disseminate information on the project and its expected impact, long-term as well as short-term, among primary and secondary stakeholders, and to gather information on relevant issues so that the feedback received could be used to address these issues at an early stage. The outcomes of the consultation are detailed in Chapter 6 of this report.
2.3.6
Identification and assessment of impacts

Potential impacts arising from construction as well as operation activities of the proposed project were identified. These include effects of the activities on the physical, biological, socio-economic, archaeological and cultural environments of the area. These are detailed in Chapter 8 of the EIA. Impacts were identified and assessed on the basis of field data, secondary data, expert opinion, Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants by International Finance Corporation of the World Bank Group and the likely impacts discussed in Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA) guidelines for power projects. The impacts identified were characterised following the criteria provided in Table 2-1. Air dispersion modeling Ambient air quality is a major concern for power plant projects. To assess the impact on the local air quality due to power plant emissions, air dispersion modeling has also been carried out as part of EIA study.
2-2
2.3.7
Recommendations for mitigation and monitoring measures

Mitigation measures to help prevent or minimise all potential adverse environmental impacts from the proposed project activities were identified based on a range of options including management and monitoring practices, alternative technologies, physical controls, or compensation. The proposed mitigation measures are based on an appreciation of the sensitivity and behaviour of environmental receptors within the project area, past experience, case studies, legislative controls, World Bank / International Finance Corporation (IFC) environmental guidelines, PEPA guidelines for power projects and expert advice. Monitoring measures have been recommended for residual impacts (impacts remaining after applying the recommended mitigation measures) or for impacts that cannot be accurately predicted at the EIA stage. In such cases advice on requisite monitoring measures was sought from experts involved in the EIA and case studies of similar monitoring exercises carried out elsewhere.
2.3.8
Development of Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

An EMP for the proposed project activities was prepared. The EMP provides a framework for implementing and managing the mitigation and monitoring measures recommended in the EIA. The EMP includes the following: A mitigation and monitoring plan; Definition of roles and responsibilities of the proponent, contractors and monitoring teams; Requirements for communication, documentation and training during the project; Restrictions on design, timing and conduct of the project; and Change Management Plan to cover unforeseen events/environmental conditions during the project
2-3
Table 2-1: Impact characteristics criteria

Impact Characteristics Nature of the Impact Duration of the impact Categories Direct: The environmental parameter is directly changed by the project. Indirect: The environmental parameter changes as a result of change in another paramter. Short term: Lasting only till the duration of the project such as noise from the construction activities. Medium term: Lasting for a period of few months to a year after the project before naturally reverting to the original condition such as contamination of soil or water by fuels or oil. Long term: Lasting for a period much greater than medium term impacts before naturally reverting to the original condition such as loss of soil due to soil erosion. Local: Within the area of project i.e. operation site and access road. Regional: Within the boundaries of the project area. National: Within the boundaries of the country. Construction Operation Qualitatively measured on a scale of: Almost certain: Impact expected to occur under most circumstances. Likely: Impact will probable occure under most circumstances. Possibly: Impact may possibly occur at some time. Unlikely: Impact could occur at some time. Rare: Impact may occur but only under execptional circumstances. Defined as Reversible: When a receptor resumes its pre-project condition. Irreversible: When a receptor does not or cannot resume its pre-project condition. Rated as: Major: When an activity causes irreversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects entire population or species of flora or fauna in sufficient magnitude so as to cause a decline in abundance or change in distribution over more than one generation; has long term effects (period of years) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional significance. Moderate: When an activity causes long term (period of years) reversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects a portion of a population of flora or fauna causing reversible damage or change in abundance or distribution over one generation;
Geographical Location of the impact
Timing Likelihood of the impact
Reversibility of the impact
Consequence severity of impact
2-4
Impact Characteristics
Categories has short term effects (period of months) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional significance. Minor: When an activity causes short term (period of few months) reversible damage to an environmental feature; slight reversible damage to a few species of flora or fauna within a population over a short period of time; has short term (period of months) effects on socio-cultural or economic activities of local significance. Negligible: When no measurable damage to physical, socio-economic, or biological environment above the existing level of impacts occurs. Categorised as High, Medium or Low Based on the consequence, likelihood, reversibility, geographical extent, duration, level of public concern and conformance with legislative or statutory requirements.
Significance of the impact
2-5
3
3.1

Introduction
This chapter provides a synopsis of environmental policies, legislation, and guidelines that may have relevance to the proposed project. These include Uch-IIs environmental policy; national environmental policy, legislation and guidelines; and international conventions and guidelines. Uch-II will be required to adhere to the relevant requirements of the policies and legislation and recommendations of the guidelines during the plant construction and operation; which have also been incorporated in the mitigation measures and the EMP provided in the EIA.
3.2
Corporate Policy of Uch-II (Private) Limited

Electrical Supply Board International (ESBI) is the operations and maintenance (O&M) contractor of the existing power plant. ESBI on behalf of UPL has an environmental policy which is also endorsed by UPL as well as Uch-II. Under this policy commitment has been made for continual improvement in environmental performance, making all workplaces and processes safe and secure for UPL, its stake holders and the environment, actively strive to minimise impacts on environment, Moreover commitment towards strict compliance with all relevant legislations is emphasised in the policy.
3.3
National Environmental Policy, Legislation and Guidelines

The enactment of comprehensive legislation on the environment, covering multiple areas of concern, is a relatively new and ongoing phenomenon in Pakistan. Whereas, a basic policy and legislative framework for the protection of the environment and overall biodiversity in the country is now in place, detailed rules, regulations and guidelines required for the implementation of the policies and enforcement of legislation are still in various stages of formulation and discussion. The following section presents a brief overview of the existing national policies, legislation and guidelines.
3.3.1
National Environmental Policy, 2005

The National Environmental Policy (NEP) was approved by the PEPA in its 10th meeting on 27th December 2004 under the chairmanship of the Prime Minister of Pakistan and thereafter approved by the Cabinet on 29th June 2005. NEP is the primary policy of Government of Pakistan that addresses the environmental issues of the country. The broad Goal of NEP is, To protect, conserve and restore Pakistans environment in order to improve the quality of life of the citizens through sustainable
3-1
development. The NEP identifies the following set of sectoral and cross-sectoral guidelines to achieve its Goal of sustainable development. a. Sectoral Guidelines:
Water and sanitation, Air quality and noise, Waste management, Forestry, Biodiversity and Protected areas, Climate change and Ozone depletion, Energy efficiency and renewable, Agriculture and livestock, and Multilateral environmental agreements. b. Cross-sectoral Guidelines: Poverty, Population, Gender, Health, Trade and environment, Environment and local governance, and Natural disaster management The NEP suggests the following policy instruments to overcome the environmental problems through out the country: Integration of environment into development planning; Legislation and regulatory framework; Capacity development; Economic and market based instrument; Public awareness and education; and Public private civil society partnership. NEP is a policy document and does not apply to projects. However, Uch-II should ensure that the project should not add to the aggravation of the environmental issues identified in NEP and mitigation measures should be adopted to minimise or avoid any contribution of the project in these areas.
3.3.2
National Conservation Strategy

Before the approval of NEP, the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was considered as the Governments primary policy document on national environmental issues. At the moment this strategy just exists as a national conservation program. The NCS identifies 14 core areas including conservation of biodiversity; pollution prevention and abatement; soil and water conservation; and preservation of cultural heritage, and recommends immediate attention to these core areas in order to preserve the countrys environment. NCS does not directly apply to power generation projects. However, Uch-II should ensure that the project should not add to the aggravation of the 14 core environmental issues identified in the NCS and mitigation measures should be adopted to minimise or avoid any contribution of the project in these areas.
3-2
3.3.3
The Biodiversity Action Plan

The Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP), which has been designed to complement the NCS and the proposed provincial conservation strategies, identifies the causes of biodiversity loss in Pakistan and suggests a series of proposals for action to conserve biodiversity in the country. The BAP recognises that an EIA is used as a tool at a project level to identify environmental effects of a proposed project and to plan for reducing adverse effects. The BAP further stipulates that an EIA needs to be initiated at an early stage of project development and that public participation in the review of potential effects is important.
3.3.4
Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997

PEPA is the basic legislative tool empowering the government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. PEPA is broadly applicable to air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution, as well as the handling of hazardous waste. Penalties have been prescribed for those contravening the provisions of the Act. The powers of the federal and provincial Environmental Protection Agencies (EPAs) were also considerably enhanced under this legislation and they have been empowered to conduct inquiries into possible breaches of environmental law either of their own accord, or upon the registration of a complaint. Under section 12 of PEPA, no project involving construction activities or any change in the physical environment can be taken unless an IEE or EIA as required is conducted and a report submitted to the federal or provincial EPA.
3.3.5
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000
The Pak-EPA Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 (the Regulations), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it by the PEPA, provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of IEE and EIA. The Regulation classifies projects on the basis of expected degree of adverse environmental impacts and lists them in two separate schedules. Schedule I lists projects that may not have significant environmental impacts and therefore require an IEE. Schedule II lists projects of potentially significant environmental impacts requiring preparation of an EIA. Power plants are included in Schedule II. The Regulations also require that all projects located in environmentally sensitive areas require preparation of an EIA.
3.3.6
National and International Environmental Quality Standards

The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and were last revised in 2000. The NEQS specify standards for industrial and municipal
3-3
effluents, gaseous emissions, ambient air requirements and emission levels for Sulfur dioxide and Nitrogen oxide, vehicular emissions and noise levels (provided in Table 3-1 to Table 3-5). The PEPA specifies the imposition of a pollution charge in case of noncompliance with the NEQS. Standards for disposal of solid waste have not been promulgated as yet.
3.3.7
Conduct of an EIA
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, 2000 (The 2000 Regulations) promulgated under PEPA 1997 were enforced on 15 June, 2000. The 2000 Regulations define the applicability and procedures for preparation, submission and review of IEEs and EIAs. These Regulations also give legal status to the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures prepared by the Federal EPA in 1997. As per Schedule-A for policy and procedures for the filing, review and approval of environment assessments the proposed extension of power plant falls under the list of projects which require an EIA. The projects in Schedule-A are generally major projects and have the potential to affect a large number of people. The impacts of such projects may be irreversible and could lead to significant changes in land use and the social, physical and biological environment. The preparation of this EIA satisfies the requirement of the 2000 Regulations.
3.3.8
Approval from Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency

As per the 2000 Regulations, Uch-II will be required to submit the EIA report to Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency (BEPA) and seek approval on the same from BEPA. 10 hard copies and 2 soft copies of the EIA report will need to be submitted to BEPA. BEPA will grant its decision on the EIA as per the rules and procedures set out in the 2000 Regulations. The following rules apply. A fee is payable to BEPA for review of the EIA. The EIA submittal is to be accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the 2000 Regulations. BEPA is bound to conduct a preliminary scrutiny and reply within 10 days of the submittal of the report a) confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed. BEPA will publish a public notice in any English or Urdu national newspaper and in a local newspaper of general circulation in the area affected by the project. The public notice will mention the following: The type of project The location of the project
3-4
The name and address of the proponent The places at which the EIA can be accessed The date, time and place for public hearing of any comments on the project or its EIA The date set for public hearing will not be earlier than 30 days from the date of publication of the public notice. In the review process BEPA may consult a Committee of Experts, which maybe constituted on the request of the Director General (DG) BEPA. On completion of the review process and the public hearing, the decision of BEPA will be communicated to the proponent in the form prescribed in Schedule VI. Where an EIA is approved, BEPA can impose additional controls as part of the conditions of approval. BEPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA review process within 90 days of the issue of confirmation of completeness. However, BEPA can take up to 4 months for communication of final decision. The approval will remain valid for the project duration mentioned in the EIA but on the condition that the project commences within a period of three years from the date of approval. If the project is initiated after three years from approval date, the proponent will have to apply for an extension in the validity period. The BEPA on receiving such request grant extension (not exceeding 3 years at a time) or require the proponent to submit a fresh EIA if in the opinion of BEPA changes in baseline conditions or the project so warrant. After receiving approval from BEPA the proponent will acknowledge acceptance of the conditions of approval by executing an undertaking in the form prescribed in Schedule VII of the 2000 Regulations. The 2000 Regulations also require proponents to obtain from BEPA, after the end of construction phase of the project, a confirmation that the requirements of the EIA and the conditions of approval have been duly complied with. The BEPA in granting the confirmation of compliance may impose any additional control regarding the environmental management of the project or the operation, as it deems necessary.
3.3.9
Project Monitoring and Compliance

During project execution Uch-II will be required to comply with the recommendations of the EIA and any conditions of approval set forth by BEPA. Post EIA monitoring and reporting is mandatory under clause 19 of the 2000 Regulations. The Regulations require
3-5
proponents of all projects to submit monitoring reports on completion of construction, yearly reports during operation, and any additional reports required by the EPA. The format and contents of such reports are not specified in the law.
3.3.10
Effluent and Emission Self Monitoring and Reporting

a. National Environmental Quality Standards (Self Monitoring and Reporting by Industry) Rules, 2001
These rules establish pollution limits for industries in Pakistan under an honor-based self-monitoring system obliging all industries to monitor liquid effluents and gaseous emissions and submit environmental monitoring reports (in the formats set out in Schedule VI) to the relevant EPA (in this case BEPA) timely and correctly. Thermal Power Plants (Gas Fired) are classified as Category-B for monitoring of both liquid effluents and gaseous emissions. All industrial units in Category-B are required to submit environmental monitoring reports on quarterly basis and they shall maintain a record of the times during which start-up and upset conditions occur, and shall mention the total time elapsed in such conditions in its monthly environmental monitoring report. b. Industrial Pollution Charge (Calculation and Collection) Rules, 2001 These rules ensure the correct calculation, reporting and payment of pollution charges by polluting/industrial units. As per this regulation, Uch-II will be liable to pay pollution charge for any pollution above NEQS. The list of parameters on which pollution charges shall apply and the method of calculating pollution charge are given in the Schedules attached to the Regulation. c. Environmental Sample Rules, 2001 These rules authorise the Federal EPA and its authorised persons to obtain and test samples from industries to verify self-monitoring reports and calculation of pollution charges. d. National Environmental Quality Standards (Certification of Environmental Laboratories) Rules, 2001 These rules were established as checks on environmental laboratories and require all laboratories to be certified from the Federal EPA as per the rules and criteria set out in the regulation.
3.3.11
Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act, 1974

This ordinance provides for the preservation, protection, and conservation of wildlife by the formation and management of protected areas and prohibition of hunting of wildlife species declared protected under the ordinance. The ordinance also specifies three broad classifications of the protected areas: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries and game reserves. Activities such as hunting and breaking of land for mining are prohibited in national parks, as are removing vegetation or polluting
3-6
water flowing through the park. Wildlife sanctuaries are areas that have been set aside as undisturbed breeding grounds and cultivation and grazing is prohibited in the demarcated areas. Nobody is allowed to reside in a wildlife sanctuary and entrance for the general public is by special dispensation. However, these restrictions may be relaxed for scientific purpose or betterment of the respective area on the discretion of the governing authority in exceptional circumstances. Game reserves are designated as areas where hunting or shooting is not allowed except under special permits. The plant is located outside of any wildlife protected area therefore the project will not contravene with any provisions of this Act.
3.3.12
Canal and Drainage Act, 1873

Canals are defined as channels, pipes and reservoirs constructed and maintained by the Government for the supply for storage of water. Under section 27 of the Act a person desiring to have a supply of water from a canal for purposes other than irrigation shall submit a written application to a Canal Officer who may, with the sanction of the Provincial Government give permission under special conditions. The Act under section 61 also prohibits the damaging, altering, enlarging or obstructing the canals without proper authority. The Canal and Drainage Act (1873) prohibits corruption or fouling of water in canals (defined to include channels, tube wells, reservoirs and watercourses), or obstruction of drainage. These acts have relevance to the project as the project water requirements will be met through canal water. Any abstraction of water from the canal will only be allowed after getting formal approval from the concerned irrigation department. Although the area surrounding the power plant has the presence of irrigation network, however the project activities will be limited to existing plant boundary and will not cause any physical damage to the canals. Similarly as the project is designed as a no discharge facility there will be no alteration in water quality.
3.3.13
The Forest Act, 1927

The act empowers the provincial forest departments to declare any forest area as reserved or protected. The act also empowers the provincial forest departments to prohibit the clearing of forest for cultivation, grazing, hunting, removing forest produce; quarrying and felling, lopping and topping of trees, branches in reserved and protected forests. The project area is located outside any reserved or protected forest area therefore the project will not contravene with any provisions of the Act
3-7
3.3.14
Antiquities Act, 1975

The protection of cultural resources in Pakistan is ensured by the Antiquities Act of 1975. Antiquities have been defined in the Act as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments etc. The act is designed to protect antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade and export. The law prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area which may contain articles of archaeological significance. As part of the Uch-1, the project site was screened by the Department of Archaeology and Museums, nothing of any archaeological interest was identified at the project site.
3.3.15
Pakistan Penal Code, 1860

The Pakistan Penal Code (1860) authorises fines, imprisonment or both for voluntary corruption or fouling of public springs or reservoirs so as to make them less fit for ordinary use.
3.3.16
National Environmental Guidelines

a. The Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures 1997 The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency prepared the Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures in 1997. The guidelines pertaining to the review process of EIAs have been given regulatory status in the Review of IEE and EIA Regulations 2000. They are based on much of the existing work done by international donor agencies and NGOs. The package of regulations prepared by PEPA includes: Policy and Procedures for Filing, Review and Approval of Environmental Assessments; Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports; Guidelines for Public Consultation; Guidelines for Sensitive and Critical Areas; and Sectoral Guidelines-for environmental reports major thermal power stations The guidelines on policy and procedures define the policy context and the administrative procedures that will govern the environmental assessment process, from the project prefeasibility stage, to the approval of the environmental report. According to the procedures laid out in the policy guidelines, IEEs or ElAs are to be filed with the EPA of the province where the project is to be implemented. The federal EPA has, however, been given the right to review any environmental report at any time and the power to revoke the decision of the provincial EPA, if it deems this to be necessary.
3-8
Projects have been classified in the policy guidelines by expected degree of adverse environmental impacts. All projects proposed in environmentally sensitive areas (including Game Reserves and Wildlife sanctuaries) require an EIA. The Procedures require proponents to prepare terms of reference for the environmental assessment reports. They require that all EIA studies should contain baseline data on the area and must contain a detailed assessment of the potential environmental impacts and the recommended mitigation measures. Consultations with the communities that are most likely to be affected as well as relevant NGOs are to be an integral part of the EIA process. The guidelines on public consultation deals with possible approaches to public consultation and techniques for designing an effective program of consultation that reaches out to all major stakeholders and ensures the incorporation of their concerns in any impact assessment study. Lastly, there are guidelines for power plants. The guidelines provide a sectoral overview of the industry and the processes. The guidelines further state that construction of power plant can not be carried out without submitting either an IEE or an E1A. The guidelines also provide the environmental impacts related with construction and operation phase of the power plant and suitable mitigation measures.
3.4 3.4.1
International Treaties and Guidelines International Treaties

Pakistan is a signatory to various international treaties and conventions on the conservation of the environment and wildlife protection. The country is thus obliged to adhere to the commitments specified in these treaties. a. The Convention on Biological Diversity
The Convention on Biological Diversity was adopted during the Earth Summit of 1992 at Rio de Janeiro. The Convention requires parties to develop national plans for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, and to integrate these plans into national development programmes and policies. Parties are also required to identify components of biodiversity that are important for conservation, and to develop systems to monitor the use of such components with a view to promoting their sustainable use. b. The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, (1979) The Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS), (1979), requires countries to take action to avoid endangering migratory species. The term "migratory species" refers to the species of wild animals, a significant proportion of whose members cyclically and predictably cross one or more national jurisdictional
3-9
boundaries. The parties are also required to promote or co-operate with other countries in matters of research on migratory species. The Convention contains two appendices. Appendix I contain the list of migratory species that are endangered according to the best scientific evidence available. For these species, the member states to the Convention are required endeavor to: Conserve and restore their habitats. Prohibit their hunting, fishing, capturing, harassing and deliberate killing. Remove obstacles and minimise activities that seriously hinder their migration. Control other factors that might endanger them, including control of introduced exotic species. Appendix II lists the migratory species, or groups of species, that have an unfavourable conservation status as well as those that would benefit significantly from the international co-operation that could be achieved through intergovernmental agreements. c. The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, Ramsar 1971 Pakistan is a signatory to the said Convention. The principal obligations of contracting parties to the Convention are: To designate wetlands for the List of Wetlands of International Importance. To formulate and implement planning so as to promote wise use of wetlands, to make EIA before transformations of wetlands, and to make national wetland inventories. To establish nature reserves on wetlands and provide adequately for their wardening and through management to increase waterfowl populations on appropriate wetlands. To train personnel competent in wetland research, management and wardening. To promote conservation of wetlands by combining far-sighted national policies with coordinated international action, to consult with other contracting parties about implementing obligations arising from the Convention, especially about shared wetlands and water system. To promote wetland conservation concerns with development aid agencies. To encourage research and exchange of data. So far 19 sites in Pakistan have been declared as wetlands of International Importance or Ramsar Sites. However no Ramsar site is located within the project area.
3-10
d. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) This convention came into effect on 03 March 1973 in Washington. In all 130 countries are signatory to this convention with Pakistan signing the convention in 1976. The convention requires the signatories to impose strict regulation (including penalisation, confiscation of the specimen etc.) regarding trade of all species threatened with extinction or that may become so, in order not to endanger further their survival. The Convention contains three appendices. Appendix I include all species threatened with extinction which are or may be affected by trade. The Convention requires that trade in these species should be subject to strict regulation. Appendix II includes species that are not necessarily threatened presently but may become so unless trade in specimens of these species is subject to strict regulation. Appendix III includes species which any contracting party identifies as subject to regulations in trade and requires other parties to co-operate in this matter. e. International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) Red List The red list is published by IUCN and includes those species that are under potential threat of extinction. These species have been categorised as Endangered: species that are sent to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future, reduction of 50% or more either in the last 10 years or over the last three generations, survive only in small numbers, or have very small populations. Vulnerable in Decline: species that are seen to be facing a risk of extinction in the wild, having apparent reductions of 20% or more in the last 10 years or three generations. Vulnerable: species that are seen to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild, but not necessarily experiencing recent reductions in population size. Lower Risk: species that are seen to be facing a risk of extinction that is lesser in extent that for any of the above categories. Data Deficient: species that may be at risk of extinction in the wild but at the present time there is insufficient information available to make a firm decision about its status. Two species Greater spotted eagle and White eyed Pochard observed in the project area are listed in IUCN Red List 2006. White eyed Pochard, which is a migratory species listed on Appendix-II of CMS and categorised as Near Threatened (NT) species in IUCN Red List 2006 was observed at the evaporation pond.
3-11
f.
1992 Climate Change Convention and Koyoto Protocol
The convention aims at stabilizing greenhouse gases (GHGs) concentration in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system. To achieve the objective of the convention, all parties are generally required to develop national inventories of emission; formulate and implement national and regional programs of mitigation measures; all developed country parties were specifically obliged to take measures to limit GHG emissions by the year 2000 at 1990 levels and the developing countries to take all measures in support of the protection of atmosphere without any formal commitment on the quantified reduction of these gases in a time frame. The Kyoto Protocol is an amendment to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) an international treaty on global warming. Ratifying developed countries commit to reduce their combined greenhouse gas levels by 5%, including six GHGs, i.e. Carbon dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous oxide (N2O), Hydro fluorocarbons (HFCs), Per fluorocarbons (PFCs), and Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6). As of November 2007, total of 174 countries have signed and ratified the agreement, with the notable exceptions of the United States of America. If successful, the Kyoto Protocol is expected to reduce the average global temperature between 0.02C and 0.28C by the year 2050. The Kyoto Protocol proposes to set up framework for (a) Joint Implementation of projects aimed at reduction of GHGs, (b) establishment of Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), and (c) Emissions Trading, which could be availed by all developing country Parties, including Pakistan. Pakistan signed the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in Rio in 1992. It was ratified in June 1994 and it became effective for Pakistan, as Party, with effect from 30th August 1994 One hundred and thirty-seven (137) developing countries have ratified the protocol. Developing countries including Pakistan have no obligation beyond monitoring and reporting emissions.
3.4.2
International Guidelines
a. World Bank Guidelines on Environment The principal World Bank publications that contain environmental guidelines are listed below. Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. Washington, DC, USA. World Bank 1999. Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume I: Policies, Procedures, and CrossSectoral Issues. World Bank Technical Paper Number 139, Environment Department, the World Bank, 1991.
3-12
Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume III: Guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects. World Bank Technical Paper No. 154, Environment Department, the World Bank, 1991. Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) guidelines, International Finance Corporation (IFC) World Bank Group, 2008. The first two publications listed here provide general guidelines for the conduct of an EIA, and address the EIA practitioners themselves as well as project designers. While the Sourcebook in particular has been designed with Bank projects in mind, and is especially relevant for the impact assessment of large-scale infrastructure projects, it contains a wealth of information which is useful to environmentalists and project proponents. The Sourcebook identifies a number of areas of concern, which should be addressed during impact assessment. It sets out guidelines for the determination of impacts, provides a checklist of tools to identify possible biodiversity issues and suggests possible mitigation measures. Possible development project impacts on wild lands, wetlands, forests etc. are also identified and mitigation measures suggested. The Sourcebook also highlights concerns in social impact assessment, and emphasises the need to incorporate socio-economic issues in EIA exercises. The EHS guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry-specific examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP). These guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are generally considered to be achievable in new facilities by existing technology at reasonable costs. Application of the EHS Guidelines to existing facilities may involve the establishment of site-specific targets, based on environmental assessments and/or environmental audits as appropriate, with an appropriate timetable for achieving them. The EHS guidelines for thermal power plants were published in December 2008 and include information relevant to combustion processes fueled by gaseous, liquid and solid fossil fuels and biomass and designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type (except for solid waste which is covered under a separate Guideline for Waste Management Facilities), with a total rated heat input capacity above 50 Megawatt thermal input (MWth) on Higher Heating Value (HHV) basis. It applies to boilers, reciprocating engines, and combustion turbines in new and existing facilities. A detailed description of industry activities for this sector and guidance for Environmental Assessment (EA) of thermal power projects is also provided in these guidelines. The guidelines provide a brief description of the following:
3-13
Industry Specific Impacts and Management This section provides a summary of the most significant EHS issues associated with thermal power plants, which occur during the operational phase, along with recommendations for their management. The section also highlights the environmental issues related with power plant operations including the following: Air emissions; Energy efficiency and greenhouse gas emissions; Water consumption and aquatic habitat alteration; Effluents; Solid wastes; Hazardous materials and oil; Noise. The section also provides occupational health and safety risks and mitigation measures during plant construction, operation and decommissioning to overcome the same with special emphasis on: Non-ionizing radiation; Heat; Noise; Confined spaces; Electrical hazards; Fire and explosion hazards;; Chemical hazards; Dust. Lastly the section highlights the issues related to community safety and health with particular attention on: Water consumption; Traffic safety. The issues not discussed in this guideline have been provided in the General EHS guidelines published by the IFC. Performance Indicators and Monitoring This section provides the performance indicators of various parameters both from an environmental as well as occupational health and safety perspective. The monitoring
3-14
requirements of various parameters during plant operation phase are also provided in this section. Environmental Performance Indicators and Monitoring: The environmental performance indicators provide the effluent and air emissions guideline values of various parameters during power plant operations. Effluent guidelines are provided in Table 36. Effluent guidelines are applicable for direct discharges of treated effluents to surface waters for general use and hence are not applicable on the proposed project as the power plant will be designed as a zero discharge facility with the waste water being discharged to the on-site evaporation pond. Separate guideline values of various pollutants have been prepared based on the type of equipment used (e.g. combustion turbines, reciprocating engines and boilers). The air emission guidelines of various pollutants for combustion turbines are provided in Table 3-7 since this will be used during Uch-2 operation. The maximum emissions levels given here can be consistently achieved by well designed, well-operated, and well-maintained pollution control systems. In contrast, poor operating or maintenance procedures affect actual pollutant removal efficiency and may reduce it to well below the design specification. Dilution of air emissions to achieve these guidelines is unacceptable. Furthermore emissions should not result in pollutant concentrations that reach or exceed relevant ambient quality guidelines and standards by applying national legislated standards (i.e. NEQS), or in their absence, the current WHO Air Quality Guidelines, or other internationally recognised sources. The NEQS ambient air quality and emission guidelines for oxides of Sulfur and Nitrogen are presented in Table 3-3 and 3-4 respectively. The WHO ambient air quality guidelines are provided in Table 3-8. The values of the pollutants including oxides of Sulfur and Nitrogen, Ozone and Particulate matter less than 2.5 and 10 micron in size were revised in the document namely Air Quality Guidelines global update 2005 published values. These revised values of the above mentioned pollutants have been presented in Table 3-9. Also, emissions from a single project should not contribute more than 25% of the applicable ambient air quality standards to allow additional, future sustainable development in the same air shed. Environmental monitoring programs for this sector are presented in Table 3-10. Monitoring data should be analysed and reviewed at regular intervals and compared with the operating standards so that any necessary corrective actions can be taken. Examples of emissions stack testing, ambient air quality, and noise monitoring recommendations applicable to power plants are also provided in Table 3-10. Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines: Occupational health and safety performance should be evaluated against internationally published exposure guidelines, of which examples include the Threshold Limit Value (TLV) occupational exposure guidelines
3-15
and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs) published by American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), the Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards published by the United States National Institute for Occupational Health and Safety (NIOSH), Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) published by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the United States (OSHA), Indicative Occupational Exposure Limit Values published by European Union member states, or other similar sources. Additional indicators specifically applicable to electric power sector activities include the ICNIRP exposure limits for occupational exposure to electric and magnetic fields listed in Table 3-11. Additional applicable indicators such as noise and electrical hazards are presented in Table 3-12 and 3-13 respectively. The working environment should be monitored for occupational hazards relevant to the specific project. Monitoring should be designed and implemented by accredited professionals as part of an occupational health and safety monitoring program. Facilities should also maintain a record of occupational accidents and diseases and dangerous occurrences and accidents. Table 3-14 presents the WHO guideline values for community noise in specific environments.
3-16
Table 3-1: NEQS for municipal and industrial effluentsa

Parameters Temperature or temperature increasec PH Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) at 20oCd Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)d Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Grease and oil Phenolic compounds (as phenol) Chloride (as Cl) Fluoride (as F) Total cyanide (as CN-) An-ionic detergents (as MBAS)e Sulphate (SO4) Sulphide (S-) Ammonia (NH3) Pesticidesf Cadmiumg Chromium (trivalent & hexavalent)g Copperg Leadg Mercuryg Seleniumg Nickelg Silverg Total Toxic metals Zinc Arsenicg Bariumg Iron Into inland water 3C 6-9 80 150 200 3,500 10 0.1 1,000 10 1.0 20 600 1.0 40 0.15 0.1 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.01 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 1.0 1.5 8.0 Into sewage treatmentb 3C 6-9 250 400 400 3,500 10 0.3 1,000 10 1.0 20 1,000 1.0 40 0.15 0.1 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.01 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 1.0 1.5 8.0
3-17
Parameters Manganese Borong Chlorine

Source: Qadar (2003) Notes
a All values are in mg/l, unless otherwise defined
Into inland water 1.5 6.0 1.0
Into sewage treatmentb 1.5 6.0 1.0
sewage treatment system
b Applicable only when and where sewage treatment is operational and BOD5=80 mg/L is achieved by the
c The effluent should not result in temperature increase of more than 3C at the edge of zone where initial mixing and dilution take place in the receiving body. In case zone is defined, use 100 meters from the point of discharge d Assuming minimum dilution 1:10 on discharge, lower ratio would attract progressively stringent standards to be determined by the Federal Environmental Protection Agency. By 1:10 dilution means, for example that for each one cubic meter of treated effluent, the recipient water body should have 10 cubic meter of water for dilution of this effluent e Modified Benzene Alkyl Sulphate; assuming surfactant as biodegradable f Pesticides include herbicide, fungicides and insecticides
g
Subject to the total toxic metals discharge should not exceed level of total toxic metals
Table 3-2: NEQS for selected gaseous pollutants from industrial sourcesa
Parameter Smoke Particulate matterb Any Boilers and furnaces: Oil fired Coal fired Cement kilns Grinding, crushing, clinker coolers and related processes, metallurgical processes, converter blast furnaces and cupolas Hydrogen chloride Chlorine Hydrogen fluoride Hydrogen sulfide Sulfur oxidesc Any Any Any Any Sulfuric acid/Sulfonic acid plants Other plants except power plants operating on oil and coal Carbon monoxide Any 300 500 300 500 Source of emission Standard 40% or 2 Ringlemann scale or equivalent smoke number
400 150 150 10 5,000 1,700 800
3-18
Parameter Lead Mercury Cadmium Arsenic Copper Antimony Zinc Oxides of nitrogend Any Any Any Any Any Any Any
Source of emission
Standard 50 10 20 20 50 20 200 3,000
Nitric acid manufacturing unit Other plants except power plants operating on oil or coal: Oil Fired Coal fired Cement kilns
400 600 1,200
Source: Qadar (2003) Notes:

a All values are in mg/Nm3, unless otherwise defined b Based on the assumption that the size of the particulates is 10 micron or more c Based on 1% Sulfur content in fuel oil. Higher content of Sulfur will cause standards to be pro-rated d In respect of the emissions of the sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides, the power plants operating on oil or
coal as fuel shall, in addition to NEQS specified above, comply with the following standards
Table 3-3: NEQS for Sulfur dioxide ambient air requirements

Sulfur dioxide background levels Background air quality (SO2 Basis) Annual average (g/m3) Max 24 hrs (g/m3) Standards Criterion I max. SO2 emissions (tons/day/plant) Criterion II max. allowable increment to ground level (g/m3) 50 50 10 10
Unpolluted Moderately Polluteda Low High Very Pollutedb

<50 50 100 >100
<200 200 400 >400
500 500 100 100
a For intermediate values between 50 and 100 g/m3 linear interpolations should be used b No project with sulfur dioxide emissions will be recommended
3-19
Table 3-4: NEQS for Nitrogen oxide ambient air requirements and emission from sources
Pollutant Standard Ambient air concentration (g/m3) Nitrogen Oxides expreseed as NO2
Source: Qadar (2003)
Emission levels (ng/J) 130 for liquid fossil fuel 300 for solid fossil fuel 260 for lignite fossil fuel
100
Table 3-5: NEQS for motor vehicle exhaust and noise

Parameter Smoke Standard 40% or 2 on the Ringlemann scale during engine acceleration mode New vehicles: 4.5% Used vehicles: 6% 85 dB (A) Measuring method To be compared with Ringlemann Chart at a distance of 6 meters or more Under idling conditions, nondispersive infrared detection through gas analyser Sound-meter at 7.5 meters from the source
Carbon monoxide
Noise
a 10 years or older
3-20
Table 3-6: World Bank effluent guideline values

Parameter pH TSS Oil and grease Total residual chlorine Chromium Total (Cr) Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) Zinc (Zn) Lead (Pb) Cadmium (Cd) Mercury (Hg) Arsenic (Ar) Value (mg/L, except for pH and temperature) 6 -9 50 10 0.2 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.1 0.005 0.5 Site specific requirement to be established by the EA. Elevated temperature areas due to discharge of once through cooling water (e.g., 1 Celcius above, 2 Celcius above, 3 Celcius above ambient water temperature) should be minimised by adjusting intake and outfall design through the project specific EA depending on the sensitive aquatic ecosystems around the discharge point.
Temperature increase by thermal discharge from cooling system
Notes: Applicability of heavy metals should be determined in the EA. Guideline limits in the Table are from various references of effluent performance by thermal power plants. Applicability of heavy metals should be determined in the EA. Guideline limits in the Table are from various references of effluent performance by thermal power plants.
3-21
Table 3-7: World Bank emission guidelines (in mg/Nm3 or as indicated) for combustion turbine
Combustion Technology / Fuel Combustion Turbine Natural Gas (all turbine types of Unit > 50 MWth) Fuels other than Natural Gas (Unit > > 50 MWth) N/A 50 N/A 30 Particulate Matter (PM) Sulfur dioxide (SO2) NDA/DA N/A N/A Nitrogen oxides (NOx) NDA/DA 51 (25 ppm) 152 (74 ppm)a 15% 15% Dry gas, excess O2 content (%)
Use of 1% or less Use of 0.5% S fuel or less fuel
Notes: Guidelines are applicable for new facilities. EA may justify more stringent or less stringent limits due to ambient environment, technical and economic considerations provided there is compliance with applicable ambient air quality standards and incremental impacts are minimised. For projects to rehabilitate existing facilities, case-by-case emission requirements should be established by the EA considering (i) the existing emission levels and impacts on the environment and community health, and (ii) cost and technical feasibility of bringing the existing emission levels to meet these new facilities limits. EA should demonstrate that emissions do not contribute a significant portion to the attainment of relevant ambient air quality guidelines or standards, and more stringent limits may be required. MWth = Megawatt thermal input or HHV basis; N/A = not applicable, NDA = Non-degraded airshed; DA = degraded airshed (poor air quality); Air shed should be considered as being degraded if nationally legislated air quality standards are exceeded or, in their absence, if WHO Air Quality Guidelines are exceeded significantly; S = sulfur content (expressed as a percent by mass); Nm3 is at one atmospheric pressure, 0 degree Celcius; MWth category is to apply to the single units; Guideline limits apply to facilities operating more than 500 hours per year. Emission levels should be evaluated on a one hour average basis and be achieved 95% of annual operating hours. If supplemental firing is used in a combined cycle gas turbine mode, the relevant guideline limits for combustion turbines should be achieved including emissions from those supplemental firing units (e.g., duct burners). (a) Technological differences (for example the use of Aero derivatives) may require different emissions values which should be evaluated on a cases-by-case basis through the EA process but which should not exceed 200 mg/Nm3.
3-22
Table 3-8: WHO ambient air quality guidelines Compound Ozone Nitrogen dioxide Guideline Value 120g/m3 (0.06 ppm) 200g/m3 (0.11 ppm) 40g/m3 (0.021 ppm) Averaging Time 8 hours 1 hour Annual
500g/m3 (0.175 ppm) 10 min Sulfur dioxide Particulate matter* 100mg/m3 (90 ppm) Carbon monoxide 60mg/m3 (50 ppm) 30mg/m3 (25 ppm) 10mg/m3 (10 ppm) 15 min 30 min 1 hour 8 hours 125g/m3 (0.044 ppm) 24 hours 50g/m3 (0.017 ppm) Annual
Source: World Health Organization (WHO). Air Quality Guidelines (2000) * No guideline values have been recommended
Table 3-9: WHO updated ambient air quality guidelines

Pollutant Averaging Period 24-hour Sulfur dioxide (SO2) 10 minute Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 1-year 1-hour Guideline value in g/m3 125 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 20 (guideline) 500 (guideline) 40 (guideline) 200 (guideline) 70 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 30 (Interim target-3) 20 (guideline) 150 (Interim target-1) 100 (Interim target-2) 75 (Interim target-3) 50 (guideline) 35 (Interim target-1) 25 (Interim target-2) 15 (Interim target-3)
1-year Particulate Matter PM10 24-hour
Particulate Matter PM2.5
1-year
3-23
Pollutant
Averaging Period
Guideline value in g/m3 10 (guideline) 75 (Interim target-1) 50 (Interim target-2) 37.5 (Interim target-3) 25 (guideline) 160 (Interim target-1) 100 (guideline)
24-hour
Ozone
8-hour daily maximum
Source: World Health Organization (WHO). Air Quality Guidelines Global Update, 2005 Notes: PM 24-hour value is the 99th percentile. Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to achieving the recommended guidelines.
3-24
Table 3-10: Typical air emission monitoring parameters/frequency for thermal power plants
Emission Monitoring Combustion Technology/Fuel Reciprocating Engine Natural Gas (Plant >50 MWth to <300 MWth) Natural Gas (Plant >/= 300 MWth) Liquid (Plant >50 MWth to <300 MWth) Liquid (Plant >/=300 MWth) Biomass Combustion Turbine Natural Gas (all turbine types of Unit > 50MWth) Fuels other than Natural Gas (Unit > 50MWth) N/A N/A Continuous or indicative Continuous or indicative Annual N/A N/A Annual N/A N/A N/A Continuous or indicative Continuous Continuous or indicative Annual Continuous Continuous or indicative Annual N/A Annual N/A N/A N/A Annual N/A Particulate Matter (PM) Sulfur dioxide (SO2) Nitrogen oxides (NOX) PM Stack emission Testing SO2 NOX Heavy metals Ambient air quality Noise
N/A Continuous or indicative Continuous or indicative Continuous or indicative
N/A Continuous if FGD is used or monitor by S content. N/A
N/A
N/A
Annual
N/A
Continuous or indicative
Continuous if FGD is used or monitor by S content.
If incremental impacts predicted by EA >/=25 % of relevant short-term ambient air quality standards or if the plant >/= 1,200 MWth: -Monitor parameters (e.g., PM10/PM2.5/SO2/NOx to be consistent with the relevant ambient air quality standards) by continuous ambient air quality monitoring system (typically a minimum of 2 systems to cover predicted maximum ground level concentration point / sensitive receptor / background point). If incremental impacts predicted by EA < 25% of relevant short term ambient air quality standards and if the facility < 1,200 MWth but >/= 100 MWth - Monitor parameters either by passive
If EA predicts noise levels at residential receptors or other sensitive receptors are close to the relevant ambient noise standards / guidelines, or if there are such receptors close to the plant boundary (e.g., within 100m) then, conduct ambient noise monitoring every year to three years depending on the project circumstances. Elimination of noise monitoring can be considered acceptable if a comprehensive survey showed
3-25
Emission Monitoring Combustion Technology/Fuel Boiler Natural gas Other Gaseous fuels Liquid (Plant >50 MWth to < 600 MWth) N/A Indicative N/A Indicative Continuous if FGD is used or monitor by S content. Continuous or indicative Continuous or indicative Continuous or indicative N/A Annual Particulate Matter (PM) Sulfur dioxide (SO2) Nitrogen oxides (NOX) PM
Stack emission Testing SO2 NOX Heavy Metals Ambient air quality Noise
N/A Annual
Annual Annual
N/A N/A
Liquid (Plant >=600 MWth) Solid (Plant >50 MWth to <600 MWth) Continuous or indicative
Continuous Continuous if FGD is used or monitor by S content. Continuous or indicative Annual
Solid (Plant >/=600 MWth) Continuous
samplers (monthly average) or by seasonal manual sampling (e.g., 1 weeks/season) for parameters consistent with the relevant air quality standards. Effectiveness of the ambient air quality monitoring program should be reviewed regularly. It could be simplified or reduced if alternative program is developed (e.g., local governments monitoring network). Continuation of the program is recommended during the life of the project if there are sensitive receptors or if monitored levels are not far below the relevant ambient air quality standards.
that there are no receptors affected by the project or affected noise levels are far below the relevant ambient noise standards / guidelines.
Note: Continuous or indicative means Continuously monitor emissions or continuously monitor indicative parameters. Stack emission testing is to have direct measurement of emission levels to counter check the emission monitoring system.
3-26
Table 3-11: Exposure limits for occupational exposure to electric and magnetic fields
Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz Electric field (V/m) 10,000 8,300 Magnetic field (T) 500 415
Source: ICNIRP (1998) Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 GHz)
Table 3-12: Noise limits for various working environments

Location /activity Heavy Industry (no demand for oral communication) Light industry (decreasing demand for oral communication) Open offices, control rooms, service counters or similar areas Individual offices (no disturbing noise) Hospitals Equivalent level LAeq, 8h 85 dB(A) 50-65 dB(A) 45-50 dB(A) 40-45 dB(A) 30-35 dB(A) Maximum LAmax, fast 110 dB(A) 110 dB(A) 40 dB(A)
Table 3-13: No approach zones for high voltage power lines

Nominal phase-to-phase voltage rating 750 or more volts, but no more than 150,000 volts More than 150,000 volts, but no more than 250,000 volts More than 250,000 volts Minimum distance 3 meters 4.5 meters 6 meters
Table 3-14: WHO guideline values for community noise in specific environments
Specific Environment Outdoor living area Dwelling (indoors) School classrooms (indoors) Hospital, ward rooms, nighttime (indoors) Industrial, commercial, shopping and traffic areas (indoors and outdoors) LAeq (dB) 55 35 35 30 70 Averaging Time (hrs) 16 16 During class 8 24 40 110 LAmax, fast (dB)
3-27
4
4.1
Project Description
Project Background and Location
Uch Power Station owned by UPL is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42 km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali subdistrict of Balochistan province in Pakistan. The plant is located along the main Sukkur Quetta highway (N65) and Rohri Quetta railway link. Figure 1-1 shows the key map of Uch Power Station. The Uch Power Station is located within a boundary wall covering an area of approximately 260 hectares (642 acres) of land. The existing plant occupies only about 30% of the available land and rest of the land is lying vacant which was originally acquired for future expansion of the Power Station. Uch-II intends to expand power generation capacity by about 404MW (ISO Gross Rating) at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed extension (Uch-2) will require approximately 63 hectares (156 acres) of which 20% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed extension project. General plant layout is shown in Figure 4-1. The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with a gross output of about 404MW. The plant configuration is comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators, two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems. The combustion turbines will normally be fired with a low-Btu gas from the Uch gas field.
4.2
Existing Project Components and Facilities

The existing power plant is based on a combined cycle arrangement featuring three combustion turbines, three HRSGs and single steam turbine along with ancillary equipment and services. The power plant has an ISO capacity rating of 586 MW and it started its commercial operation in October, 2000. The technical parameters of Uch-1 are provided in Table 4-1. Uch-1 components and facilities include: Three GE 9171 Frame combustion gas turbines (GTs) designed to burn low calorific value gas. The units are equipped with manual blocking plate bypass stacks.
4-1
Project Description
The GTs consume approximately 318,000 kilo gram per hour (kg/hr) of gas when operating at base load. One GE steam turbine installed on a pedestal with the condenser immediately beneath. The steam turbine is arranged with a combined high and medium pressure casing and separate double flow low pressure casing. The steam condenser is sized to allow full steam (dump) bypass. Three Deltak HRSGs with a common feed water system with four feed pumps (three running and one standby) rated at 0.06 cubic meter per second (m3/s) motors and pumps. Feed water dosing is with hydrazine and ammonia. The stack height is 45.2 meters. Central control room building for controlling the entire plant operations located near the steam turbine structure. The building is of concrete construction and also houses switchgear, the main motor control centres for 6.3 Kilo Volt (kV) and 400 V motors and computers. Power is exported from the site via the switchyard equipped with SF6 type breakers, and two double circuit overhead lines. GTB and GTC each have an 11 .5 kV/6.3 kV station service transformer feeding the plant 6.3 kV system for main plant auxiliary loads. A black start 6.3 kV, 3.5 MW diesel generator can provide power to the 6.3 kV switchgear for plant restart in the event of a grid disconnection. A pumping system to supply water from the Pat Feeder Canal to the power plant through a 3 km under ground pipe line. A raw water storage pond with a sixty day on site water storage capacity (per Power Purchase Agreement (PPA)). A water pretreatment plant comprising of a clarifier using Ferric chloride and coagulant aid for coagulation. Settled sludge is pumped to settling tank where excess water is recovered and recycled. The clarified water is filtered by sand filters and used as potable water after disinfection by Sodium hypochloride and also for generating demineralised water. A water treatment system comprising of two trains. Each train is comprised of carbon filter, cation bed, weak and strong anion beds and mixed bed. Regeneration of the resin beds uses HCL and NaOH which is stored in bunded tanks. The water treatment building also contains dosing systems for the clarifier flocculent, and for inhibiter and pH control for the cooling towers. A demineralised water storage tank.
4-2
Project Description
Fire and service water pump houses containing the service water pumps and the electric and diesel fire water pumps. The fire pumps are separated from the service water pumps and from each other by reinforced concrete block walls. A cooling water system primarily for cooling steam turbine condenser with make up obtained from the water pre-treatment plant. The cooling tower is twelve cells, low rise, counter-flow, mechanical draught evaporative cooling tower designed and manufactured by GEA Shanghai Cooling Tower Ltd. There are three 50% circulating pumps. A wastewater treatment basin to treat low-volume wastes (chemical drains and dematerialised regeneration wastes) prior to discharge. This basin treats low- volume wastes by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization. Treated low-volume wastes and cooling tower blow down is discharged to evaporation pond. A sewage treatment plant with treatment under aerobic conditions. Sewage generated at the residential colony and plant administration building is treated in the wastewater treatment unit before disposal to evaporation pond. An unlined evaporation pond for final disposal of treated wastewater. Inflows to this pond include power plant discharges (i.e., cooling tower blow down and low volume wastewaters) as well as the treated sewage effluent. The evaporation pond covers a total water surface area of approximately 25 hectares (62 acres). A gas receiving station receiving low calorific gas from Uch gas field through a dedicated Oil and Gas Development Corporation (OGDC) 66 cm (26 inch) diameter pipeline. The gas receiving station comprises a scrubber vessel and two 50% water bath heaters along with pressure control valves. The gas passes through three knock out pots, a metering system and filtration before the gas pressure is reduced to 35 bars. Two HSD storage tanks each with a capacity 12,000 m3. The tanks are installed in a bunded area with satisfactory spatial separation from other plant buildings. There are two duplex filters and unloading metered pumps. Hydrogen production unit for the generation of hydrogen for generator cooling. Hydrogen is stored in four 6.9 m3 capacity horizontal external bullet vessels at approximately 138 bars. Storage is sufficient for two generator changes. Other site buildings including site administration office building of concrete block construction and a central warehouse. Plant colony with living quarters and bungalows for the plant staff and recreational facilities. The plant colony has a capacity for 250 staff and is spread over an area of 10 hectares (25 acres). Facilities include catering and mess, medical clinic, a mosque, colony maintenance office and workshops, recreational and sports facilities.
4-3
Project Description
A laboratory setup for monitoring the water treatment, sewage treatment, treatment of low water wastes, cooling tower water conductivity, air emission monitoring etc. The entire site perimeter (about 1.6km by 1.6km) is provided a bund and security wall. Security pickets are provided at various points atop the wall. The existing plant lay out is shown in Figure 4-2. The process flow diagram for the existing plant activities is shown in Figure 4-3.
4.3 4.3.1
Proposed Uch- 2 Expansion Project Site Description

Uch-2 will be located at site adjacent to and west of Uch-1. It will cover an area of about 63 hectares (156 acres) including space for evaporation pond, raw water pond and residential and recreational facilities in the plant colony. The site selected for the Uch-2 has number of technical, operational, and environmental advantages. In particular, the site has the following advantages: No additional land need be acquired for the project thus avoiding any issues associated with resettlements and conversion of arable land to non-agricultural uses. Locating the plant at separate location would require additional land for auxiliary facilities, pipeline network, and offices. This has been avoided. A single facility is also desirable from security, safety, and environmental management perspectives. Photographic record of the proposed plant site is shown at the end of the chapter.
4.3.2
Project Description
The Uch-2 project setup including the equipment, machinery and processes will be similar to Uch-1 setup. The major difference is that plant capacity will be two third of the existing Uch-1 plant. Detailed project setup for Uch-2 project is described below. a. Gas Turbines (GTs)
The primary power plant equipment will be configured as an external installation, with the combustion turbines housed in individual acoustic enclosures. Exhaust gas from each combustion turbine will be ducted to an external heat recovery steam generator, HRSG (one HRSG per combustion turbine). A bypass stack with manual blanking plates will allow operation of the combustion turbine without the heat recovery boiler in service. The combustion turbines will be equipped with evaporative coolers to reduce the compressor air inlet temperature.
4-4
Project Description
The GTs will be designed to burn low calorific value Gas nominal 455 British thermal unit (BTU) per standard cubic feet (SCF). The GTs will normally consume approximately 0.57 kg/kWh of gas when operating at base load. b. Steam Turbine (ST) The High Pressure (HP), Intermediate Pressure (IP) steam generated in the heat recovery boilers will be piped via common header to the steam turbine. The steam turbine will be installed on a pedestal with the condenser beneath. At minimum weather protection will be provided for the bearing, governor and exciter areas. The steam turbine will be arranged with a combined high and medium pressure casing. The steam condenser will be sized to allow full steam (dump) bypass. The plant structures will generally be on mass concrete or piled foundations. c. Heat Recovery Steam Generators (HRSGs) The two HRSGs will have a common feed water system with three feed pumps (two running and one standby. Feed water dosing will be with hydrazine and ammonia. Control of boiler water chemistry will be with tri-sodium phosphate. Online pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen monitoring will be installed. d. Plant control All plant operations will be controlled and monitored from a central control room building. The building will be a concrete construction and will also house switchgear, the main motor control centres for 6.3kV and 400V motors and computers. The plants control systems will be managed through a DCS which will interface with controllers for the GTs and the balance of plant control systems. The main plant building, control room, 220 kV switchyard, ware houses and the administration building will cover an area of about 18 hectares (45 acres). e. Power system and switch yard Power from the three generators will be stepped up to 220kV individual generator step up (GSU) transformers. Power will be exported from the site via the switchyard provided with SF6 type breakers, and two double circuit overhead lines. A black start 6.3 kV, 3.5 MW diesel generator will be installed to provide power for plant restart in the event of a grid disconnection. 6.3 kV/400 V transformers will supply the 400/230 V switchgear for plant loads, for rectification to 125 direct current (DC) for the instrument supply bus, and via batteries and converters for the uninterrupted power supply (UPS). The switchyard control building will contains relay room and the backup metering system. The primary metering equipment will be housed in an adjacent secure room and
4-5
Project Description
be accessible only by WAPDA personnel. The terminal point between the plant and the WAPDA system will be at the outlet from the switchyard. f. Water supply system
Water will be supplied to the site from the Pat Feeder Canal approximately 3km from site through pipeline in existing owned land corridor. To meet the requirements of PPA and to manage water requirements during the Pat Feeder Canal closure, lined raw water storage and settling pond will be built. The area of water storage pond will be approximately 10 hectares (25 acres). Water will be pumped from the storage pond via vertical pumps to clarifiers. Clarified water will be forwarded via a surge tank for cooling water make-up, to the service water tank and to the potable water plant. The fire and service water pump house will contain the service water pumps and the electric and diesel fire water pumps. The fire pumps will be separated from the service water pumps and from each other by reinforced concrete block walls. The water treatment demineralisation building will have two trains. Each train will be comprised of carbon filter, cation bed, weak and strong anion beds and mixed bed. Regeneration of the resin beds will use HCL and NaOH which will be stored in bunded tanks. The water treatment building will also contain dosing systems for the clarifier flocculent, and for inhibiter and pH control for the cooling towers. Summary of water requirements for various power plant operations is provided in Table 4-4. g. Cooling water system Cooling for the steam turbine condenser will be provided from a cooling tower of low rise, counter-flow, mechanical draught evaporative cooling tower design. Makeup water will be supplied from the water pre-treatment plant. Reverse osmosis (RO) unit may also be installed to recycle the cooling tower blow down. The cooling tower will be of reinforced concrete construction with PVC fill material. h. Wastewater treatment system Disposal of treated wastewater will be through an evaporation pond. Inflows to this pond will include power plant discharges (i.e. cooling tower blow down and low volume wastewaters) as well as the treated sewage effluent. The evaporation pond will cover a total water surface area of approximately 17 hectares (42 acres) and will have a 3- m berm (2 inch of maximum operating level with 1 m of freeboard).
4-6
Project Description
The proposed facilities will also incorporate a treatment basin to treat low-volume wastes (chemical drains and demineralised regeneration wastes) prior to discharge. Treated lowvolume wastes and cooling tower blow down will be discharged to a wastewater recovery basin. A sewage treatment plant using aerobic conditions will be provided for sewage treatment. The evaporation pond will not be lined as the nature of the soil is silty clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day. i. Low BTU gas fuel system
OGDCL will supply the low BTU gas from its wholly owned Uch gas field located approximately 50km east of the plant. The gas with al low calorific value will be transported to the power station via the existing dedicated OGDCL owned 66cm (26 inch) pipeline through an OGDCL gas receiving station. The gas will pass through knock out pots, a metering system and filtration and reduced to 35 bars pressure for delivering to the Uch-2 system. The Uch-2 gas receiving station will comprise of a scrubber vessel and two water bath heaters along with pressure control valves. Condensing filters / gas scrubbers are also installed at each combustion turbine with dual strainers and pressure control valves. The gas quality and composition will be monitored by on line gas chromatographs located at the Uch gas field and also on gas receiving station on site. j. Site drainage network
There will be three drainage systems for the plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Plant areas will be provided with the plant low volume waste drain system, this drain system will discharge into plant low volume wastes treatment basin. Water collected through these drains will be treated by neutralisation and will finally be discharge to evaporation pond after mixing with cooling tower blow down. Plant areas where there are chances of oil contamination in case of a spill, such as the fuel storage area, the main turbine area etc. will be provided with oil water drainage system, this drainage system will be routed to an oil separator and finally discharge into the evaporation pond. The entire site will be provided with storm water drainage system. k. Site buildings and support services Other site buildings include the site offices which will be of concrete block construction and the warehouse and yards, which will be constructed of either concrete or steel frame with metal sheet cladding.
4-7
Project Description
l.
Residential and Recreational facilities
Living quarters for the proposed plant staff along with catering and recreational facilities will be provided in a housing colony adjacent to the existing housing colony which will be spread over an area of about 9 hectares (22 acres). The colony will have accommodation for about 100 personnel. The Uch-2 layout is shown in Figure 4-4
4.4 4.4.1
Power Plant Construction and Commissioning Construction schedule

Uch-II plans to start the construction activity for the proposed power station by first quarter 2010, and the handing over of the plant to O& M contractor in 2012. Construction schedule is shown in Table 4-3. The Uch-2 plant construction and commissioning phase will consist of following activities: Construction camp setup and mobilization of contractors; Construction of power plant foundations and auxiliary structures (civil works); Power Plant fabrication; Power plant commissioning; Demobilization and site restoration.
4.4.2
Construction camp
Construction contractors will mobilise and setup a construction camp which will be located adjacent to the proposed plant site within the Uch plant boundary. The construction camp will occupy an area of approximately 4 hectares (10 acres). The camp will be self contained and all staff from outside the project area will reside in the construction camp. The camp will have the following facilities: Staff accommodation Kitchen and mess facilities Offices for construction staff Warehouse and stores Workshops for mechanical fabrication, repair and maintenance Fuel storage tank Medical clinic for first aid facilities Backup generators
4-8
Project Description
Fire fighting equipment Laundry unit Prayer hall Vehicle parking area The camp will be provided with periphery fencing and a drainage network. The construction camp may be a portacabin type accommodation. Power for the camp will be provided from construction power source which will comprise of generators either running on gas or diesel. Backup generators will also be available. Camp will have a sewerage collection system, the collected sewerage will be routed to existing sewerage treatment unit or a separate construction camp sewerage treatment system. Treated sewerage will be discharged into on site evaporation pond. Fuel will be stored in bunded area for secondary containment in case of a spill. Vehicle parking, repair, maintenance and washing will only be carried out in designated areas. The camp will have a fire fighting setup and proper housekeeping practices.
4.4.3
Plant Construction and Fabrication

Plant construction will involve site clearing, preparation, grading, excavations and construction of foundations, excavation of water storage and evaporation pond, construction of roads and other structures. Power plant turbines main equipment and associated parts will be imported to Pakistan and shipped to site on flat bed trailers. Auxiliary machinery, components and structures from Pakistan will be manufactured and fabricated outside the plant and shipped to the site on flat bed trailers. These parts will be fabricated and installed on site. Typical activities during the plant fabrication will include, site preparation and erection of equipment, machinery and structures. Placement of the vessels and equipment on the foundations, laying of pipes, welding, joining, electrical and instruments installation, painting and finishing. a. Equipment and Machinery Earth moving machinery including dozers, loaders, excavators, tractors and dump trucks. Concrete mixers and asphalt plants Portable power generators
The equipment used during the plant construction phase will include:
4-9
Project Description
Various construction and fabrication related equipment including cutters, grinders, welding units, radiography equipment, air compressors, testing and monitoring equipments, sand-blasting units, coating units, and painting equipment Cranes for plant erection Vehicles including tractors, trucks, water tankers, fuel tankers and vehicles for the crew b. Staffing The construction crew during the plant construction will comprise about 600 to 800 personnel, the number will vary with the type of activity in progress. Most of the crew will be skilled workers not resident of the project area. The construction crew will reside in the construction camp. About 150 to 200 employees will be sourced from local communities mostly unskilled. c. Supplies The average water requirement during construction is estimated to be 400 m3 per day. (m3/day) The estimate includes water required for construction camps, sprinkling of roads and general construction activities. Water will be procured from existing plant water storage/supply system. Diesel will be the primary fuel consumed during the construction phase, primarily for construction vehicles and power generation for construction camp. Diesel will be procured locally and a tank lorry will deliver it to the site storage facility. Construction camp supplies will be procured locally or transported from outside the project area. d. Construction material sourcing During the construction, material such as the steel, cement, sand, and aggregates for buildings, road and pavement construction will be required. About 20,000 m3 of concrete and 5,000 tons of steel (for reinforced cement concrete) will be required. Steel required for the steel structures will be about 500 tons. Majority of the construction materials will be sourced in Pakistan. Earth fill will be obtained from excavated material from the evaporation pond. Gravel and sand will be obtained from regional quarries.
4.4.4
Traffic movements
Traffic movement to the Uch site will be through the main Jacobabad Quetta highway. No road building upgrading will be required due to proximity to the major highway and presence of existing road to the power plant site.
4-10
Project Description
During the initial mobilization of contractor and materials to site, up to 50 trucks per day may travel to site. The majority of the vehicles will be flat bed trailers. Normal traffic will be about 5 to 10 vehicles load during the construction phase and will vary depending upon the activity being carried out.
4.4.5
Waste streams during plant construction

The primary source of air emissions due to construction activities will be exhaust emissions from construction vehicles and diesel engine-driven generator exhaust. Air emissions will be controlled through regular maintenance and tuning of engines. Dust emissions will occur during the construction activities and movement of construction vehicles, which will be controlled following best construction practices, including water sprinkling and imposing speed limits on unpaved areas. Sewerage from construction camp will either be routed to existing sewerage treatment unit or construction camp will have its own sewerage treatment system. The treated sewerage will be discharged into evaporation pond. Wastes generated during construction phase will be recycled where possible. Nonhazardous wastes including construction camp kitchen wastes will be landfilled. Wastes will be disposed off in an environmentally friendly manner, per PEPA guidelines and following the Uch-II policy. Table 4-2 lists the types of wastes that are expected to be produced during the construction phase and their planned disposal options.
4.4.6
Testing and Commissioning

After the completion of plant construction, fabrication, and installation of systems, the plant will be tested and commissioned. All the equipment and systems will be tested offline before starting. Equipment and systems will be started after initial checking and closely monitored for any problems. The plant will be operated under different operating conditions under the supervision of the contractors and equipment manufacturers. Problem identified will be rectified; testing phase will ensure that all equipment and systems are running properly before final handing over to the plant O&M contractors. After the completion of testing phase final handover of the plant to the O&M contractor will occur.
4-11
Project Description
4.4.7
Demobilisation and site restoration

On completion of the construction and commissioning phase, the construction contractor will demobilise from site and construction camp removed. Temporary infrastructure will be decommissioned and sites restored. This will involve: Removing the temporary construction camp Closing all the temporary waste pits Removing all waste and leftover construction materials from site Leveling and restoration of areas.
4.5
Plant Operations
The combustion turbines will normally be fired with a low Btu gas from the Uch gas field. Plant is expected to run at a high base load factor greater than 80%. Plant operations will be continuous except for any annual maintenance outage which is typically of 30 days and breakdowns. Annual maintenance is extended to 60 days every sixth year for major overhaul and repair. About 50 personnel directly associated with operations of Uch-2. Plant personnel will reside in the plant colony.
4.5.1
Resource usage
a. Water consumption Water for the plant operations will be supplied from Pat Feeder Canal located about 3km via the existing water supply pipeline. Main water usage will be the replacement for the cooling tower blow down. Other water uses will include generation of demineralised water for various plant operations, water required for staff colony, gardening etc. The breakdown of water requirements are given in Table 4-4. A reverse osmosis (RO) unit is also being considered for recycling of cooling tower blow down water. The RO unit will further reduce the water requirements by about 50%. b. Fuel consumption The power plant under normal base load operation will consume about 0.57kg/kWh of low BTU gas. c. Chemical, colony supplies and other consumables The plant operation will require typical consumables such as filters for the diesel engines, batteries, oils, lubricants, replacement parts, paints, solvents, cleaning rags, chemicals for the water treatment and other miscellaneous items. Most chemicals required for
4-12
Project Description
proposed operations will be delivered to the plant in drums; some bulk storage may also be employed. Other supplies will include food supplies and toiletries for the residential colony at the plant. A catering company will be contracted for these supplies. The colony supplies will be trucked to the site on regular basis.
4.5.2
Waste streams during plant operations

a. Wastewater The major wastewater stream for the proposed plant will be cooling tower blow down. Other wastewater sources will include plant low volume wastes and sanitary wastewater. Power plant low volume wastes will include floor drain wastes, boiler blow down, demineralised regeneration wastes and filter backwash. Plant drains and HRSG blow down will be recycled to the cooling tower system. Cooling tower blow down will be the primary discharge to the evaporation pond. The use of evaporation pond will eliminate the wastewater discharge outside the plant. Summary of wastewater generation from various power plant activities is shown in Table 4-5 b. Solid waste Operations of a combined cycle power plant yield a relatively minor volume of solid waste for disposal. Wastes generated during operation and maintenance activities generally consist of used filters, chemical containers, oily rags, used cables and parts, packaging materials etc. Solid waste generated from the plant residential colony will mainly consist of house hold waste such as plastic water bottles, used papers and packaging, wet garbage, and kitchen and food waste etc. Clinical wastes generated from plant colony clinic will be disposed off through approved clinical waste disposal facility. Wastes will be segregated and recyclable waste will be temporarily stored in designated area and disposed off periodically by recycling contractors. Non-hazardous wastes including kitchen wastes and wet garbage will be buried in the burial pits located within the plant boundary. The evaporation pond will generate approximately 970 m3 per year of solids that will be accumulated in the pond at a rate of about 0.8 cm per year. The solids will consist of the mineral salts that remain after evaporating the Pat Feeder Canal water in either the cooling towers or the evaporation ponds. A similar quantity of settle-able solid wastes will be generated in the raw water storage and pre-treatment system for the facility. This solid waste stream will consist of settled solids in the raw water storage pond, clarifier
4-13
Project Description
sludge, and filtration residue. These solid waste streams are neither toxic nor hazardous and will entirely be contained on site. c. Air emissions The air emissions from proposed combined cycle units will mainly consist of particulate matter (PM), sulfur dioxide (SO2), nitrogen oxides (NOx) and Carbon Dioxide (CO2) as a result of combustion of low fuel in gas turbines. Stack emissions of the pollutants when operated by low Btu gas as fuel for Uch-2 are shown in Table 4-6. Stack emissions from the power plant will be monitored periodically and will be reported to regulators according to required frequency.
4.6
Plant decommissioning
It is recommended that plant should be decommissioned after it is no longer in service. At the time of decommissioning a detailed plan should be prepared. However, an outline of general guidance for the decommissioning activities is provided below for information: The power plant and the auxiliary systems including the gas and steam turbine units, transformers, piping sections, pumping equipment, diesel generators, water and diesel storage tanks, and other plant equipments will be disassembled into component parts, and either re-used at another location or removed from the site for scrap. All the buildings and concrete structures such as foundations etc. will be demolished. The inert debris will either be used as a fill materials or landfill. All wastes including demolition wastes will be removed from site. All the recyclable wastes will be recycled, non-recyclable wastes will be disposed off in an environmentally friendly manner following the best practices. The water supply and wastewater treatment system will also be removed from the site with the raw water storage and evaporation pond backfilled with earth and site leveled. The access roads may be left intact, if they have a future use. If not, they too will be dismantled and the land returned to its original condition. The entire site will be rehabilitated to a condition compatible with the original land use of the area prior to the plant installation.
4-14

Goth Dargahi Khosa Goth Jeewan khan Bahrani Goth Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali
Existing Colony
Proposed Colony
Existing Raw water pond
Proposed Raw water pond
Existing power plant Proposed power plant

Goth Babu Khaskhali
Existing evaporation pond
Proposed evaporation pond
Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar
Goth Rehmatullah Goth Abdul Karim Bangul-zai
LEGEND
EIA VISIT (TOTAL POPULATION) 7 - 125 126 - 350 351 - 750 751 - 2500 2501 - 5000 WATER BODIES Canals Streams ROAD NETWORK Metalled Unmetalled Tracks Project area Existing features Proposed features
0 50 100
200
300
400
Meters 500 Dated: 12-08-2009 Dated: 12-08-2009 Dated: 12-08-2009
Project
Client
Drawn By: AA Checked By: AS Authorised By: AG Figure No:
EIA FOR EXTENTION OF 404 MW POWER GENERATION CAPACITY AT UCH POWER STATION
Map
UCH-II POWER LIMITED
Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.

3rd & 4th Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt house, Mauve Area, Zero Point, Sector G-7/1 Islamabad, Pakistan. Tel: +92 51 220 3451-55 Fax: +92 51 220 3462 www.halcrow.com
FIGURE 4-1 PLANT LAYOUT

Scale: 1:17,373 Plant Layout
Project Description
Figure 4-3: Process flow diagram for existing power plant HP BOILER FEDWATER 126
AIR INLET TO COMPRESSOR
IP HP
HEAT RECOVERY STEAM GENERATOR
LP
EXHAUST FLUE GAS 101.3OC
EXHAUST GAS 542.9OC
To other HRSGs
FROM OTHER HRSGs
GAS TURBINE 1A
LP STEAM 124.6OC, 2.32 BAR
G 130MW Generator IP steam IP steam From other HRSGs

HP TURB 5.96 BAR 268OC
Deareator
Combustor
To HRSG
196MW Generator
I.P. TURBINE
G
FEEDWATER PUMPS 1 0F 4
GT-1B
G 130MW
HP STEAM 518OC 95.5 BAR
Condenser
Combustor
To
HP From other HRSGs G 130MW Generator
CONDENSAT E TRANSFER PUMP COOLIN G WATER OUTLET 38 2OC
GT -1C
Combustor
COOLIN G WATER INLET 27 8OC
4-17
Project Description
Table 4-1: Technical parameters for Uch-1 plant operation

Parameter Uch-1 design data for Full load Combined Cycle operation Gross combined cycle power output Plant auxiliaries Net power output Fuel energy Max. NOx emission Reference Conditions Ambient temperature Air intake temperature Relative humidity Barometer pressure Site elevation (above mean sea level) Main fuel Start up and back up fuel Gas Turbines Number Power output Heat rate for LHV Exhaust mass flow Exhaust temperature Steam Turbines Number Power output High pressure (HP) conditions Interim pressure (IP) conditions Generators Number Rating GT/ST Power factor Frequency Cooling Voltage GT/ST 4 148.5/240 MV A 0.85 50 Hz Hydrogen 11.5/15 KV 1 197.5 MWe 549 t/hr: 91.7 bars@ 515 C 147 t/hr: 5.96 bars@ 268 C 3 125.99 MWe 10656kJ/kWh 1508 t/hr 542.9 C 27.3 C 20.7 C 48.5% 1.026 Kg/cm2 65 m low BTU gas High speed diesel 572 MW 12.5 MW 559.5 MW 3,987 GJH 300 mg/Nm3/15% O2 Value
4-19
Project Description
Parameter Transformers Number Rating GT/STG LV GT/STG HV GT/STG Insulation Cooling Heat Recovery Steam Generators Number Evaporation capacity HP conditons IP condition LP conditon Main Condenser Cooling System Condensor pressure Exhaust steam flow Number of condensors Type of cooling towers Number of cooling towers
Source: Brief Summary on Existing (Uch-1) Project
Value
4 190/300 MV A 11.5/15 KV 220 KV Oil ODAF
3 300 tons/hr of steam 183.2 t/hr: 95.5 bars@ 517.7 C 50.9 t/hr: 6.27 bars@ 269 C 7.1 t/hr: 2.47 bars@ 126.4 C
0.089 kg/cm2 695.5 t/hr 1 Induced draught fans 12
4-20
Project Description
Table 4-2: Summary of construction waste generation and disposal

Category Liquid waste Hazardous Waste oils, lubricants Stored and transported to offsite (Karachi) for authorised disposal/ recycle facility. Treatment by sewerage treatment plant or lined septic tanks. Final disposal into existng evaporation pond Discharge to plant oilly water drainage system. Final disposal in evaporation pond after passing through oil seperator. Hold at on-site hazardous waste storage facility until disposal through an authrised waste disposal facility. Waste Generated Disposal
Sewerage
Non-hazardous
Test water from pipeline that meets NEQS
Solid Waste Hazardous Paint tins, batteries, rubber tyres, used oil filters, chemical containers, contaminated soil (chemical), grease trap sludge and other hazardous wastes Product and chemical containers (including partially full) Non-hazardous (Recyclable) Cable drums, wood, packaging, buildings materials, plastic sheeting, cement bags, papers, scrap metal, recyclable plastic sheeting, construction debris etc. Constuction debris and inert wastes Non-hazardous (Non-recyclable) Food waste, non-recyclable wood/packaging
Return to vendor
Recycling via approved vendors.
Recycled as fill material or landfill. Disposal by landfill inside plant in the existing plant burial pits
4-21
Project Description
Table 4-3: Schedule of construction activities

Activity Mobilization Civil Works Demobilization Start up Testing Turn Over Start February 2010 May 2010 February 2011 August 2011 February 2012 June 2012 Complete January 2011 November 2011 September 2012 July 2012 August 2012 August 2012
Table 4-4: Summary of water requirements

Water Use Cooling tower makeup Other plant uses Plant and colony potable water Total plant water requirement Maximum Water Use (404MW) (Litres/min) 6,600 500 50 7,150
Table 4-5: Summary of wastewater generation

Wastewater Generation (404MW) Water Use Cooling tower blowdown Low volume wastes Plant and colony sanitary wastewater Total potential wastewater discharge (Litres/min) 800 10 50 860
Table 4-6: Stack emission parameters for Uch-2 power station

Item description Number of stacks Stack coordinates (UTM) Stack 4 Stack 5 Stack height Stack internal diameter Exhaust gas temperature 419424, 3161820 419508, 3161870 42.0 meters 5.6 meters 115 C Value 2
4-22
Project Description
Item description Exit gas velocity Exhaust gas volumetric flow rate Exhaust gas normalised flow rate Emission Concentration (mg/Nm3) SO2 NOx @ 15% O2 CO PM10 Emission Concentration (g/s) SO2 NOx @ 15% O2 CO PM10
Value 19.17m/s 472.168 m3/s 332.22 Nm3/s
3.1 mg/Nm3 77.0 mg/ Nm3 30.0 mg/ Nm3 50.0 mg/ Nm3
1.03 g/s 25.58 g/s 9.97 g/s 16.61 g/s
4-23
Project Description
Photographs: Existing power plant components and auxiliary facilities
Photograph 4-1: A view of existing Uch Power Station
Photograph 4-2: Raw water storage pond
Photograph 4-3: UPL gas receiving station
Photograph 4-4: High speed Diesel storage tank
Photograph 4-5: Main and by pass stacks
Photograph 4-6: Switch yard house and grid station
4-24
Project Description
Photograph 4-7: HP, IP and LP pipes leading to steam turbine
Photograph 4-8: Water condensate tank
Photograph 4-9: Steam turbine
Photograph 4-10: Water treatment system
Photograph 4-11 Service water generation unit
Photograph 4-12: Cooling towers
4-25
Project Description
Photograph 4-13: Sludge basin
Photograph 4-14: Evaporation pond
Photograph 4-15: Residential colony
Photograph 4-16: Chemical storage yard
Photograph 4-17: View of proposed site for plant expansion
Photograph 4-18: Another view of proposed site for plant expansion
4-26
5
5.1
Project Alternatives
Alternatives are generated and examined to determine the best method of achieving project objectives, while minimising environmental impacts (WB December 19961). Alternatives that are generally reviewed for private sector projects include alternative site, technology, waste disposal systems and management systems. The analysis of some of the alternatives is not as exhaustive or strategic as would be required for public sector projects as the decision to invest in a particular sector is made by the project proponent. In some instances there will be an overlap between alternatives and mitigation measures, as alternative design, location, and technology are also a way of impact mitigation.
5.1.1
Do-Nothing Alternative
Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power because of the excess of industrial and residential demand over the existing power-generating capacities. The installed capacity in Pakistan as in March 2007 was 19,440 MW2, comprised of hydel (6,463 MW) thermal power plants (12,515 MW) including WAPDA, Karachi Electric Supply Company (KESC) and Independent Power Producers (IPPs), and nuclear (462 MW). Historically Pakistan faced electricity deficit from 1990 to 1997. The demand and supply of electricity was balanced in 1997. From 1997, the generation capacity increased and it was expected that the demand and supply position of electricity will remain in equilibrium up to 2009. However, as existing peak demand approach to 6.6 percent growth per annum during 2001 to 2007 the supply shortage occurred much earlier than 2009. Brisk pace of economic activity, rising levels of income of people, the double digit growth of large scale manufacturing, higher agricultural production and village electrification programme have all resulted in higher demand of power in Pakistan.3 The power shortage is especially during the peak hours when power blackouts (load shedding) are required to regulate the power supplies. Load shedding continued during year 2007. The average load shedding duration was upto four hours per day during summer and two hours per day during winter months. The economic loss due to power load shedding is estimated to be enormous. In 2001, it was estimated that the loss of industrial output due to load shedding alone cost Pakistan Rs 250 billion a year4.
World Bank December 1996. Analysis of Alternatives in Environmental Assessments Environment Assessment Sourcebook, Update 17 The Environment Department, World Bank 2 Pakistan Economic Survey 2006-07; http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/sur_chap_06-07/15-Energy.pdf 3 ibid 4 http://www.pakistaneconomist.com/database2/cover/c2001-31.asp
1
5-1
Power demand is expected to rise with the economic growth. It is anticipated that by the year 2010 there will be an additional demand of 5,500 MW5. Considering the current shortages and future demands of power in Pakistan, the additional 404 MW power generation capacity at proposed Uch-2 can play a significant role and can contribute much for Pakistan's future. Therefore do-nothing alternative is highly unfavourable as it would exacerbate the power shortages.
5.1.2
Alternative Project Timelines

Consideration of alternative timings for construction or operation of a project are necessary in cases where there are social, physical or biological receptors that may be sensitive to the project at a particular time and the postponement of the project in these times can avoid any potential significant impacts. No such considerations are necessary for the project as no significant sensitivities exist in the area that cannot be mitigated by management or application of physical controls.
5.1.3
Project Design Alternatives

a. Fuel used It is important to use the cleanest fuel which is economically available. There are various options for the use of fuel including low BTU gas, Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG), coal and diesel fuel oil etc. However from economical, environmental and engineering perspectives, low BTU gas from Uch gas field is considered to be most favorable due to: Using indigenous gas is economically preferable to using imported fuel oil. The gas from Uch gas field due to its low calorific value makes it inappropriate and uneconomical for home heating, vehicular transport, and other commercial uses; therefore, utilising this gas for power generation decreases the need for Pakistan to import fuels for power generation. There are adequate reserves of gas present to ensure continued supply of fuel for the power plant. The studies carried out at the time of Uch-1 installation confirmed the presence of enough reservoirs for upto 30 years with full planed 1,000 MW complex at Uch. A recent study carried out by an international consulting firm (IPR, Dallas International, Ltd) has estimated that the recoverable reserves at Uch gas field are about 5.3 trillion cubic feet (Tcf) original gas in place (OGIP). The gas pipeline is already laid from Uch gas field to Uch Power Station. From an environmental perspective, there will be negligible particulate matter emissions and emissions of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides are lower on low
5,
Ministry of Water and Power, Government of Pakistan. www.pakistan.gov.pk/divisions
5-2
BTU gas when compared with coal and fuel oil. Further more since the gas essentially contains no ash, maintenance costs will be less as compared to firing ashbearing fuels. LPG is not preferable as it require huge transportation cost to the power plant location. Coal available in Pakistan has a low calorific value than imported coal and is also rich in sulfur. Burning imported coal or residual fuel oil would require clean technologies including the installation of capital-intensive Flue Gas Desulfurization (FGD) equipment to reduce emissions of Sulfur Oxides (SOx). b. Power generation technologies The power generation technologies used for the proposed project will be combined cycle gas turbines (CCGT), i.e. low BTU gas will be fired in a gas turbine to generate electricity, the waste heat from the gas turbines will be recovered using HRSGs. The steam generated by waste heat will run on steam turbine to produce more electricity. Gas turbines, especially in a combined cycle configuration are relatively most efficient compared to other fossil fuel combustion processes; (36% and 38% respectively for typical coal and oil fired plants, typical combined cycle gas turbines 50 to 60%). The higher efficiency results in part from the clean nature of the fuel which results in efficient combustion and lower emissions to atmosphere. c. Alternative sites The site for Uch-2 is adjacent to Uch-1 within the walled area for the plant. This site is most favorable due to: No additional land need be acquired for the project thus avoiding any issues associated with resettlements and conversion of arable land to non-agricultural uses. Locating the plant at separate location would require additional land for auxiliary facilities, pipeline network, and offices. This has been avoided. A single facility is also desirable from security, safety, and environmental management perspectives. The existing site was selected at the time of installation of Uch-1 after considering various sites. The existing Dera Murad Jamali site was found to be economically and environmentally the most favorable based on various criteria including water availability, infrastructure like road link, distance from gas field, distance from WAPDA power grid and availability of land. d. Water supply Water will be obtained from Pat Feeder Canal using the existing water supply pipeline for the plant. The only alternative water source for the project would be groundwater.
5-3
However, if available, the groundwater in the Kachhi Plain is highly saline and would require costly pre-treatment compared to the Pat Feeder Canal.6 e. Wastewater treatment and disposal The power plant is designed to be a zero discharge facility i.e. no effluent will be discharged outside the plant boundary. Zero discharge option is environmentally most favorable as there will be no impact on any surface water resources. The wastewater from the plant will be treated and disposed through evaporation pond within the plant boundary. Consideration was given to using an impervious liner in the evaporation pond. However, based on the onsite soils investigations as well as the United Nations Development Program (UNDP) report that shows that the soils in the area act as an aquitard (i.e. minimal infiltration is expected), existing groundwater dissolved solids concentrations are > 5,000 mg/L, and depth in groundwater is > 120ft. These factors plus the desert and non-arable nature of the soils lead to the conclusions that: Infiltration from the evaporation ponds into the groundwater system will be approximately 7.6x10-4 cm/day (0.0003in/ft/day) The water quality in the existing aquifer is non-potable and is not likely to be used as a source of potable or irrigation water supply given the high cost of treatment required and Given the above, minimal or no impact to groundwater quality is expected if the evaporation basins are unlined.7 f. Air emissions controls
NOx emissions form combustion turbines are formed by the combination of nitrogen and oxygen in the combustion air, referred to as thermal NOx, and from the combination of nitrogen in the fuel with oxygen in the combustion air, referred to as fuel-bound NOx. Thermal NOx, can be reduced by four techniques (EPA, 1997): Reduce the combustion pressure Decrease the peak flame temperature in the combustor Reduce the effective residence time during which combustion gases remain in elevated temperature, and Control the amounts of nitrogen and oxygen available for production of NOx There is no need to consider the above mentioned alternatives/techniques for NOx emission reduction as the said emissions from Uch-2 operations would be below the
6 7
KBN 1995, ESSA Uch Power Plant Blochistan Pakistan; Section: Project Design Alternatives, Section 2.4.2, Page 2-5 Ibid; Section 2.4.3
5-4
national (i.e. NEQS) as well as various international guideline values (i.e. the USEPA8 and IFC).
The expected NOx emissions for low BTU gas will be less than USEPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) of 75 parts per million volumetric dry (ppmvd) for combustion turbines
5-5
Public Consultation
Stakeholders consultation is a tool used for communication with a diverse group of stakeholders and having multifarious aims, inter alia, information dissemination, exchanging views, soliciting feedback and suggestions on issues pertaining to the project, plan future actions, initiate a needs assessment, and identify areas of concern. At the start of the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) study, the ToRs of the EIA were sent to the key stakeholders for their comments. The stakeholders including regulators, government representatives and the NGOs were later met to appraise and discuss the environmental and social perspective of project activities related to the extension of Uch Power Station. Their valuable concerns and suggestions were noted and thereafter incorporated in the EIA process and study. During the field survey for this EIA study, meetings were also held with the communities residing within the project area. The objective of these meetings was to solicit and record their views and concerns for inclusion in project design at the planning phase. In the same vein, meetings were held with the members of local and provincial government, NGOs and district government representatives. All the stakeholders were given project information verbally and were shown map of the area in detail. Their concerns and suggestions were heard which are reproduced at the end of this section.
6.1
Benefits and objectives of Stakeholders consultation

Consultation with stakeholders leads to an overall better understanding of the project on the part of the communities and also gives the proponent a clearer understanding of the stakeholders perspective. Effective public consultation can add substantial value to the EIA process. The information gained through public consultation on the stakeholders concerns, interests, and their ability to influence decision-making helps identify key cause of environmental problems. This can be used to evaluate direct and indirect environmental impacts, and assess short term and long-term resource use implications. The input from local communities and NGOs can help evaluate alternatives and strengthen the management planning by incorporating local input and know-how. An informed public will better understand the tradeoffs between project benefits and disadvantages; be able to contribute meaningfully to the project design; and have greater trust with the project proponent and support for the proposed project, says the Asian Development Bank. These factors contribute
6-1
Public Consultation
towards improved project implementation sensitised to the human environment of the area. The objectives of stakeholders consultation are to: Promote better understanding of the proposed operation through explaining its objectives and its potential positive and negative impacts; Identify and address concerns of all interested and affected stakeholders; Provide a mechanism to resolve issues identified by communities, before project plans are finalised and development begins, thereby, avoiding public out cry and resentment; Instill trust between various stakeholders and the proponent to promote cooperation.
6.2
Community Consultations
Community consultations were carried out in the project area through formal and informal meetings, focus group discussions and in depth interviews. The consultation exercise was conducted in Balochi and Sindhi. The socio-economic team, assisted by environmental specialists initiated the sessions by giving a brief, simple and nontechnical description of the project providing an overview of all likely positive and negative impacts. This was followed by an open discussion in which all participants were encouraged to voice their concerns and opinions. Feedback obtained from the stakeholders was documented, and all issues and suggestions raised were recorded in survey forms. Through this process the consultant reached out to a wide segment of the population of the area, whereby actively involving all stakeholders in the decision-making process. All information was imparted to the communities and other stakeholders in such a manner that their expectations were not unnecessarily or unrealistically raised in order to avoid any future conflict involving tribal leaders or local administrators. The villages where detailed consultation with the community was carried out included Village of Taj Mohammad Khan Jamali, Haji Rehmat, Faiq Khan Jamali, Haji Sohbat Khan, Azizabad, Haji Mohammad Ayub Mangal, Mir Abdul Ghafoor Lari, Jan Mohammad Jamali, Langha Khan Jamali and Soobho Khan Jatak. They are inhibited by Jamali, Jakhrani, Khoso, Mengal, Lari, Panhwar, and Pandrani tribes respectively.
6.2.1
Communitys concerns
All the communities consulted were open to the idea of development in the project area. No major concerns were raised, neither were there any objections to the project concept. Most people welcomed the idea of project activities sensing a relative boom in the localised economy and employments. They envisaged the proposed plant will have positive impact in the project area.
6-2
Public Consultation
The main concerns raised by most communities are listed hereunder. Local villagers should be given priority when employing people for various projectrelated works and activities; Community water resources should not be over-exploited; and Increased traffic should not jeopardise the safety of the communities.
6.3
Other Stakeholders
In addition to holding consultation meetings with communities, meetings with community and members of local and provincial government and NGOs were also deemed essential. All the stakeholders were given maximum project information verbally and were shown map of the area in detail. Their concerns and suggestions were heard which are reproduced below. A list of these stakeholders is provided in Table 6-1. Proceedings of the meeting with DCO Naseerabad, Director BEPA (Implementation), Conservator Forests BWFD and Dr. Abdul Majeed (Head of IUCN Balochistan) are presented below. The rest of the meetings were mostly of the sort of information collection and dissemination.
6.3.1
District Coordination Officer (DCO), District Naseerabad

As the project area lies under the Naseerabad District, the DCO was approached and the proposed plant was discussed in detail. Briefing and Discussion The environmental specialist paid a customary visit on Mr. Tahir Muneer at his office. He was informed with the help of projects area map about the proposed activities. He spoke at length about the development activities in the area. He expressed some concerns regarding the projects, which are discussed below. Uch Power and their contractor should employ local people during the project execution, thereby ensuring maximum project benefits for the local communities. He also emphasised on the need to provide trainings to the unskilled workers so that in future locals may also be hired for skilled jobs. He also offered his assistance if required to introduce the required trades in technical training centre at Dera Murad Jamali. The company shall plan to mitigate the adverse impact of noise and dust on the people. Any damage caused to the infrastructure due to movement of heavy vehicles will need to be repaired by the proponent. DCO welcomed the project initiation and termed the consultation as a very meaningful and healthy activity.
6-3
Public Consultation
6.3.2
Director Implementation BEPA, Quetta

A consultation meeting was held with BEPA on 6th Nov, 2007 to discuss the issues related to the proposed project activities. During the meeting the consultants briefed about the proposed operation, its location and the environmental issues pertaining to the proposed power plant. Mr. Tahir Durani showed great interest in the briefings and discussions, his main concerns were: Air emissions due to the proposed plant may affect the ambient air quality of the area surrounding the proposed plant location. He suggested conducting ambient air quality of the area. Halcrow team informed that ambient air quality as well as air dispersion modeling is proposed to be conducted for the study to cover this aspect in detail and low BTU gas will be used as fuel resulting in less air quality issues. He suggested that the EIA should recommend the best available mitigation measures of the major air pollutants. He suggested providing a concise report instead of voluminous reports. He also suggested following the format of Impact assessment as prescribed in EPA Guidelines. He also emphasised on self monitoring of the project related activities by proponent and reporting of the non-conformance with reference to EMP to BEPA.
6.3.3
Head of IUCN, Balochistan

A consultation meeting was held with Head of IUCN in Quetta office and was informed about the proposed activities. He appreciated the stakeholder consultation process. His main concerns and suggestions were: He emphasise on the need to conduct the survey in the manner to identify different wildlife species present in the area. Avoid over exploitation of water resources in the project area. Appropriate environmental provisions should be taken into account to avoid contamination of surface and groundwater resources; and Monitoring the project activities to validate the implementation of suggested mitigation measures.
6.3.4
Conservator, Forest and Wildlife Department Balochistan

A consultation meeting was held with Conservator of Forest and Wildlife departments, Balochistan at his office in Quetta. He was informed about the proposed project. He informed that the proposed location of the plant does not fall in any wildlife protected area or protected forest and therefore the department has no any objection or concern related to the project. However he suggested that the natural vegetation and wildlife in the area should be protected adopting proper mitigation measures.
6-4
Public Consultation
6.3.5
Worldwide Fund for Nature (WWF)

The ToRs of the EIA along with the project area map were sent to WWF Karachi office. WWF did not communicate any concerns or comments related to the ToRs. WWF was later contacted for a consultation meeting, however due to their busy schedule meeting could not be arranged.
6.3.6
Other Meetings
Similarly consultation meetings with revenue department, education and health department were held. They were informed about the proposed activities. None of the consulted stakeholders showed any apprehensions about the proposed activities. All of them raised common concerns and suggestions which were: The proponent should respect local cultural environment The proponent must give preference to the locals in employment; and The proponent should consider investing in social infrastructure for the locals.
6.4
Key findings and issues

The project site is located with in the walled area of existing power plant. The project will have minimum interaction with the local communities and hence social interface and consequently magnitude of project impacts on communities can be expected to be low. People have hopes that the proponent and its contractors would employ locals during the project. However, locals know their limitations, as they are mostly illiterate and unskilled. Most of the communities and to some extent the local influential people are not concerned over the environmental issues. They are mostly interested in getting maximum benefits in terms of employment, local market boom and community development programmes. The biggest aspiration of locals can be easily identified as employment.
6-5
Public Consultation
Table 6-1: List of stakeholders consulted

No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Stakeholder name Tahir Muneer Tahir Qureshi Dr. Abdul Majeed Mohammad Yousuf Kakar Dr. Abdul Qadir Mengal Mohammad Ibrahim Rindh Dr. Dost Ali Wazir Ahmed Bugti Organization District Government BEPA NGO-IUCN Forest and Wildlife Department Balochistan District Government Irrigation Department DHQ Hospital Revenue department Designation/Status DCO Naseerabad Director (Implementation) Head of IUCN Balochistan Conservator EDO- Health Executive Engineer MS Tehsildar, DMJ
6-6
Public Consultation
Photographs: Public consultation
Photograph 6-1: Consultation with DCO, Naseerabad
Photograph 6-2: Consultation with BEPA in Quetta
Photograph 6-3: Consultation with Naib Tehsildar, Dera Murad Jamali
Photograph 6-4: Consultation with EDO health
Photograph 6-5: Community consultation in the project area
Photograph 6-6: Consultation with locals of the project area
6-7
7
7.1 7.1.1
Physical Environment Landform, Geology and Soils
The project area lies in the south eastern portion of the Balochistan province. The province is an extensive plateau, which is the continuation of the geological configuration of the Iranian plateau and about 50% of the mountain ranges are of those found in southern Iran. The plateau is an extensive rough surface divided into basins by ranges of sufficient height to form obstacles to movement. It is sharply divided from the Indus plain by the Sulaiman, Khirthar and Pub ranges. There are only three sizable plains in the province namely Kachhi, Lasbela, and Dasht9. The project area lies in the Kachhi plain which consists of flat valley amid various ranges. It is surrounded on the west by the Khirthar and central Bolan ranges and on the northeast by the Marri and Bugti hills. Other than theses ranges skirting the basin are range of low hills called Pabs. The land is flat plain which slopes from north to south and elevates from 50 to 100 m above sea level, in the south-north direction. The project area is part of the piedmont plain. This plain has been formed by the deposition of fine sediments during the quaternary age brought down by wide spread sheet floods caused by hill torrents originating from the surrounding hills. The parent material of the plain originated from limestone, shale, sand stone and conglomerate sedimentary rocks. The sediments of the plain are mainly fine silty approaching to clayey. Clayey soils of the area are very hard when dry and very sticky when wet because of the swelling properties of the clay mineral. The Bugti hills located on the eastern side of the project area consist of rocks of Jurassic to Tertiary ages.10 Soils of the area are extremely rich in calcium and magnesium because of calcareous parent material but are deficient in nitrogen due to rapid decomposition of the organic matter under arid climate conditions. The natural surface of the soil show intersecting cracks and theses further develop on artificial irrigation and drying. The infiltration rate in the initial stage of wetting is very high, but thereafter it decreases considerably due to swelling nature of the clays The soils are also rich in minerals and nutrients required for the plant growth They have only minor problems of workability and seedbed preparation. More than 90% of the soils in the project area are well to moderately suit for agriculture.11. Geological map of the area is shown in Figure 7-1
Provincial Census Report of Balochistan 1998 Agricultural Development Project with Widening of Pat feeder Canal 1983 11 ibid
9 10
7-1
7.1.2
Climate
The climate of the project area is broadly described as hot and arid. Various meteorologists have developed classification schemes to describe local climatic features of Pakistan. (Shamshad 1998) has classified the climate of Pakistan on the basis of characteristic seasons found in the country. Taking into account topography, proximity to the sea, rainfall, temperature, and winds, Shamshad has defined eleven climatic zones for Pakistan. Under his scheme, the climate of the project area is classified as Subtropical double season hotland. The characteristic features of this climatic zone are low rainfall, (less than 250 millimetres per annum) absence of a well-defined rainy season, and high temperatures that increase from east to west. No meteorological station exists within the close proximity of project site. The nearest meteorological stations are located in Jacobabad and Sibbi. Jacobabad station is located about 40 km towards south eastern direction and Sibbi about 160 km towards northwestern direction from the project site. Interpretations of available meteorological data for the last five years from these stations show that the project area experiences extreme temperatures. July and August are the wettest months. Precipitation during these two months accounts for more than half of the total annual rainfall. October and November are among the driest months. May, June, July and August are among the hottest months of the year with temperatures rising close to 50C. December and January are the coldest months. The weather parameters of Jacobabad and Sibbi are provided in Table 7-1 to Table 7-7. The western hot winds blow particularly in the months of June and July. Infrequent dust storms also blow during the hot season. The northern winds blow during winter season. The humidity increases in the summer particularly in the areas adjacent to the Pat Feeder Canal. For dispersion modeling it is important to have good quality data that includes all the necessary parameters and has a high data capture rate. These considerations override the need to have data from on-site or nearby. Meteorological data from Jacobabad has been used for air dispersion modeling. This data from will be representative of climatic conditions prevailing within the project area and its surroundings.
7.1.3
Ambient Air Quality

Pakistan lacks a comprehensive and effective air quality monitoring system that can be used to track and address specific instances of air pollution and air quality degradation. At present, monitoring of urban air pollution in Pakistan is limited to isolated instances
7-2
where air pollutants are measured for brief periods at selected locations. Urban locality, city, region, or countrywide continuous or repeated air quality monitoring data does not exist. Similarly, there is no formal system of air quality data storage and reporting. The region in which the power plant is situated is predominantly flat and semi-arid, although irrigation has been introduced to provide water to enable crops to be grown. The immediate vicinity of the power plant is sparsely populated. Emission from the existing power plant operations and the vehicular exhaust emissions from the national highway (N65) may be considered as the significant sources of ambient air pollution in the project area. As part of the study, ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during the EIA field visit in November 2007 as well as in April 2009 as part of the addendum study. The addendum to the EIA was carried out to observe the projects compliance with the new IFC guidelines of the World Bank group and to re-access the impacts on the air quality due to changed stack emission parameters. The recent monitoring was carried out at two separate locations within the power plant premises in order to find the present concentration values of SO2, NOx, CO and PM10.One sampling site was located adjacent to the mosque in the plant residential colony, whereas the second site was located adjacent to the sewerage system near gate no. 4. The sites were selected after considering various factors such as the affect of the pollutant concentration on sensitive receptors (e.g. the residents of the power plant) and the weather conditions (i.e. wind direction etc). The air quality monitoring was carried out for 24 hours at each of these locations at hourly interval. The ambient air quality sampling locations are marked in Figure 7-2. The values of the pollutants for short time period averages (i.e. for 1 and 24 hour) have been provided. Detailed air quality monitoring for at least 3 6 months is required for determining the concentration values for longer time period (i.e. annual ). It was observed from the results that the ambient air quality of the area is generally good with all the concentration values of the pollutants below the guideline values (i.e. NEQS and WHO). This means that the air shed is non-degraded with enough assimilation capacity to accommodate other facilities including Uch-2. The recorded values of the pollutants at the second sampling point were greater than those recorded at the first sampling point. The increase in the values at this sampling location can possibly be due to the prevailing wind direction and close proximity to the power plant. However the increase in the PM10 concentration may be due to the presence to loose soil surrounding the second sampling point location. The contribution from the power plant in generating PM10 would be much less in this case. Results of the ambient air quality monitoring are provided in Table 7-8. The detailed results along with the monitoring report are provided in Appendix C.
7-3
7.1.4
Noise
There is no continuous major source of noise in the project area. Intermittent sources include farm tractors, farm equipment, road and rail traffic. Considering the intermittent nature of these noise sources, it can be concluded that the noise pollution in the area is low. The plant operations generate noise, which is recorded periodically in the main plant area and at the plant boundary. The maximum value of noise levels in the existing main plant area were recorded to be 108 dB(A) in the gas turbine area, which reduces rapidly as one moves away from the gas turbines. However the human activity in those areas is minimal as the turbines are controlled through central control system and are only inspected by plant operational staff. The high noise areas are identified by sign boards and ear mufflers are worn by the workers to minimise the noise effects. Table 7-9 presents the results of the noise survey conducted on plant boundary in May 2007. It can be inferred from the results the noise levels at most of the plant boundaries are below the World Bank guideline values and therefore do not have a harmful affect on the communities living in the vicinity of the power plant.
7.1.5
Water resources
a. Surface water channels/streams The only perennial surface water channel in the project area is the Pat Feeder Canal. Some seasonal streams also originate from the Dera Bugti hills. These streams flow during rains, but with limited flows. The Pat Feeder Canal is a branch of Desert Pat Feeder Canal which off takes from right bank of Indus River at Guddu barrage. Water from this canal is used for agricultural purposes in Balochistan province. This canal was constructed between 1963 and 1969 by WAPDA and started operation in 1970. The last re-modeling of Pat Feeder Canal was completed in 1997-98 to increase its capacity by nearly 100 m3/s The total length of canal is 171km and has a present design discharge of nearly 190 m3/s. (6700 cubic feet per second (cusecs)). The canal serves cultivated command area (CCA) of about 458,425 hectares (132,788 acres) through a network of 13 distributaries and 164 minors. The canal is perennial except for a closure/maintenance period of about one month. Highest discharges in the Pat Feeder Canal are recorded in June, July and August. Minimum discharge is reported in the months of December and April which is also the canal closure period.12.
12
Irrigation and Power Department 2005; Briefing, Canal System & Development Schemes
7-4
The Rabi canal is a branch of Pat Feeder Canal. It is a non-perennial canal operating only in the Rabi season. It was completed in June 2002. Total length of the canal is 47 km and has a design discharge of 9.9 m3/s (350 cusecs).The canal serves 20,234 hectares (50,000 acres) of CCA also including areas surrounding the power plant. The surface water resources in the project area are shown in Figure 7-3. The recorded discharge of Pat Feeder Canal from 2005 to 2007 is graphically shown in Figure 7-5. The average discharge from 2005 to 2007 is about 3,000 cusecs. b. Surface water quality Water quality of the Indus River is highly dependent on river flow. Other than bacteriological contaminants and suspended solids (e.g., sediment), Indus River water is acceptable chemically for agricultural uses. Typically, suspended solids and turbidity are lowest in December to February and increase from March through October. Water mineralisation (i.e., total dissolved solids) is generally low to moderate; pH ranges from 7.0 to 8.5. Water temperature varies from 15C to 37C13. The water quality of Pat Feeder Canal is generally good as the water is used for irrigation as well as domestic purposes. As part of this EIA study sampling was done on a part of the canal adjacent to the power plant to determine various water quality parameters. The results of the sampling and analysis for various water quality parameters along with comparison with guideline values such as World Bank/IFC14 and NEQS standards for discharge into inland waters is provided in Table 7-10. The microbial test results of the water sample is provided in Table 7-11 The water sampling locations are shown in Figure 7-2. It was inferred from results that the values of most of the water quality parameters were below the guideline values. However this does not suggest that the water of the canal is fit for drinking purpose as well, as the guideline values are used as a pre-cursor for effluent discharge to the inland water bodies only. The microbial test results have shown presence of total coliforms indicating that the water is un-fit for drinking with treatment. c. Groundwater resources Geologically, the Kachhi Plain is made up of unconsolidated deposits several hundred meters thick. Clay is the dominant component, with presence of appreciable amounts of gravels, clayey silts, and minor sand. The unconsolidated deposits constitute the major groundwater reservoir in the region. Groundwater use in the region is predominantly
13 14
KBN 1995, ESSA Uch Power Plant Blochistan Pakistan Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for thermal Power Plant by International Finance Corporation of World Bank group
7-5
limited to the alluvial plain areas at the head of the Kachhi Plain. WAPDA installed 18 test holes and 14 tube wells in the plain during a groundwater investigation study of the area. The groundwater potential of an extensive area from roughly Jacobabad to Sibbi has been characterised by WAPDA to yield less than 10 cubic meters per hour per screened meter down to a level of at least 150 m (492 ft). The aquifer is described as poor and patchy. This zone of low potential extends from Jhatpat to Sibbi and includes all of the area of the proposed site near Dera Murad Jamali. This aquifer is not capable of sustaining a reliable water supply to serve any purpose15. Study of the ground water resources during the construction of Pat Feeder Canal has shown that the water table in larger part of the area ranges from 8 to 15 m below the natural ground surface. The water table would take about 25 to 30 years rise to within 2.5 m of the surface. Recharge to groundwater is principally due to infiltration of precipitation falling within the basin. However after the construction of irrigation network, canal water infiltration will also be a significant source of recharge. Hydro geological map showing the groundwater resources of the area is shown in Figure 7-4. d. Groundwater quality The groundwater quality of the upper 150 m of the aquifer is brackish with a total dissolved solid (TDS) content of greater than 3,000 parts per million (ppm). The UNDP study reports TDS levels greater than 5,000 ppm near the site. Uch Power Limited (1990) notes that well water is very brackish with a TDS of 30,000 ppm near the site. Detailed information about aquifer productivity and the quality of water from possible aquifers below the upper water bearing unit(s) is limited; however, all reports indicate the aquifer is highly mineralised, with low transmissivity, and discontinuous in nature16. Groundwater is of such poor quality that it is not economically viable to pre-treat it for industrial use. Large pockets of land to the south of the project site near Jacobabad exhibit serious problems of water logging and salinity. These problems result from the application of irrigation water to soils combined with the high evaporation rate of the dry climate. The high evaporation rate in the region enhances this potential use of evaporation ponds for the project.
15 16
KBN 1995, ESSA Uch Power Plant Blochistan Pakistan; ibid
7-6
6810'0"E
Goth Dargahi Khosa
6811'0"E
6812'0"E
2835'0"N
Goth Jeewan khan Bahrani
AIR2 Goth Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali Goth Ghulam Haider Jakhrani
Existing Colony
Existing Raw Water Pond
Existing Power Plant W4

Goth Babu Khaskhali
#AIR1 #
W3 & B2 Existing Evaporation Pond
W5
#
Goth Fazal Muhammad Jamali
Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar
W2 & B1
Goth Rehmatullah Goth Abdul Karim Bangul-zai
2834'0"N
Goth Sanja Jamali
W1
LEGEND WATER BODIES Canals Streams ROAD NETWORK Meters Metalled Unmetalled Tracks Sampling Location Plant Boundary Wall COMMUNITIES (TOTAL POPULATION) 7 - 125 126 - 350 351 - 750 751 - 2500 2501 - 5000
0 50 100 200 300 400 500
137.5 275
550
825
Meters 1,100 Dated: 12-08-2009 Dated: 12-08-2009 Dated: 12-08-2009
Project
Client
Drawn By: AA Checked By: AS Authorised By: AG

Figure No:
Map
FIGURE 7-2
Scale: 1:25000 Plant Layout
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND WATER QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATION MAP
685'0"E 2840'0"N
" "
6810'0"E
6815'0"E
"
" " "
BB B
"
"
2835'0"N
" "
" " "" " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "" " " " " DERA MURAD JAMALI " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "" " " " " "
" "
BBB
2830'0"N
"
" " "
BB
"
"
BBB
" "
BB B
" " " "
" " "
"
" " " " " " " " " " " " " "
"
"
" "
"
"
"
"
LEGEND
Project area Existing features Proposed plant COMMUNITIES Graveyard " Settlements
WATER BODIES Canals Streams ROAD NETWORK Metalled Unmetalled Tracks LANDUSE Barani agricultural land Non-perennial agricultural land Perennial agricultural land Urban area
0 5001,000 Drawn By: AA Checked By: AS Authorised By: AG Figure No:
2,000
3,000
4,000
Project
Client
Map
FIGURE 7-3
Scale: 1:126,295
SURFACE WATER RESOURCES
B BB B
"
Figure 7-5: Pat Feeder canal discharge (2005-2007)
7000
6000
5000 Discharge (cusecs)

2005 2006
4000
3000
2007
2000
1000
0 May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr Period
Source: Irrigation and Power Department, Government of Balochistan
7-11
Table 7-1: Summary of mean monthly maximum temperature at Jacobabad and Sibbia
Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Annual avg Jacobabad 2002 23.9 25.7 33.3 40.5 46.6 45.7 41.3 38.0 36.3 35.8 30.4 25.3 35.2 2003 24.2 25.6 31.4 39.3 43.6 46.0 38.0 37.5 36.0 35.2 29.7 24.8 34.3 2004 22.5 27.8 36.3 41.3 44.5 44.2 39.9 38.3 36.4 33.0 30.9 25.4 35.0 2005 21.3 21.2 30.4 37.6 42.0 44.7 39.8 37.7 36.7 34.8 30.3 25.1 33.5 2006 22.5 29.1 31.1 39.4 46.0 43.8 41.5 37.5 36.7 34.7 29.5 22.5 34.5 2002 24.5 25.5 33.5 40.6 47.6 47.1 44.0 41.4 40.1 37.4 31.4 26.2 36.6 2003 24.7 25.5 31.4 40.0 43.0 46.7 40.7 39.7 39.0 37.2 30.5 26.2 35.4 Sibbi 2004 22.4 28.2 36.7 41.1 44.5 45.8 42.9 42.1 40.4 34.4 31.6 26.3 36.4 2005 20.8 20.3 28.8 36.1 40.9 45.0 42.0 40.4 40.2 37.1 31.3 26.4 34.1 2006 23.0 30.4 31.3 39.4 45.8 44.5 44.0 39.3 40.0 37.0 29.7 23.1 35.6
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a Expressed in Degrees Centigrade
7-12
Table 7-2: Summary of mean monthly minimum temperature at Jacobabad and Sibbia
Jacobabad Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Annual avg 2002 7.7 9.9 17.0 22.9 28.8 31.0 29.0 28.1 26.6 20.7 15.1 9.9 20.6 2003 8.5 12.2 17.1 23.3 27.2 30.4 29.3 29.0 26.8 20.5 13.1 9.3 20.6 2004 9.6 12.6 18.2 24.3 28.1 30.2 29.5 29.2 26.1 20.2 14.4 9.7 21.0 2005 8.3 11.2 18.3 21.3 26.9 30.5 30.0 28.2 27.4 21.6 15.4 7.1 20.5 2006 6.6 14.2 16.8 23.1 29.5 29.9 30.8 29.1 27.6 24.3 16.9 10.9 21.6 2002 7.7 10.1 17.1 25.1 30.3 32.8 31.2 29.1 26.9 19.7 14.3 8.2 21.0 2003 7.5 10.8 16.4 22.8 27.4 N.Rb N.R N.R N.R 19.2 12.3 7.2 Sibbi 2004 7.9 11.1 18.1 26.1 29.8 31.1 30.4 30.3 26.4 18.3 8.7 N.R 2005 8.1 10.4 17.6 21.3 26.4 31.1 31.0 29.5 27.7 20.8 13.7 5.4 20.2 2006 5.6 13.7 15.6 22.8 30.2 30.7 32.0 27.8 27.1 22.9 14.7 8.3 20.9
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department

Note: a Expressed in Degrees Centigrade b means not recorded
7-13
Table 7-3: Summary of monthly amount of precipitation at Jacobabad and Sibbia

Jacobabad Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Annual 2002 1.0 5.0 5.6 Trace 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 3.5 17.1 2003 Traceb 19.2 2.0 0.0 Trace 0.0 134.8 54.0 0.0 0.0 Trace 0.0 210.0 2004 13.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 5.0 5.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 24.0 49.6 2005 0.0 22.0 5.1 0.0 6.3 Trace 15.0 3.4 10.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 61.8 2006 Trace Trace 8.0 2.0 0.0 Trace 2.0 18.5 24.0 0.0 0.7 39.0 94.2 2002 0.0 0.7 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.6 9.7 2003 5.6 17.3 4.0 0.0 10.5 2.0 60.5 51.0 14.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 165.6 Sibbi 2004 23.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.0 0.0 Trace 0.0 0.0 Trace 21.0 56.8 2005 8.4 64.9 110.0 0.0 4.2 0.0 10.5 50.4 26.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 274.4 2006 0.0 11.2 22.9 3.1 0.0 0.0 10.3 80.7 0.0 0.0 2.0 39.5 169.7
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Notes: a Expressed in millimeters (mm) b Rain fall amount less than 0.1 mm
7-14
Table 7-4: Summary of mean monthly relative humidity at Jacobabad and Sibbia
Jacobabad Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Annual avg 2002 75.0 71.0 64.0 53.0 51.0 66.0 77.0 76.0 79.0 81.0 77.0 74.0 70.3 2003 80.0 74.0 61.0 49.0 42.0 69.0 83.0 82.0 87.0 86.0 76.0 75.0 72.0 2004 76.0 73.0 58.0 48.0 48.0 59.0 73.0 74.0 79.0 74.0 76.0 72.0 67.5 2005 74.0 73.0 76.0 57.0 52.0 60.0 72.0 77.0 77.0 79.0 68.0 77.0 70.2 2006 64.0 74.0 72.0 49.0 56.0 56.0 71.0 79.0 81.0 80.0 80.0 82.0 70.3 2002 66.0 56.0 54.0 37.0 36.0 47.0 57.0 63.0 64.0 55.0 58.0 57.0 54.2 2003 68.0 64.0 46.0 33.0 32.0 34.0 67.0 71.0 65.0 54.0 48.0 58.0 53.3 Sibbi 2004 69.0 58.0 41.0 28.0 33.0 49.0 57.0 65.0 63.0 60.0 65.0 61.0 54.1 2005 72.0 79.0 80.0 55.0 44.0 49.0 71.0 75.0 72.0 65.0 56.0 64.0 65.2 2006 61.0 68.0 64.0 46.0 44.0 46.0 60.0 72.0 64.0 70.0 70.0 80.0 62.1
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a At 0000 hrs Greenwhich mean time expressed in percentage
7-15
Table 7-5: Summary of mean monthly wind speed at Jacobabad and Sibbia
Jacobabad Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Annual 2002 0.8 0.3 0.7 1.1 3.5 4.2 3.2 1.5 0.9 0.6 0.3 1.0 1.5 2003 0.1 0.7 1.6 2.1 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.0 1.3 0.4 0.5 0.5 1.2 2004 0.5 0.3 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.1 1.2 0.7 1.2 0.1 0.4 0.9 2005 0.3 2.0 1.0 0.9 2.2 2.3 1.7 1.5 1.8 0.6 0.5 1.0 1.3 2006 0.5 0.4 1.2 1.0 1.4 2.4 2.6 1.0 0.4 0.7 0.6 0.5 1.1 2002 1.7 1.3 0.4 1.3 1.2 0.7 1.1 0.4 1.0 0.0 0.2 0.7 0.8 2003 0.2 0.6 1.4 0.9 0.2 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.2 0.8 0.0 0.7 Sibbi 2004 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.1 1.0 0.5 0.3 0.1 1.0 0.9 0.3 0.5 0.5 2005 0.7 1.1 0.0 1.2 0.2 1.0 0.4 0.1 N.R 0.1 0.6 0.0 0.5 2006 0.1 0.0 0.2 1.0 0.0 0.5 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a At 0000 hrs Greenwhich mean time expressed in knots
7-16
Table 7-6: Summary of mean monthly wind direction at Jacobabad and Sibbia
Year 2002 2003 Jacobabad 2004 2005 2006 2002 2003 Sibbi 2004 2005 2006 January N45W E N08W N72E N11E N41W N17W N46W N45W N45W February S21E N55E N45E N56E E N08W NW N16W N45W CALM March S45E S45W N67W N63E S89E N72W N37W N45W S41W N April S77E N38E N71W S79E S82E N30W N45W N45W N72W N45W May S45E S9E S50E S45E S56E N45W N46W N56W N23W CALM June S57E S51E S72E S41E S59E S18E S71W S28E N45W S18E July S62E S51E N53E S51E S51E S12E S19E S14E N75W S23W August S54E S68E S45E S47E S81E S22E S10E E S CALM September S69E S56E S92E S28E S45E N S45E S45E CALM CALM October S63E E S31E S45E N83E CALM N45W N71W N45W CALM November N N34W S45E N S83E N N48W CALM N45W N45W December N45W N7W W S45W N14W N45W N45W N63W CALM N45W
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department Note: a At 0000 hrs Greenwhich mean time
7-17
Table 7-7: Summary of monthly number of thunderstorm days at Jacobabad and Sibbi
Jacobabad Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Annual 2002 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2003 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.0 2004 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 2005 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 2006 0.0 0.0 4.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 5.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.0 2002 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2003 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 12.0 4.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20.0 Sibbi 2004 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 2005 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 2006 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0
Source: Pakistan Meteorological Department
Table 7-8: Ambient air quality monitoring results for various time periods
Monitoring location Uch Power Plant Residential Colony SO2 1hr. 2.85 24hr. 2.47 NOXa 1hr. 7.40 24hr. 5.75 PM10 1hr. 24hr. 79.62 1hr. 2.81 mg/m3 2.55 mg/m3 2.68 CO 24hr. 2.79 mg/m3 2.55 mg/m3 2.67
Near Sewerage system

Average
6.15 4.50
4.34 3.41
17.82 12.61
9.50 7.63
128.02 103.82
Notes: All values are expressed in g/m3 unless specified a: calculated as NO2
7-18
Table 7-9: Noise survey along plant boundary a

No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Location Main gate John Mohan Post Lalek Jan post Colony (North boundary wall near swimming pool) Boundary wall (Tariq post) Boundary wall (Minhas post) Boundary wall (Ghaznvi post) Boundary wall (Qasim post) Colony (West boundary wall near mess in Cluster IV) Boundary wall (New security post at North boundary wall) Boundary wall (New security post at South boundary wall) Average noise readingb 51.2 53.2 45.5 51.8 53.2 56.9 57.2 60.1 43.4 41.4 44.3 Birds activity Birds activity and village noise. Birds activity and village noise. Birds activity Birds activity. Closer to main plant area. Remarks
Notes: a Base plant load conditions b All values in db (A) unless otherwise stated
7-19
Table 7-10: Chemical test results of water sample at Pat Feeder canal and water course outside plant boundary
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Parameters Temperature (At the time of sample collection) pH @ 25 C Total Suspended Solids(TSS) Total Dissolved Solids Grease & Oil Chlorine , Residual Chromium (Cr) Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe) Zinc (Zn) Method APHA-4500H+B APHA-2540 D APHA-2540 C USEPA-1664 APHA-3500C G ASTM-D1687 ASTM-D1688 ASTM-D1068 ASTM-D1691 Unit C mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L Lowest Detection Limit 5.0 5.0 1.0 0.1 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 Test Results Pat Feeder 19.0 7.98 106.0 136.0 <1.0 1.1 <0.02 <0.02 5.2 0.02 Water course 20.0 7.64 17.0 164.0 <1.0 0.22 <0.02 <0.02 1.26 <0.01 Guideline Values World Bank
-
NEQs
-
6-9 50.0 10.0 0.2 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0
6-9 200.0as 3500.0 10.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 8.0 5.0
7-20
Table 7-11: Microbial test results of water sample of water course outside plant boundary
Parameters Total Colony Count Total Coliforms Facal Coliforms (E.Coli) Faecal Streptococci/Enterococci
Notes: a Colony forming unit b Too numerous to count
Method APHA Method APHA-9222 B APHA-9222 D APHA-9230 C
Unit Cfua/ml Colonies/100ml Colonies/100ml Colonies/100ml
Test Results TNTCb TNTC Absent Absent
Permissible Limits < 500 /mlAbsent /100ml Absent /100ml Absent /100ml
7-21
Photographs: Physical environment of the project area
Photograph 7-1: A view of clayey plain in the project area
Photograph 7-2: A view of agricultural land in the project area
Photograph 7-3: A view of harvested Paddy adjacent to power plant
Photograph 7-4: Boundary wall of power plant
Photograph 7-5: A view of Pat Feeder canal in the project area
Photograph 7-6: A view of bridge over Pat Feeder Canal in the project area
7-22
Photographs: Physical environment of the project area
Photograph 7-7: View of Rabi canal
Photograph 7-8: A distributory for irrigation supply
Photograph 7-9: A pumping arrangement for canal water lift irrgation
Photograph 7-10: A view of tallab (temporary water storage pond) in the project area
7-23
Photographs: Ambient air quality monitoring and water quality
Photograph 7-11: A view of existing Uch Power Station
Photograph 7-12: Ambient air monitoring at first location point in progress
Photograph 7-13: Ambient air monitoring at second location point in the project area
Photograph 7-14: A view of the PM10 measuring equipment
Photograph 7-15: Recording of pollutant concentration values in progress
Photograph 7-16: Water sample collection from Pat Feeder canal
7-24
7.2 7.2.1
Biological Environment Overview

Originally, the plant site and surrounding area was a representative of typical semi-desert flats influenced by sporadic monsoon rains and runoff through seasonal streams, commonly known as Pat. However, the development of irrigation system in this area has completely changed the land-use and now a good proportion of surrounding flats are under cultivation. Pat Feeder Canal system was initially constructed as a part of Guddu Barrage Project during 1969 to irrigate this part of Balochistan. Recently, another canal (Rabi canal) has become functional bringing more land under plough in the immediate vicinity of the power plant and towards northern parts of the project area. The changed environmental conditions obviously affected the distribution of wildlife in this area. The paddy fields, other wet areas and food availability are now more conducive for waterbirds than the original fauna of the semi-arid conditions. The project area is located outside any conventional protected area (national park, wildlife sanctuary or game reserve) declared under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act, 1974.
7.2.2
Data Collection
Data for this EIA was gathered from both primary and secondary sources. Baseline field survey was conducted in November 2007. Sampling locations for the identification of floral and faunal assemblages has been carefully selected covering all habitat types, within walled area and also in peripheral adjoining areas upto 10 km from the plant site considering as the air shed of the power plant. The summary of biodiversity found during the site visit is given in Table 7-12. a. Wildlife survey techniques
During the site visit of the project area, the sampling locations were randomly selected, ensuring that sufficient locations are sampled for each habitat and the maximum number of species belonging to each habitat is identified. The survey was undertaken by the wildlife experts following the standard survey techniques including line transects, incidental sightings and plot searches for ungulates, carnivores, birds, reptiles and small mammals present within the project area and habitat use by resident as well as migratory wildlife. Since the survey has been conducted during winter season (November 2007), a good number of migratory birds have been recorded within the project area. During the four days survey, 85 birds, 16 mammals and 21 reptile species were recorded in three major habitats in and around the project area. The habitats and details of flora and fauna observed in the project area have been provided below. The wild life sampling locations are shown in Figure 7-6.
7-25
7.2.3
Habitats
Three major habitat types may be observed within the project area including semi-desert area, wetland in shape of evaporation and water storage pond and finally agricultural lands/settlements which is present outside walled area. Description of these habitats along with the floral and fauna attributes is provided below. a. Semi-desert/flat area
The semi-desert area is a mainly flat with scattered water courses flowing in case of good rains. This area is undated by the flood water originating mainly during monsoon flowing from western Balochistan towards east i.e. Indus river. Sometimes, as observed in recent monsoon rains, flood water from western parts of Balochistan pass through this area entering ultimately in Hammal and Manchar lakes in Sindh and ultimately reaching Indus. Precipitation ultimately influence the vegetation which otherwise is xerophytic in nature, very scattered and scanty. Typical desert oriented species like Zizyphus mauritiana, Tamarix indica and Calotropis procera. A total of 12 floral species were recorded from this habitat type which is also site for plant extension. The area is habitat for a number of reptile species like snakes and lizards. The most important snake species in the area is the saw-scaled viper. This is a highly poisonous snake and is distributed throughout Pakistan. The lizards include Desert monitor, Indian Spiny-tailed Lizard and Indian sand swimmer. Moreover, such habitat also supports winter migrants like Houbara bustard if area remains un-disturbed and food availability is adequate. Presently, large number of Crested larks were observed in such areas. Some activity of rodents was also noticed. Since the ground cover is thin, and grazing by livestock is extensive, such areas are not suitable for large mammals and carnivores. b. Wetland/evaporation pond A large sized wetland, with an approximate area of 25 hectares is present within walled area in shape of evaporation pond. This artificial wetland for the disposal of cooling water blow-down and other effluent by evaporation, appeared to be a useful and protected site for wintering waterfowl. This wetland is lined with typical water oriented floral species, Phragmites karka and provides source privacy to the wintering waterfowl. The area is occupied by a number of waterbirds including Anatidae species like Common pochard, Common teal, Gadwal, Mallard, Shoveler and White-eyed pochard. The number of these waterfowl recorded during the survey was close to 4,000. c. Agricultural lands and settlements This habitat type is dominant outside the power plant and is mainly irrigated through irrigation canals. Such areas are created either in late 1960s when Pat Feeder Canal was built or recently in the immediate vicinity of the power plant and more towards north when Rabi canal started operation. The agricultural activities altered the habitat which was originally with semi-desert conditions.
7-26
Mostly weed species are found in the cultivated fields where crops have been harvested. Besides the weed species, anthropogenic plant species (trees) introduced by the farmers for their use in daily life are also observed in the area. Common species of this habitat include Acacia nilotica, Dalbergia sisso, Prosopis cineraria and Prosopis juliflora. A total of 56 floral species were recorded from this habitat type including weeds. Mainly bird species associated with human settlement can be seen in such habitat type where scattered human settlements are also present. Grey partridges are seen very close to desert area visiting agriculture areas for feeding. Similarly, bank myna and common myna are seen in abundance in addition to house crow and sparrows. Indian roller, collard dove and little brown dove are commonly seen roosting on trees and power lines close to human habitations. Asiatic jackal and foxes visit these areas during night for predation on domestic fowl and scavenging on food refuse. The small mammals, mainly rodents and reptile species also observed close to human settlements and grain storages.
7.2.4
Flora
Ecologically the area is a part of the Dry sub-tropical temperate semi-evergreen scrub forest, a semi-desert flat area with scattered vegetation. The area is characterised by low rainfall, high summer temperatures, poor soil and low diversity of plant species. This type of climatic conditions hardly supports any appreciable vegetation. However, irrigation system introduced in the project area has altered the ecological conditions of this area. During field work for the EIA, presence of 56 plant species were identified within project site within walled area and adjoining habitats including semi-desert and agricultural lands. Outside the walled area, plant communities in the semi-desert area faced with the threats of livestock grazing. In general the native vegetation is xerophytic, sparse and of low economic value. The primary natural influence on the vegetation is the low rainfall. Most the rainfall is confined to the summer monsoon period and is also scanty and meagre. The common bushy large shrubs or small trees are Alhaji maurorum, Zizyphus mauritiana and Calotropis procera. These vegetation species (total 56) recorded in project area and adjoining areas are listed in Table 7-13.
7.2.5
Fauna
The fauna of district Dera Murad Jamali, where the project site is located, is predominantly belongs to Palaearctic zoogeographical region. However, some avian species of Oriental region are also noticed here. The project area is located outside any conventional protected area (national park, wildlife sanctuary or game reserve) declared under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act, 1974. The power plant site is located with in existing power plant boundary (walled area) which contains existing plant, its
7-27
associated residential colony, evaporation pond and almost 70% area in natural state. The variety of micro-habitats within walled area, which is well protected as far as hunting is concerned under a policy enforced by the plant management, there are ample opportunities for wildlife to survive. The wetland is shape of evaporation pond and semi-desert flat area in southern half of the project area is providing wintering habitat for a number of migratory birds where they enjoy complete protection. a. Birds
A total of 85 species of birds were recorded from inner and outer portions of the walled area. Out of total 85 recorded species, 36 are migratory while rest, 49 are resident to this area. 18 species were recorded from the site of plant extension area, 53, mostly winter migrants were recorded from Evaporation pond while 75 were recorded from rest of the areas including residential block, agriculture and other areas around the walled plant site. The most interesting were the Anatidae species and other waterbirds which were estimated more than 4000 in number including Common pochard, Common teal, Gadwal, Mallard, Shoveler and near threatened, White-eyed pochard. The species recorded from rest of the areas are common in nature and have adapted the change in land use like agriculture and residential areas. The trees planted in residential block provide shelter as well as nesting places for resident birds. Similarly, the electric poles and other high areas serve as roosting sites for raptor species. Out of total 85 recorded species of birds, 36 are migratory, 50 common, 14 abundant, 12 less common, 9 listed as rare, 2 listed in IUCN list of Threatened Species, including Greater spotted eagle and White eyed pochard, and 14 listed in appendices of CMS also known as Bonn Convention. In addition, 17 out of 85 enjoy the legal protection status under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974. A list of bird species observed in the project area is provided in Table 7-14. b. Mammals A total of 16 species of mammals were recorded from inner and outer portions of the walled area. These include carnivores like Asiatic jackal, Desert cat, Indian or Bengal fox, Common red fox and Mongoose. But most of the species constitute the small mammals occupying the burrows system. However, none of species recorded are endangered or having some international status. Seven species were recorded from the site of Plant extension area, 10 were recorded from the Evaporation pond while 16 were recorded from rest of the areas like residential block, agriculture and other areas around the walled plant site. Out of total 16 recorded species, 15 are common, none less common and only one, Desert cat is rare. Out of these total 16 species none is protected under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974. Moreover, none of the recorded species may be rewarded
7-28
as key species. A list of mammal species observed in the project area is provided in Table 7-15. c. Reptiles A total of 21 reptile species were recorded from inner and outer portions of the walled area. These include poisonous and non-poisonous snakes, lizards and other species. Poisonous snakes include Saw scaled viper which is quite common, Indian cobra and Indian krait comparatively rare. The non-poisonous snakes are Pakistan ribbon snake Checkered keelback, Eastern diadem snake, Glossy bellied racer and Indian sand boa. These snakes are important part of the ecosystems and help to maintain the rodent population in balance. The most common reptiles are Indian sand swimmer, Spotted Indian house gecko and Yellow bellied house gecko. Five species were recorded from Plant extension area, 10 were recorded from the Evaporation pond while 21 were recorded from rest of the areas like residential block, agriculture and other areas around the walled plant site Out of total 21 recorded species, 9 are common, 12 less common and none is rare. Out of these total 21 species only two, Monitor lizard and Indian desert monitor are protected under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act 1974. But, like mammals, none of these may be rewarded as key species. A list of reptile species observed in the project area is provided in Table 7-16.
7-29
685'0"E
6810'0"E
6815'0"E
2840'0"N
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
" "
2835'0"N

" " "
"
" "" " " " " " " " " " " " " "
" " " " "" " " " " " " " " " " " "
" " "
" " " "
"
" " " " " " "
DERA MURAD JAMALI

" " " "

" " " " "
"
" "
" " " " " " " " "
" " " " " "
" " " "" " " " " " " " " "
" "
"
" "
2830'0"N
"
"
" "
" "
" " "
" " " " " " " " " " " "
" "
" " " " "
"
"
"
" " "
"
" " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " " "
" " "
" "
" " "
"
"
"
LEGEND
Project area Existing features Proposed plant

EIA VISIT
ROAD NETWORK
LANDUSE
Metalled Unmetalled Tracks
Wildlife survey locations

Project
Barani agricultural land Non-perennial agricultural land Perennial agricultural land Urban area
Client
750 1,500
3,000
4,500
Meters 6,000
Drawn By: AA Checked By: AS Authorised By: AG

Figure No:
Dated: 12-08-2009 Dated: 12-08-2009 Dated: 12-08-2009
Map
FIGURE 7-6
Scale:
1:141,445
WILDLIFE SAMPLING LOCATION MAP
Table 7-12: Brief summary of biodiversity found during the site visit
Biological Attributes Vegetation Birds Mammals Reptiles Total Plant Extension Area 12 18 07 05 Evaporation pond Area 01 53 10 10 Agriculture Area 56 75 16 21
56 85 16 21
7-31
Table 7-13: Floral species observed during the site visit

Family Name Plant Specie Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus Cyperus specie Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus Cyperus specie Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Dactyloctenium aegyptium Desmostachya bippinata Eragrostis minor Ochthochloa compressa Oryza sativa Panicum antidotale Phragmites karka Saccharum bengalense Saccharum spontaneum Setaria ipalica Sporobolus spcie Sorghum bicolor Triticum aestivum Veazea nays Aizoaceae Limeum indicum Zelya petandra Asclepiadaceae Calotropis procera Asteraceae Conyza canadensis Eclipta alba Helianthus annuus Launaea procumbens Xanthium indicum Gidar Buti Daryi Booti Soorag mukhi Bhattar Bhurt Herb Herb Shrub Herb Shrub Annual Annual Perennial Perennial Annual Ak Shrub Perennial Dhoor Chhapri Wasanh/Waho Herb Herb Annual Annual Jowar Gandum Makae Chhabar Gandheer Gaah Drabh Makhni Gaah Gandheer Gaah Saari jhim naaro Booro Booro/Munian Bajari Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Perennial Annual Perennial Annual Perennial Annual Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Annial Perennial Annual Annual Annual Kabuh Sedge Sedge Perennial Perennial Kabuh Sedge Sedge Perennial Perennial Local Name Life-Form Life-Span
7-32
Family Name Plant Specie Boraginaceae Cordia myxa Heliotropium europeum Capparidaceae Cleome scaposa Chenopodiaceae Saueda nudiflora Saueda fruticosa Convolvulaceae Cressa cretica Convolvulus arvensis Cucumis melo Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia thymifolia Euphorbia hirta Ricinus communis Fabaceae Alhaji maurorum Dalbergia sisso Liliaceae Allium cepa Malvaceae Abutilon indicum Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica Albizia lebbeck Prosopis cineraria Prosopis juliflora Molluginaceae Glinus lotoides Rhamnaceae Zizyphus mauritiana Solanaceae Lycopersicom sesculeupum
Local Name
Life-Form
Life-Span
Lesuro Uth Charo Khathoori Lano Lani Oin Naro Mitero
Small tree Herb Herb Sub-shrub Sub-shrub Herb Climbing herb Prostrate herb
Perennial Annual Annual Semi-perennial Semi-perennial Herb Herb Annual
Kheer Wal
Herb
Annual
Kandero Taari Peyaz Pat Teer Sindhi Babur Sarianh Kandi Devi
Sub-shrub Tree Herb Shrub Tree Tree Tree Shrub Herb
Perennial Perennial Annual Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Annual
Jhangoori Ber Tamator
Shrub Shrubb
7-33
Family Name Plant Specie Solanum melonjina Solanum surattense Tamaricaceae Tamarix aphylla Tamarix indica Verbenacea Phyla nodiflora Typhaceae Typha domingenasis Typha elephantina Zygophyllaceae Fagonia indica Fagonia bruguieri
Local Name Wagan Kanderi Wal Lawo Laie Bukkan Pan Pan Dramaho Dramaho
Life-Form Shrub Sub-shrub Tree Larg shrub Herb Rush Rush Herb Herb
Life-Span Annual Annual Perennial Perennial Annual Perennial Perennial Annual Annual
7-34
Table 7-14: List of birds observed during the site visit within the project area
Locality/Habitat Evaporation Pond Plant Extension Area Status Occurrence Less Common Listing
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Abundant
Migratory
Common
Resident
Others
BWPA
IUCN
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
Bank Myna Bay-backed Shrike Black Crowned finch lark Black Drongo/King Crow Black Kite Black Redstart Black-winged Kite Black-winged stilt Blue Rock Pigeon Bluethroat Blyths Reed Warbler Cattle Egret Chiffchaff Common Babbler Common Myna/Indian Myna Common Pochard Common Redstart
Acridotheres ginginianus Lanius vittatus Eremopterix nigriceps Dicrurus macrocercus Milvus migrans Phoenicurus ochruros Elanus caeruleus Himantopus himantopus Columba livia Luscinia svecica Acrocephalus dumetorum Bubulcus ibis Phylloscopus collybita Turdoides caudatus Acridotheres tristis Aythya ferina Phoenicurus phoenicurus x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x II III x
x x x x x x
x x x x x x
x x x
x x x x
7-35
CMS II
Rare
Locality/Habitat Evaporation Pond Plant Extension Area
Status
Occurrence Less Common
Listing
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Abundant
Migratory
Common
Resident
Others
BWPA
IUCN VU
18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36.
Common Rosefinch Common Sandpiper Common Teal Crested Lark Darter or Snake Bird Desert lark Desert Wheatear Gadwal Golden backed Woodpecker Great Cormorant Great Grey Shrike Great Reed Warbler Greater Short-toed Lark Greater spotted eagle Grey Heron Hoopoe House Crow House Sparrow House Swift
Carpodacus erythrinus Actitis hypoleucos Anas crecca Galerida cristata Anhinga melanogaster Ammomanes deserti Oenanthe deserti Anas strepera Dinopium benghalense Phalacorcorax carbo Lanius excubitor Acrocephalus arundinaceus Calandrella brachydactyla Aquila clanga Ardea cinerea Upupa epops Corvus splendens Passer domesticus Apus affinis x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x II x x II
x x
x x x x II x
x x
x x x x x x x x I/II
x x x x
x x x x
7-36
CMS
Rare
Status
Listing
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Abundant
Migratory
Common
Resident
Others
BWPA
IUCN
37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55.
Humes Wheatear Indian / Common Moorhen Indian Crow Pheasant Indian Robin Indian Tree-Pie Intermediate Egret Isabelline Shrike Large Pied Wagtail Little Cormorant Little Egret Little Green Bee-eater Little Stint Long-eared Owl Long-legged Buzzard Long-tailed Grass Warbler Mallard Marsh Harrier Merlin Northern Pintail
Oenanthe alboniger Gallinula chloropus Centropus sinensis Saxicoloides fulicata Dendrocitta vagabunda Egretta intermedia Lanius isabellinus Motacilla maderaspatensis Phalacrocorax niger Egretta garzetta Merops orientalis Calidris minuta Asio otus Buteo rufinus Prinia burnesii Anas platyrhynchos Circus aeruginosus Falco columbarius Anas acuta
x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x II x x x II x x x x II II
x x x x
x x x x
x x x x
7-37
CMS
Rare
Status
Listing
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Abundant
Migratory
Common
Resident
Others
BWPA
IUCN
56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74.
Paddy Bird/Indian Pond Heron Peregrine Falcon Pied Bushchat Pied Kingfisher Plain Prinia Purple Heron Purple Sunbird Redshank Red-vented Bulbul Red-wattled Lapwing Ring Dove Rufous fronted Prinia Rufous-tailed Scrub Robin Short-toed Eagle Shoveler Sindh Jungle Sparrow Sindh Pied Woodpecker Spotted Little Owl Streaked Weaver
Ardeola grayii Falco peregrinus Saxicola caprata Ceryle rudis Prinia inornata Ardea purpurea Nectarinia asiatica Tringa totanus Pycnonotus cafer Hoplopterus indicus Streptopelia decaocto Prinia buchanani Cercotrichas galactotes Circaetus gallicus Anas clypeata Passer pyrrhonotus Dendrocopos assimilis Athene brama Ploceus manyar x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x II
x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x II x II
x x x x
7-38
CMS II II
Rare
Status
Listing
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Abundant
Migratory
Common
Resident
Others
BWPA
IUCN NT
75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85.
Notes:
Tawny Eagle Tawny Pipit White-breasted Kingfisher White-breasted waterhen White-browed Fantail Flycatcher White-cheeked Bulbul White eyed Pochard White / Pied Wagtail White throated Munia/Indian Silverbill Yellow bellied Prinia Yellow Wagtail
Aquila rapax vindhiana Anthus campestris Halcyon smyrnensis Amaurornis phoenicurus Rhipidura aureola Pycnonotus leucogenys Aythya nyroca Motacilla alba Eodice malabarica/Lonchura malabarica Prinia flaviventris Motacilla flava x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x x
x x
x x x
VU= Vulnerable, NT= Near threatened Others: include agricultural land and associated land but outside premises of power plant
7-39
CMS II
Rare
Table 7-15: List of mammals observed during the site visit within the project area
Locality/Habitat Plant Extension Area Evaporation Pond Status Listing
Less Common
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Common
Others
BWPA
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
Asiatic Jackal Desert Cat Red Fox Five Stripped Palm Squirrel Indian Crested Porcupine Indian Desert Jird Indian Gerbil Cape Hare Long-eared Hedgehog Small Indian Mongoose Balochistan Gerbil House Mouse House Rat Indian/Bengal Fox Indian Grey Mongoose Little Indian Field Mouse
Canis aurius Felis silvestris ornate Vulpes vulpes Funambulus pennanti Hystrix indica Meriones hurrionae Tatera indica Lepus capensis Hemiechinus auritus Herpestes javanicus Gerbillus nanus Mus musculus Rattus rattus Vulpes bengalensis Herpestes edwardsi Mus booduga
x x
x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x x
x x x x x
x x x x x x x x
x x x
x x x x x
7-40
IUCN
Rare
Table 7-16: List of reptiles observed during the site visit within the project area
Locality/Habitat Plant Extension Area Evaporation Pond Status Listing
Less common
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Common
Others
BWPA x x
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
Brilliant Agama Indian Cobra Indian Desert Monitor Indian Fringed Toed sand Lizard Indian Monitor Indian Sand Boa Indian Sand Swimmer Indian Spiny-tailed Lizard Saw scaled Viper Spotted Ground Agama Bronze Grass Skink Checkered Keelback Eastern Diadem Snake Fat tailed Gecko Glossy Bellied Racer Garden Lizard Indian Krait
Trapelus (Agama) agilis isolepis Naja naja naja Varanus griseus Acanthodactylus cantoris cantoris Varanus bengalensis Eryx johnii johnii Ophiomorus tridactylus Uromastyx hardwicki Echis carinatus Trapelus ruderatua Mabuya macularia Xenochrophis piscator piscator Spalerosophis diadema diadema Eublepharis macularius Coluber ventromaculatus Calotes versicolor Bungarus caeruleus
7-41
x x
x x x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
x x x
x x x
x x x x
x x x
x x
x x x
IUCN
Rare
Locality/Habitat Plant Extension Area Evaporation Pond
Status
Listing
Less common
No.
Common Name
Scientific Name
Common
Others
BWPA
18. 19. 20. 21.
Pakistan Ribbon Snake Sindh Sand Gecko Spotted Indian House Gecko Yellow Bellied House Gecko
Psammophis leithii Crossobamon orientalis Hemidactylus brookii brookii Hemidactylus flaviviridis x x x
x x x x x x
x x
7-42
IUCN
Rare
Photographs: Biological environment of the project area
Photograph 7-17: Semi desert habitat
Photograph 7-18: Agriculture fields
pPhotograph 7-19: A view of Proposed power plant site
Photograph 7-20: Evaporation pond at power plant
Photograph 7-21: Discharge point into evaporation pond
Photograph 7-22: A flock of ducks at evaporation pond
7-43
Photograph 7-23: A flock of Mallard at evaporation pond
Photograph 7-24: A flock of Little egret along Pat Feeder canal
Photograph 7-25: Indian Pond heron
Photograph 7-26: A flock of large cormorant
Photograph 7-27: Bay backed shrike
Photograph 7-28: White wagtail
7-44
Photograph 7-29: Black drongo
Photograph 7-30: Crow pheasant
Photograph 7-31: Fresh foot print of Desert hedgehog
Photograph 7-32: Briliant agama
Photograph 7-33: Glossy bellied racer
Photograph 7-34: Indian monitor lizard
7-45
Photograph 7-35: Calotropis procera
Photograph 7-36: Acacia nilotica
Photograph 7-37: Alhaji maurorum
Photograph 7-38: Tamarix indica
Photograph 7-39: Prosopis juliflora
Photograph 7-40: Nests of Streaked weaver bird
7-46
7.3 7.3.1
Socio-economic Environment Overview

The project site is located within walled area of the existing power plant, hence direct disturbance to communities will be minimum from the project activities. However physical extent of the study area, up to 10km surrounding the power plant boundary was selected (referred as project area) taking into consideration the physical and socioeconomic boundaries beyond which the project is not likely to significantly influence local communities, and also with a view of covering a substantial sample size for collection of reliable and authentic socio-economic data.
7.3.2
Methodology
Data was collected from published sources such as census reports, previous studies and data from government departments as well as from field survey carried out in the surroundings of the power plant covering more than 100 hamlets. Field work methodology included Rapid Rural Appraisal (RRA) techniques including transact walks through villages, group interviews and focus group discussions with the local communities. A semi-structured interview guide was also used in the process. The information was collected with the objective of obtaining a clear and complete understanding of the social and economic conditions of the local communities; assessing the vulnerability of the local communities; identifying marginalised strata of the community; and gathering local concerns and inhibitions. Socio-economic environment and infrastructure of the project area is shown in Figure 7-7.
7.3.3
Study Objectives
The socio economic study undertaken for the EIA was designed and conducted to meet the following objectives: To assess the human environment of the area i.e. to determine the Quality of life (QOL) of communities within the Region of Influence (ROI). To have an insight into the day to day activities of people especially focusing on their income generating activities viz., agriculture and labor. To access the vulnerabilities of the local communities and the effects of project activities on their QOL and Consultation with communities regarding the proposed project activities and to find out their concerns and aspirations.
7-47
7.3.4
Project location and tribal distribution

The project area is located in Mouza17 Kuba Sher Khan, union council Kuba Sher Khan of Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil in Naseerabad district, Balochistan. In the north, the project area is bounded by the district Sibi and Bolan, in the west by Jhal Magsi district, in the east by Dera Bugti district, and in the south by Jaffarabad district. Under the new system of local government i.e. Local Government Ordinance 2001, a Nazim and Naib Nazim have been elected as administrative heads of the local government. Naib Nazim at the tehsil level handles all civil matters for the area, such as liaising with education department, the land revenue department, and other government departments located in the district. Overall, province wise, the Baloch tribes comprise 62%, rest are Pashtuns and Brahvis of the province. Baloch are living in the sparsely populated north-west, west, east, and south, Brahvi living in centre of province and while the Pashtuns are the majority in the north. The project area is inhabited mainly with Baloch tribes which is further sub classified linguistically as Brahvi18 and the rest are Samt locally known as Jamote19. Therefore the main tribes found in the project area are Baloch, Brahvi and Jamote. The main tribes outside of Baloch genealogy include Syed, Daya, Kori, Kumbhar, Jat, Bheel and Mukhi. The main tribes inhabiting the project area are provided in Table 7-17. Muslims are in majority in the project area and mainly belongs to Sunni sect although there are few Hindu tribes as well.
7.3.5
Demographic profile
The proposed plant location falls in the Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil, which covers an area of 1,986 km2. The total population of the Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil is 157,429 of which 82,627 are males and 74,802 are females according to the population and housing census of 1998. According to the 1998 census, the male-female ratio is 1.10:1, i.e., there are 110 men to every 100 women. The socioeconomic study for the EIA covered 103 villages. The total population of the surveyed villages in the project area is 21,055 with approximately 3,779 households. The male and female population is estimated to be close to 51.05% and 48.94% of the total respectively. The male-female ratio is 1.04:1, this compares favourably with the malefemale ratio for Pakistan as a whole, which stands at 1.08:1 based on population data provided in the Economic Survey for 2002-2003.20 The average household size of the
Smallest administrative unit. Brahvi or Brohi are closely linked to the Baloch with whom they have substantially intermingled. Linguistically, they speak the Brahvi language it is also called as Bravi. There is no distinct indigenous script for Brahvi; like Balochi it is written in PersoArabic alphabet. 19 Jamote is Samat living in Sindh and Balochistan provinces of Pakistan and speak Sindhi and Siraeki. 20 According to the Economic Survey 2002-2003, the projected population estimate for the year 2003 is 149.03 m, of which 77.38 m are males and 71.65 m are females.
17 18
7-48
surveyed villages is approximately 5 persons/ household, which is lower than the average household size calculated for district Naseerabad (6.4) according to 1998 census. Population figures of villages visited in the project area are shown in Table 7-18. a. Pattern of settlement
The settlement in the project area has emerged after construction of Pat Feeder Canal and mainly after construction of Rabi canal in the year 2002. Settlements are mainly in the form of scattered hamlets comprising small clusters of houses. For the settlements surveyed, almost 65% of the settlements are comprised of households less than 20 in number, 31% of the settlements are comprised of households less than equal to 100 and only 4 % of the settlements are comprised of more than 100 households. Large settlements include Killi Bangul-zai, Killi Sohbat Khan, Killi Kutab Din Jamali, Killi Muhammad Aslam Jatak and comprising of approximately 1000, 400, 150 and 150 households respectively. These hamlets are separated by short distances. Aggregation of settlements is based on kinship relations, with each settlement being inhabited by descendents from the same family lineage. Villages in the area are named after the local headman. b. Migration In-migration Due to favourable environmental and economic conditions, in-migration exists in the project area. In Balochistan the livestock owner migrate from area to area in search of better pastures and water. During winter season when the pasture is totally dried and grazing is no more possible the livestock owners from high lands take their herds and move towards Kachhi and Naseerabad plains where they purchase sorghum field and stay in the area till February. Some Pashtuns also migrate to the project area and work as manual labour, sale dry fruit, second hand cloth and so on. Suleman Khail tribe also migrate into the project area to de-silt the Canals and return back after completing the work. As soon as the summer starts they move back towards mountainous areas. The project area has seen a recent increase in in-migration as farm labour in the immediate vicinity and North of the power plant after the construction of Rabi canal. Out-migration Permanent out-migration of the land owners is rare and none of the respondents interviewed during fieldwork indicated any significant trends of permanent out-migration from the area. However there are few incidences of seasonal migration of tenants in the Rabi canal command area, where the water is available to cultivate Rabi crops only.
7-49
7.3.6
Social organisation
Social organisation in the area is tribal. Tribe is the major entity which provides identity, security and rights to individuals and families and who in return show their allegiance to their leader. A tribe is a segmentary organization of kinship groups consisting of many lineages and each lineage consisting of many agnatic groups. Each agnatic group has its own leader, who is also the village headman and is consulted for conflict or dispute resolution. Every lineage has one leader, who is recognised by all of the constituent agnatic groups. The tribal leader is the lord of the area and his power extends to all lineages and agnatic groups. He presides over the mechanisms for adjudication of conflicts and for enforcement of decisions. The jurisdiction of the tribal leader is extended to all areas inhabited or controlled by his tribe, and also to other smaller tribal groups or lineages in the area. The area of Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil has influence of Mir Zafarullah Khan Jamali who is also ex Prime Minister of Pakistan. The project area is inhabited by different tribal groups having their own tribal heads. The distribution of tribal authority in the project area is provided in Table 7-19.
7.3.7
Social infrastructure and facilities

a. Education The level of literacy is low. The field survey revealed that the male literacy rate is10.9% and the female literacy rate, 3.7% in the project area, compared to urban areas of Naseerabad District where 17.06% of the men and 4.39% of the women are educated (Population Census Organization, August 1999). There are only 5 government and 3 private primary schools in the project area. Numbers such as these have very dire implications for the future of education in these areas. b. Health The overall health of a community is primarily reflected by the life expectancy of the people. The average life expectancy of men in the project area is 61.6 years, slightly greater than the 60.4 years expected for women21. Evidence from the field survey suggests that child immunization for polio is nearly 100%. No health facility is available in the immediate vicinity of the power plant. The community visits the District Head Quarter (DHQ) hospital and nearest BHU and the government clinic and private clinic at Dera Murad Jamali. Dera Murad Jamali is located at a distance of 5 km from the plant location. In case of an emergency the hospitals at Sukkur are mostly visited. A total of 5-6 dais, without any formal maternity training, were reported in the project area villages. People have to travel around 5 to 10 km for
21
The life expectancy in the field was calculated based on information gathered from village elders, and indicates only how long male and female villagers live on average. These figures are not to be confused with national-level demographic details, which calculate life expectancy using the standard method.
7-50
immediate medical attention. For serious illnesses they go to Sukkur. Infant mortality in newborn babies is 10 to 15%22. This is due to the absence of a local system of child delivery, or proper nutrition for infants. Information provided by the MS DHQ hospital revealed that common ailments in the area include malaria, typhoid, gastroenteritis, tuberculosis, acute respiratory infection (ARI), hepatitis B and C and seasonal fever whereas among women include malnutrition, anemia, general back aches and pains. According to the outpatient register maintained by the DHQ hospital at Dera Murad Jamali, the number of patients varies from 250 to 300 per day. The Doctor also informed of frequent cases of snake bites in the area. Health facilities available in the Dera Murad Jamali Tehsil are listed in Table 7-20. c. Drinking water There is no water supply system available in the project area except for Killi Azizabad where the community has constructed a water reservoir to store surface water. The stored water is filtered before being pumped into over head tanks to supply water to the communities. The main source of drinking water is surface water extracted from Pat Feeder. Groundwater in the project area is brackish and is not being used for drinking purpose by the communities. Livestock is taken to the canals/distributaries for drinking water. Women spend up to one hour daily fetching the required amount of drinking water. d. Energy and communication The national highway (N65) a black top road connecting Jacobabad with Quetta passes through the project area and provides main access to the project area. The offshoots from the black top road into the project area are mainly dirt tracks used by locals for commuting within the project area. The project area lies along the main Quetta Rohri railway link. The closest railway station from the project area is at Dera Murad Jamali situated about 5km from the power plant. The availability of electricity is limited only to some parts of the project areas including the main villages. During field work only 17% of the villages visited had electricity.
7.3.8
Economy of the area

Economy of the project area is dependent primarily on two occupations i.e., agriculture (maximum) and livestock (limited extent).
22
Reported by EDO Health, Dera Murad Jamali
7-51
a.
Agriculture
Agricultural activity in the project area started after the construction of Pat Feeder Canal in 1970, the activity emerged in the immediate vicinity and north of power plant after construction of Rabi canal in year 2001. The entire area around the plant location is now cultivated by irrigation supplies from Pat Feeder and Rabi canals. This indicates the importance of agricultural sector in the project area. The existing standards and management levels of agriculture in the project area are very low. As a result, the present subsistent agriculture does not produce enough to meet the food and financial requirements of the farm population. The project area within the Pat Feeder command area has two cropping seasons: Rabi and Kharif. The period of kharif and rabi harvests is May/September and October/March respectively. Major crops grown in Rabi season are wheat, paddy, vegetables (Tomato, Onion), and fodder (jawar and maize) while the kharif season brings pulses and fodder. However the command area of Rabi canal only receives irrigation supplies during one cropping season of Rabi. Based on interviews with local farmers, farming is an entirely private enterprise and is managed at the household level. Family members provide the labour required for most of the season. The crop yield of wheat and Vegetables (tomato and onion) is approximately 1,500-2,000 kg/hectare (15-20 mds/acre) and 3,000 kg/hectare (30 mds/acre) respectively. The vegetables are risky crops as attack by disease is more likely for the case of vegetables. However, locals prefer growing onions and vegetables in the area which according to them give higher economic return without the risk of being rotten due to easy access to local vegetable market of Dera Murad Jamali. Land ownership and tenure system Ownership of the land in the project area is by tribes and individuals. Based on revenue records there is no government land available in the Rabi canal command area however few small patches of government land is available in Pat Feeder command area and the ownership rights are in process to be transferred to the cultivators. Based on the size of landholding, the landholding can be divided into three categories in the project are: (i) large landholding - individuals having more than 40 hectares (100 acres) (ii) medium landholdings - landowners having more than 6.5 hectares (16 acres) and (iii) small landholdings - landowners having less than 6.5 hectares (16 acres). Most of the landowners in the category of large and medium landholdings have given their land on tenancy for cultivation, while the small landowners cultivate their land by themselves. In the project area about 60% of the farms have landholdings of less than 16 acres, whereas 10% of the farms have landholdings of more than 100 acres while the rest fall in the category of medium landholdings.
7-52
Terms of tenancy Sharecropping tenancy is mostly practiced in the project area. The share arrangement between the landowners and their tenants is adjusted depending on the share of the input provided by the tenant. If the tenant can pay for the tractor, seed, and fertilizer, the tenants and the landowner will share the total produce equally. Otherwise 10% of the produce is kept by the landowner for the agricultural inputs and the rest is shared equally. The average amount of land given to a tenant is 6.5 hectares (16 acres). Irrigation The source of irrigation water in the project area is Pat Feeder and Rabi canal. Tube well irrigation system is not practiced in the project area. Each of the four provincial assemblies passed a Provincial Irrigation and Drainage Authority Act in mid-1997, which converts the provincial irrigation departments into PIDAs. The act is implemented under the National Drainage Programme, whereby each province is to select one canal command for initial implementation. Besides PIDA, the act calls for the establishment of a farmer organization for each distributary (secondary canal) served by the selected canal, along with an area water board for the selected canal command, to be composed of government and farmer representatives. However the PIDA Act is not being implemented in the project area. Besides PIDA, the area water board and role of formers organization for Pat Feeder Canal is also not present. b. Livestock Livestock is an important asset for the poor, particularly the landless, and farmers as in terms of profit it is believed to be close to that of the crop production. In the project area, the communities rear flocks of goats, cows, and sheep for commercial reasons and donkeys for water collection. In the livestock management, the entire family participates except for those keeping large herds, which employ wage paid worker on monthly wages fixed for cow and goat/sheep. The herder is paid Rs40 and Rs 20 per month for cow and goat/sheep respectively for grazing. Herder paid in cash is not allowed to use the milk of the livestock or any share in the offspring. The local communities sell their livestock to purchase basic necessities for daily life. The prices range between Rs 2000-5000 per sheep and Rs1000-3000 per goat. The average wool collection is about 3 kilograms per sheep, which is sold for Rs. 40-50 per kilogram.
7.3.9
Marketing
The main market place in the project area is Dera Murad Jamali. Dera Murad Jamali has various shops and diverse businesses providing basic services for the project area ranging from groceries, restaurants, grain market, tailoring, public call offices, barber shops, mechanical and electric workshops, fertilizer and pesticide shops, flour mills, saw mills, petrol pumps etc.
7-53
There are shops in number of villages selling basic commodities for domestic use. Few villages also tea stalls. Unregistered diesel/petrol shops also exist throughout the area along the main road selling fuel for vehicles and farm machinery.
7.3.10
Graveyards & shrines

Graveyards are situated outside the villages normally along the roadsides. Not all villages have graveyards and only bigger and older villages have their separate graveyard. The graveyards are customarily visited on Eids mornings and other special occasions. However there is no notable shrine in the project area.
7.4
Gender analysis
As in most rural parts of Pakistan the socio-economic well being of women in the project area is poor. This section describes the roles and responsibilities of women in the project area. Their access to and control over resources, access to health, education, and means of livelihood are also addressed.
7.4.1
Dress
Shalwar qameez is the common dress for women along with dupata in the project area, while women of some Balochi origin tribe wears long Jama like frock down to the heels, Suthan or loose trousers, a long Chaddar or Scarf and shoes narrow at the toe or sandals of leather. The prejudice has, however, began to break down and colored and embroidered coats are sometimes worn by the leading women. Gradually some fashions are being accepted from the media. A Baloch women wears a red or white cotton sheet over her head, and a chola or long shirt resembling a night gown, which reaches down to the ankles and is prettily embroidered in front. She also wears red or white Pajamas. The hair is worn in long queue and the ordinary ornaments in use are bracelets, a nose-ring, a necklace and earrings. The dress of the Jamotes and Brahvis resembles of the Baloch, but their shirts are shorts, and the Jamotes often wear Khaki or blue trousers, the trousers of their married women are generally red and those of the girls white.
7.4.2
Purdah and social mobility

Women generally observe purdah from outsiders. The purdah restrictions are more stringent for young girls. Adult women can appear before male members of the same tribe. The restrictions on mobility are not very strict and vary with the marital status and age of women as well as it varies from tribe to tribe. Married and relatively older women are freer to attend marriage, death and birth ceremonies in other villages. In agriculture activity women help their male members in the fields. All women take dupata even inside their homes and during household chores.
7-54
7.4.3
Preferences in marriage
In many parts of this region the system of exchange marriages still exists. The paternal cousins are given preference and the girls choice shouldnt be sought. In some cases parents decide their daughters fate even before she is born. Engagement or mangni is held before marriage which symbolically represents the fixation of matrimony. The females are engaged at a very early age (between 8-10 years) when they cannot make decisions on their own. Then girl is disallowed from going to the in-laws family and also observes purdah from her expected husband. Girls are married at an early age mostly between 12-15 years. The exchange marriages are a gamble, and females are forced to compromise as the consequence of failure is suffering of mostly the females. Also at times females are married with un-matched males, just to accommodate for a badal (exchange). If a male member does not have a female badal in her family, he pledges the marriage of her daughter to the other family. Polygamy in males is also in practice but in case if the first wife does not bear a male child. The second marriage of divorced women is uncommon. For the case of marriage of a widow, the late husbands brother would be preferred. Divorce ratio is also low. In rare cases those who are not getting any girl in exchange claim some money to be paid called lab, but most of the lab money is spent for the purchase of ornaments, beds, clothes and other household good which are given to the bride as dowry (Jahez). It is very common that most of the marriages are arranged within the tribe, in some cases the parents of the girls agree to give their daughter outside their tribe in a well off family. The decisions of the marriages are made by the parents and the mother plays the leading role. At the time of Nikah the girls are also asked and usually she delegates the decision powers to her wali who is her father, uncle or brother. Marriage arranged on the choice of a boy is also common; however love marriages/court marriages are not common in the region.
7.4.4
Inheritance
Islamic inheritance laws stipulate that a daughter receives half of a sons share on the death of a parent. This is completely ignored on the premise that girls are given their share of inheritance in the form of dowry. A typical dowry includes livestock and household items such as utensils and bedding. The number and quality of items in a dowry varies with the economic standing of the girls family. Women are made to believe that inheritance in property is the right of their brothers.
7-55
7.4.5
Daily seasonal workload

In the project area the girl starts assisting her mother at the early stage of her life. She starts taking care of her youngers when she herself is just 7 to 8 years. Gradually she is trained in not only the house hold matters but also to provide assistance to her male members of her family in agriculture activities. After marriage she is made responsible to look after all the house hold matter like cooking, cleaning, laundry, taking care of children, looking after her old parents, providing services to sick persons in the house, looking after the domestic animals like milking, feeding, allowing the animals outside for gazing as well as keeping them at proper dry places in winter etc. Besides all these activities she has to take meals to the fields when the male family members are irrigating, ploughing, levelling and seeding. Afterwards when the crops are close to harvesting the work load of the women increase and she has to work very hard during harvesting, thrashing, winnowing of the crops. Similarly in paddy cultivation the women play the main role in putting seedlings. Table 7-21 shows gender roles in upland crop production in the project area.
7.4.6
Latrine and washroom facilities

Surprisingly, women observe strict purdah on one hand but they do not have latrine facilities in part of the project area. In agricultural areas, Mostly women use the fields to ease the nature. Mostly the timings are early in the morning or at night time in the darkness. At bus stops there are neither sitting arrangements for women nor they have latrine facilities.
7.4.7
Decision making
Decision making is in the hands of male members of the family. They control even the household budget. A male members decision cannot be challenged by a woman, but in some places womens decisions are also sought in marriages. Women are expected to bear insolence whatever hardships come in their way as a consequence of a male decision.
7.4.8
Education
Female literacy is much lower than male literacy. Female enrolment in schools is low and their dropout is high. Reasons for this dropout are: Few of the villages have Primary Boys Schools (PBS), where girls also enrolled. There are no separate girls schools in most of the villages. Mostly Balochi tribes do not allow their girls to get education with boys and by male teacher. In the patriarchal society, sons are preferred for the education.
7-56
The daily life of women is busy and the mothers prefer to use their daughters in supporting them in the daily household chores. Girls get married starting from the age of 12 and they are taught household chores starting from 6-8 years.
7-57
685'0"E
"
6810'0"E
"
6815'0"E
2840'0"N
BB B
" "
BB B
"
"
"
"
"
Goth Ayub Mengal
! (
"
Goth Haji Rehmat
" Goth Azizabad
! (
Goth Sohbat Khan
! (
2835'0"N
Muhammad Aslam Jatak
Goth Kutab Din Jamali Goth Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali "
"
! (
"
"
" "
C
" " "
! $ (
Goth Mir Asad Khan Jamali
! ( ""
" "
" # " " Goth Muhammad Siddiq Bangul-zai " # " "" "
#
" #
#
" " " # " # "
" "
"
" #
#
"
# # "
"
BBB
" DERA MURAD JAMALI " " "
#" #
"
#
" "
B BB BBB
" " " # " ## "
! ( C
" Goth Killi Bangul-zai " # Goth Killi Bangul-zai #
" #
"
#
"
#
"
" "
# #"
"
# " # ##
#
" " "
# #
# #
" " # " "
#"
" " # "
BBB
"
"
#
"
" " " " " " # #
" " "" # "
" #
"
#
"
"
"
#
"
# #
" "
2830'0"N
" #
"
BB B
" "
BB
"
#
" " "
"
" "
#
" # " #
#
"
" " # # #
"
# #
" "
#" #
"
" #
" # "
#"
#
" #
# #"
" "
#"
" # " "
" #
LEGEND Project area Existing features Proposed plant COMMUNITIES Graveyard # Mosque " Settlements B
EIA VISIT (SCHOOLS) POPULATION ! ( Mosque School 7 - 125 ! ( Primary School (Private) 126 - 350 ! ( Primary School (1) 351 - 750 ( ! Primary School (2) 751 - 2500 $ BHU underconstruction 2501 - 5000 C Private Dispencery
WATER BODIES Canals Streams ROAD NETWORK Metalled Unmetalled Tracks
LANDUSE Barani agricultural land Non-perennial agricultural land Perennial agricultural land Urban area
0 5001,000 Drawn By: AA Checked By: AS Authorised By: AG Figure No:
2,000
3,000
4,000
Project
Client
Map

FIGURE 7-7
Scale: 1:125,475
SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Table 7-17: Mains tribes inhabiting the project area

Main Tribe Clan section Jamali Khosa Baloch Umrani Domki Mughari Rindh Brahvi Clan subsection Ramdani, Sherkhanani, Shahaliani, Shahalzai,Mundrani, Sahriani, Dhoshli, Zanwani, Waswani, Bhandani, Babar, Tingiani, Majhi, Pawar, Rehanwala Balelani, Khilolani,Umarani Tangiani, Balachani, Ghanhani, Malghani, Paliani, Nodkani, Jonghani, Sobhani, Sethani, Buriani, Misriani, Dilawarzai Gishkori, Gorgej, Hara Haji ja, Rehan Zai Chandia, Lashari, Leghari, Mugheri, Buledi Magsi, Kulachi, Jatoi, Buledhi (Burdi), Bugti, Ramezai, Marri Mengal, Bado-zai, Khia-zai, Lango, Sasoli, Pandrani, Pirkani, Jatak, Bangul-zai, Lahri, Raeesani,Mohammad Hasni, Sumalani Gola, Pandani, Karmiani, Satmani, Joliani, Jarani, Kashani, Tandlani, Rakhiani, Shambani, Kaliani, Kalwani, Kahgola, Dasowani, Sherkhani, Chunriani
Jamote
7-59
Table 7-18: Demographic data of the surveyed villages

Village Name Gohramabad Habibullah Lango Mir Abdul Ghafoor Lehri Ghulam Rasool Lehri Haji Wahid Bux Haji Abdul Fatah Rind Abdul Qadir Zahri Yaqoob Mengal Muhammad Chuttal Lak Ayub Mengal Abdul Khaliq Jamali Khamisa Khan Kia-zai Hussainabad Bhanger Abdul Khaliq Lango Jan Muhammad Jamali Raees Mahmood Saifullah Jamali Noor Lehri Muhammad Sultan Muhammad Murad Haji Nihal Khan Jumma Khan Pandrani Shahbaz Khan Lashkar Khan Mugairi Abdul Fatah Ramdani Khan Kaprani Amanullah Bugti Faiq Khan Jamali Taj Muhammad Jamali Haji Rehmat Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli House holds 1 12 10 4 1 8 7 7 10 80 8 20 5 40 10 5 20 5 10 4 7 4 6 50 8 6 50 100 100 70 30 Population Total Population 8 75 70 35 7 65 50 60 70 650 60 150 30 300 75 40 150 35 65 30 50 25 40 250 60 40 300 600 600 350 150 Male 4 38 36 18 4 33 26 31 36 332 31 77 16 153 38 20 76 18 33 16 26 13 20 128 31 21 153 306 305 178 76 Female 4 37 34 17 3 32 24 29 34 318 29 73 14 147 37 20 74 17 32 14 24 12 20 122 29 19 147 294 295 172 74
7-60
Village Name Mir Abdul Qadir Khan Jamali Rehmatullah Khosa Arbab Mengal Muhammad Khair Pirkani Azizullah Pirkani Miran Bux Bugti Haji Ijaz Haji Rustam Pandrani Long Bangul-zai Shamsul-Haq Lahri Daria Khan Jamali Dilawar Bugti Muhammad Anwar Kia--Zai Shahan Khan Bugti Sanja Jamali Fazal Muhammad Jamali Haji Hraoon Jakhrani Ghulam Qadir Mughairi Gul Hassan Norez Khan Jamali Abdul Aziz Bugti Molla Bux Lango Abdul Ghafoor Bugti Sardar Khan Mughari Mustafa Mughari Ghulam Mustafa Mughari Khuda Bux Jatak Taj Muhammad Domki Murad Bugti Haji Rahman Muhammad Siddiq Azizabad Muhammad Mugsi
House holds 20 7 8 40 20 3 17 5 15 30 17 60 10 45 16 48 4 4 6 8 5 15 8 5 8 8 8 4 10 20 50 100 5
Population Total Population 100 50 50 300 125 15 100 30 75 150 150 300 60 300 75 250 20 25 30 50 25 75 60 25 60 50 50 25 60 100 250 500 30 Male 51 26 26 153 64 8 51 16 38 77 77 153 31 153 38 128 11 13 15 26 13 38 31 13 31 26 26 13 31 51 128 255 14 Female 49 24 24 147 61 7 49 14 37 73 73 147 29 147 37 122 9 12 15 24 12 37 29 12 29 24 24 12 29 49 122 245 16
7-61
Village Name Abrar Khan Abro Habibullah Bangul-zai Shukat Bangul-zai Khair Bux Muhammad Bangul-zai Soofi Abdul Hamid Killi Abdul Salam Nazar Muhammad Domki Sohbat Khan Jakhrani Lanja Khan Jakhrani Bhuta Khan Jatak Mir Asad Khan Jamali Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar Abdul Karim Bangul-zai Rehmatullah Babu Khaskhali Azizullah Baharani Muhammad Aslam Jatak Habibullah Bangul-zai Jeewan khan Bahrani Dargahi Khosa Bakhir Khosa Qamar Din Nisar Khan Mir Khan Khoso Bahawal Khan Bahadur Khan Piara Khan Sohbat Khan Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali Kutab Din Jamali Ghulam Haider Jakhrani Mir Abdul Ghafoor
House holds 30 23 60 16 4 10 23 8 5 10 50 50 50 10 10 7 8 150 28 15 7 5 16 10 4 15 15 8 400 80 150 10 10
Population Total Population 150 150 160 100 25 60 150 50 25 55 275 300 275 60 50 50 60 700 125 75 40 25 75 60 20 70 75 50 2,500 500 750 50 55 Male 77 76 82 51 13 31 77 26 13 28 140 153 140 31 26 25 31 357 64 38 21 13 38 31 10 36 38 25 1,275 255 383 25 28 Female 73 74 78 49 12 29 73 24 12 27 135 147 135 29 24 25 29 343 61 37 19 12 37 29 10 34 37 25 1,225 245 367 25 27
7-62
Village Name Killi Bangul-zai Khudadad Dastgirabad Sooba Khan Jatak Muhammad Siddiq Bangul-zai Bachal Mughairi Total Percentage (%)
House holds 1,000 5 50 10 40 50 3,779
Population Total Population 5,000 30 275 55 225 250 21,055 Male 2,550 15 140 28 115 127 10,750 51.05 Female 2,450 15 135 27 110 123 10,305 48.94
7-63
Table 7-19: Tribal head in the project area

Tribe Umrani Umrani Mugsi Jamali Domki Rind Lashari Khosa Mughairi Buledi Abro Tribal Head Sardar Shah Nawaz Khan Sardar Fateh Ali Umrani Sardar Zulfiqar Ali Mugsi Sardar Yar Muhammad Khan Sardar Bukhtiar Khan Domki Sardar Yar Muhammad Khan Rind Sardar Dhani Bux Khan Sardar Zahoor Khan Khosa Sardar Ayub Khan Agha Ghulam Ali Mir Murad Khan Abro Location Manjothi Tambu Jhal Magsi Usta Muhammad Lahri Shoran Gajan Sohbatpur Jalal Khan Ali abad Khattan (Bolan)
Table 7-20: Health facilities in Dera Murad Jamili Tehsil

No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Name of Institution DHQ Hospital BHU BHU BHU BHU BHU MCH Health Auxiliary School Health Service UC Gharbi Manjhoti Jhudair II Jhudair I Manjhoti Q/Sher Khan Gharbi Manjhoti Gharbi Distance from HQ 0 km 20 km 7 km 20 km 45 km 15 km 0 km 25 km 0 km Status Functional Functional Functional Functional Functional Functional Functional Functional Functional
Source: EDO Health Dera Murad Jamali Note: DHQ District Head Quarters UC Union Council
7-64
Table 7-21: Gender roles in upland crop production

Tasks Land preparation Applying manure Applying fertilizer Weeding/hoeing Harvesting Threshing Drying Storing Storage Peddy Seedling
Note: xx/x= Relative involvement
Female x x
Male x xx x xx
Both
x x x x x xx x x x
7-65
Photographs: Socio-economic environment and infrastructure of the project area
Photograph 7-41: Typical settlement near Pat Feeder Canal
Photograph 7-42: A typical mud house
Photograph 7-43: A view of Sukkur Quetta main highway (N65)
Photograph 7-44: Railway link passing through project area
Photograph 7-45: Shops along main highway
Photograph 7-46: A typical dirt track in the project area
7-66
Photograph 7-47: Live stock rearing in the project area
Photograph 7-48: Livestock
Photograph 7-49: A typical mosque
Photograph 7-50: Graveyard near Dera Murad Jamali
Photograph 7-51: Flour mill in the project area
Photograph 7-52: Agriculture field
7-67
Photograph 7-53: Clean drinking water facility provided by UPL for local people
Photograph 7-54: Clean drinking facility provided by UPL near Dera Murad Jamali
Photograph 7-55: School built by UPL for local people
Photograph 7-56: Survey forms being filled during social survey in the project area
7-68

This section discusses the potential environmental and social impacts of the proposed activities, predicts the magnitude of the impact, assesses significance, recommends mitigation measures to minimise adverse impacts, and identifies the residual impacts of the project. The discussion starts with a description of the methodology used for the impact assessment. Discussion of the environmental and socioeconomic impact is then organised in the following manner: Impacts Associated with Construction Activities Impacts Associated with Operation Phase
8.1
Impact assessment methodology

Potential impacts from the proposed project activities were identified by thorough review of the project activities, study of surrounding environment, review of literature, from previous similar studies and expert judgment. Once potential impacts have been identified, the assessment of each potential impact follows these steps: 1. Definition of the Criteria for Determining Significance The consequence of the proposed activity is evaluated by comparing it against a recognised Significance Criteria. The criteria are of the following types: Institutional recognition laws, standards, government policies, or plans. Technical recognition guidelines, scientific or technical knowledge, or judgment of recognised resource persons. Public recognition social or cultural values or opinion of a segment of the public, especially the community directly affected by the project. Professional interpretation of the evaluator. 2. Prediction of the magnitude of the potential impacts This step refers to the description, quantitatively (where possible) or qualitatively, of the anticipated impacts of the proposed project. This may be achieved through the use of models or comparison with other similar activities. The predicted level of impact magnitude may be due to uncertainties in the baseline conditions, the proposed activities, external developments, or the prediction model.
8-1
3. Identification of the mitigation measures If it is determined that the predicted impact is significant when compared with the Criteria for Determining Significance, suitable mitigation measures are identified. There is a range of mitigation measures that can be applied to reduce impacts. Broadly, these measures can be classified into four categories: Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain proposed activity or parts of an activity, for example, using CFC-free equipment to avoid impact on ozone layer. Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the activity, for example, minimizing dust emission by reducing vehicle speed. Rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment. Compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments. The project proponent plays a key role in developing the mitigation plan by identifying possible mitigation measures and assessing the feasibility of proposed measures. 4. Evaluation of the residual impact Incorporation of the suggested mitigation measures reduces the adverse impact of the project and brings it within the acceptable limit. This step refers to the identification of the anticipated remaining impacts after mitigation measures have been applied the residual impacts. 5. Identification of the monitoring requirements
The last step in the assessment process is the identification of the minimum monitoring requirements. The scope and frequency of the monitoring depends on the residual impacts. The purpose of monitoring is to confirm that the impact is within the predicted limits and to provide timely information if unacceptable impact is taking place.
8.2
Impacts associated with Construction activities

The environmental and socioeconomic impacts associated with the construction activities of the power plant are discussed in this section. The impacts that are discussed are the following: Environmental Impacts Construction Noise Dust Emission During Construction Land Use Water Sourcing
8-2
Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust Soil Contamination Drainage and Storm Water Run-off Camp Effluent Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management Disturbance to Wildlife Socioeconomic Impact Community Safety Traffic Disturbance Local Employment Conflicts Archeological Resources Project and Community Interface
8.2.1
Environmental Impacts (Construction phase)

a. Construction noise Depending on the construction equipment used and its distance from the receptors, the community and the existing plant workers may typically be exposed to intermittent and variable noise levels. During the day such noise results in general annoyance and can interfere with sleep during the night. In general, human sound perception is such that a change in sound level of 3 dB is just noticeable, a change of 5 dB is clearly noticeable, and a change of 10 dB is perceived as a doubling or halving of sound level. Potential Issues The potential noise related issues during construction is the disturbance to existing plant workers and the surrounding communities of power plant due to construction machinery operation on the plant site. Existing Conditions Existing plant is the major source of noise adjacent to the proposed plant site. Noise sources in the community, mostly intermittent in nature, include farm tractors, farm equipment, and road traffic. It can therefore be concluded that area surrounding the power plant boundary has low noise pollution. Criteria for Determining Significance The World Bank guidelines for noise (Table 3-11) require that the sound level in offices and other similar areas should not exceed 50dB (A). An alternate criterion is the World
8-3
Health Organization (WHO) guidelines.23 The WHO guidelines (Table 3-13), in addition to specifying the energy-average sound level Leq, also prescribe the maximum noise level Lmax. The maximum noise level is important when there are distinct events to the noise. Further more the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard for exposure to occupational noise (29 CFR 1910.95) specifies as maximum noise level of 90 db (A) for duration of eight hours per day. Impact Analysis The potential sources of significant noise during the construction period include the construction machinery, generators at camps and construction related traffic. The noise will be maximum during the day time when construction activities are ongoing. The construction site is located about a distance of 500 m from the boundary wall and hence from the closest possible receptor. Monitoring of actual noise levels from construction camp sites for similar projects has shown that the noise during construction attenuates to ambient levels24 after approximately 300 m from the sites. Noise levels monitored from different vehicles under different conditions by Halcrow in other similar operations show that the noise levels from all vehicles comply with the NEQs level of 85 db at 7.5 m from the source and reach the ambient noise level in the area of at distance ranging from 40 to 70 m from the source. Since the distance from the nearest receptor from the construction location is greater than 500 m, the impact of noise on the community and plant colony will be negligible. Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures presented here are of general nature as the nature of impact is temporary occurring during the day time. Reduce equipment noise at source by proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment. Minimise noise from vehicles and power generators by use of proper silencers and mufflers. Use noise-abating devices wherever needed and practicable. Residual Impacts Residual noise impact is expected to be low from the construction activities of the power plant. Monitoring Requirements A noise monitoring plan will be developed that will cover monitoring of noise at source, and at the plant boundary periodically.
23 World 24
Health Organization. 1999. Guidelines for Community Noise. Background noise levels within the project area.
8-4
b. Dust Emission during Construction Dust generated during construction activities can be substantial. Dust emission from construction sites is a concern particularly if the site is near residential areas. Dust or the equivalent technical term particulate matter, is generally defined as any airborne finely divided solid or liquid material up to the size of about 100 microns (micrometers or one-millionth of a meter). The main health hazards are the particles smaller than 10 microns (designated as PM10) as they are respirable. Larger particles also tend to settle rapidly and often do not reach receptors. In cases where they reach the receptors, the dust is considered a nuisance as it may spoil property and affect visibility. Potential Issues Particulate matter emitted during construction activities can result in deterioration of ambient air quality in the vicinity of the source, and be a nuisance to the communities and plant workers. Existing Conditions The existing ambient air quality has been discussed in detail in Section 7.1.3. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant effect on the environment will be interpreted if there is an increase in visible dust beyond the boundaries of the power plant due to activities undertaken at the plant site, or the dust affects local property or results in complaints from the community. Impact Analysis Potential sources of particulate matter emission during construction activities include earthworks (dirt or debris pushing and grading), exposed surfaces, exposed storage piles, truck dumping, hauling, vehicle movement on unpaved roads, and concrete mixing and batching. The quantity of dust that will be generated on a particular day will depend on the magnitude and nature of activity and the atmospheric conditions prevailing on the day. Due to the uncertainty in values of these parameters, it is not possible to calculate the quantity from a bottom-up approach, that is, from adding PM10 emissions from every activity on the construction site separately. Typical and worst-case PM10 emission from construction sites has been estimated as 0.27 megagram per hectare per month of activity (Mg/ha-month) and 1.04 Mg/ha-month, respectively. If no controls are imposed, there will be an increase in the value of PM10 emissions from the construction site, however due to the distance of the construction site from the closest receptor, the impact of dust emissions will not be significant. A wide variety of options exist to control dust emissions from construction sites. The most effective means of reducing the dust emission is wet suppression. Watering
8-5
exposed surfaces and soil with adequate frequency to keep soil moist at all times can reduce the total dust emission from the project by as much as 75%.25 Specific measures that can be employed for the proposed construction are discussed in the following section. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be implemented at the power plant construction site during construction to control emission of particulate matter: Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem on all exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of sprinkling will be kept such that the dust remains under control, particularly when wind is blowing towards the receptors. Dust emission from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will be reduced by appropriate measures. These may include: Keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate frequency Erecting windshield walls on three sides of the piles such that the wall project 0.5 m above the pile, or Covering the pile, for example with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets, to prevent emissions. All roads within the plant site that are to be paved or appropriately sealed as part of the Phase-II project will be paved as early as possible after the commencement of construction work. Until the roads are paved, they will be sprinkled regularly to prevent dust emission. Other temporary tracks within the site boundary will be compacted and sprinkled with water during the construction works. Project traffic will maintain a maximum speed limit of 20 km/h on all unpaved roads within the plant site. Construction materials that are susceptible to dust formation will be transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during transportation. Residual Impacts The effects of the dust nuisance are temporary with no long lasting impact expected after the completion of the construction. Monitoring Requirements In view of the residual impacts, the following monitoring measures will be undertaken: Visual monitoring for dust emissions from construction activities. Monitoring of periodic water sprinkling to suppress the dust emissions at sources.
25
Gaffney, G. and Shimp, D. 1997. Improving PM10 Fugitive Dust Emission Inventories. Sacramento, CA. California Air Resource Board. <www.arb.ca.gov/emisinv/pubs/pm10tmp.pdf>
8-6
c. Land use The construction of the Uch-2 will require about 55 hectares of land including for the power plant, residential colony, evaporation and water storage pond. Ponds will be excavated , land will be cleared and level and excavated earth will be used as a fill material.. Potential Issues The land use will change from its existing conditions. Existing Conditions The existing conditions are discussed in Section 4.3.1. Criteria for Determining Significance There are no standards in Pakistan for maintaining the physical, chemical, or biological properties of soil. An adverse impact on the land will be interpreted if the land as a result of the project activities becomes unsuitable for the purpose for which it was originally intended. Impact Analysis The project site is located adjacent to the existing power plant within the power plant boundary. The land was originally acquired for the purpose of expansion of power plant. Mitigation Measures Land uptake will be kept to minimum required. Residual Impacts The land use will change as a result of construction of the power plant. However the land is already a disturbed site adjacent to existing plant and was originally acquired for the purpose of construction of power plant. Monitoring Requirements No monitoring is required. d. Water sourcing The water during the construction activity will be required for the domestic water consumption at the construction camp and for the construction activities including sprinkling of water for dust suppression. It is estimated that peak water requirement during construction phase will be 400 m3/day. Water will be obtained from Pat Feeder Canal through existing water pipeline. Potential Issues The extraction of water for the Uch-2 construction may affect the water availability for other water users.
8-7
Existing Conditions Pat Feeder Canal originating from Guddu Barrage on river Indus is the only reliable water source in the area. Average water discharge in Pat Feeder Canal is 80 m3/s The water resources of the area are discussed in detail in Section 7.1.5. Criteria for Determining Significance An adverse impact on the water resources will be interpreted if it is established that the water extraction during construction has directly affected the ability of the community to meet their water needs. Impact Analysis Water requirement during the construction phase will only be 0.005 percentage of the available water in Pat Feeder Canal. Proper approval will be obtained from concerned departments for the water abstraction. Mitigation Following mitigation measures will be incorporated to minimise any impacts. Water will only be abstracted from canal after proper approval from the concerned departments. Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water. Residual Impacts Residual impacts are foreseen to be negligible / low in this case. Monitoring Requirements Water consumption for construction activities will be monitored. e. Vehicle and equipment exhaust Potential Issues Combustion exhaust from vehicles and construction equipment and generators can affect the ambient air quality of the project area. Existing Conditions The existing ambient air quality has been discussed in detail in Section 7.1.3. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the ambient air quality deteriorates beyond the guidelines values (Section 3) especially at the environmental receptors which are local communities and plant workers colony due to emissions from construction equipment and machinery or the construction generators, equipment and machinery exhaust emissions are in breach of the NEQS limits for exhaust emissions. Impact Analysis The combustion processes for construction equipment and machinery and generators will not be significant to affect the ambient air quality of the area. The construction site
8-8
is located atleast 500 m from the nearest environmental receptors and hence any exhaust emissions will disperse with the prevailing wind currents and will not have any significant impact on the local air quality. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be incorporated to prevent any adverse impact on the ambient air quality: All vehicles, generators and other equipment used during the construction will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimise emission of pollutants. The stack height of the generators will be at least 3 m above the ground. Residual Impacts The effect on local air quality of the area will not be significant and of temporary nature with no long lasting impact expected after the completion of the construction. Monitoring Requirements Regular inspection of equipment and vehicles will be undertaken. f. Soil contamination Potential Issues Spills of chemicals and fuel during handling, transportation and storage may result in contamination of soil at a construction site. Existing Conditions There are no visible signs of soil contamination at the project site. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact on soil will be interpreted if visible amount of chemical or hydrocarbon is observed in soil. Impact Analysis During a typical construction project spill of fuel, lubricants, and chemicals can take place. The spill may take place: During transfer from one container to another or during refueling During maintenance of equipment and vehicles Due to leakages from equipment and containers, and As a result of traffic accidents. As a result contamination of soil will occur, significance will depend on the nature of material, location of spill and quantity of spill.
8-9
Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be incorporated to prevent the contamination of soil: Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining. Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas. The area will be provided with hard surface or tarpaulin will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil. Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations. Vehicles will only be washed at designated areas. Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment. Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials, will be available near fuel and oil storage areas. Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration. Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any long-term residual impact. Monitoring Requirements To ensure compliance: Regular inspection of the construction site will be undertaken for compliance with the mitigation measures and for visual soil contamination. Incident record of all moderate and major spills will be maintained. The record will include the location of spill; estimated quantity; spill material; restoration measures; photographs; description of any damage to vegetation, water resource, or community asset; and corrective measures taken. g. Drainage and storm water run-off Potential Issues Run-off after a storm from the site may contain oil and silt that may pollute the surrounding land. Earthworks may also alter the drainage pattern and affect the storm water flow. Existing Conditions The proposed project site is located within a walled area with zero discharge offsite. The proposed site is generally levelled and slopes from north to south.
8-10
Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if oil and grease is present in the run-off and result in soil contamination. Or disturbance to local drainage patter causing inundation of land upstream or downstream. Impact Analysis The construction activities are contained with in the plant which is a zero discharge facility. The storm water will be contained onsite and disposed by evaporation. Construction activity will not alter any regional drainage system. Construction camp and site will be provided with proper drainage. Properly handling and storage of fuel, chemicals and oil will prevent oil contamination in storm water run off. Mitigation Measures Following measures will be undertaken to prevent any adverse impact: Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations. Mitigation for handling and storage of fuel, oil and chemicals will be followed. Following drainage system will be constructed for the power plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Plant areas will be provided with the plant low volume waste drain system, this drain system will discharge into plant low volume wastes treatment basin. Water collected through these drains will be treated by neutralisation and will finally be discharge to evaporation pond after mixing with cooling tower blow down. Plant areas where there are chances of oil contamination in case of a spill, such as the fuel storage area, the main turbine area etc. will be provided with oil water drainage system, this drainage system will be routed to an oil separator and finally discharge into the evaporation pond. The entire site will be provided with storm water drainage system. Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any significant impact on the soil or surrounding land. Monitoring Requirements Provision of drainage for construction camp and construction site. h. Camp-effluent Potential Issues Improper disposal of domestic effluent from the camp may result in contamination of soil and water and become a health hazard.
8-11
Existing Conditions The site is a zero discharge facility. Effluent from existing workers colony is treated before discharge into the evaporation pond for disposal. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact on the environment will be interpreted if the wastewater discharged is not in compliance with the National Environmental Quality Standards for municipal effluent if discharged offsite. Or improper discharge onsite causes odour nuisance, and health hazard. Impact Analysis The construction camps will be a source of domestic sewage. Maximum wastewater discharge is estimated to be 120 m3/day. The source of wastewater will include toilets, washrooms, laundry and kitchen. The sewage will be collected in closed drains and will be treated in a wastewater treatment system, using either septic tanks or activated sludge process. The treated wastewater will be disposed off through evaporation pond. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be taken: Camp effluent will be treated onsite before disposal through evaporation pond. Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any significant impact on the soil or surrounding land. Monitoring Requirements Wastewater treatment system will be monitored for effective working. i. Hazardous and non-hazardous waste management Potential Issues The construction phase of the project is expected to generate wastes including; packing waste; scrap, excess construction materials and debris, domestic wastes from construction camp, empty containers and drums, used lubricating oils and chemicals etc. Besides being an eyesore, the waste can also pose a health hazard, pollute soil, surface and ground water if disposed off improperly. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the waste management is not carried out properly; witch may effect to health of workers, pollution of soil, surface or groundwater: Any person is exposed to potentially hazardous waste generated by the project. Excessive wastes are generated, recyclable waste are not recycled, waste are scattered, handling of wastes results in contamination, and wastes are improperly disposed off causing pollution
8-12
Impact Analysis Majority of the construction material to be used and waste generated as a result of construction activity will be inherently less reactive and chemically inert under normal conditions however, its handling and storage may pose adverse impacts of minor nature which could easily be controlled by employing the recommended mitigation measures in this EIA. Hazardous waste generated during the construction activities, if not managed properly can be a health hazard, can pollute or alter quality of soil, surface and groundwater. Waste from construction and associated activities by all the project contractors will be properly managed by proposed controls discussed in the following section. Mitigation Measures A waste management plan will be developed before the start of the construction. Key elements of the waste management system will be the following: Separate bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton. Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling. Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill. No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary. All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors. Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material. Records all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register. Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. Residual Impacts Proper implementation of the mitigation measures will ensure that the residual impact from waste is minimum. Monitoring and inspection will be undertaken to ensure compliance and minimise any residual impact.
8-13
Monitoring Requirements The monitoring measures will include: The areas around the construction camps and the plant boundary wall will be periodically inspected to verify that no project related waste is scattered in these areas. Waste management inspection will be undertaken on a regular basis of on-site waste management and of waste disposal contractors to ensure that the waste management procedures are being followed.
8.2.2
Disturbance to Wildlife
Potential Issues During the construction phase, there will be considerable human interventions in the project area which can potentially affect the wildlife resources of the project area. Existing Conditions A detailed description of the fauna of the area is provided in Section 7.2. No environmentally sensitive area (forest, wetland, national park, wildlife sanctuary, or game reserve) is located in the vicinity of the project area. The project area has been under cultivation and human habitation for almost half a century, and the natural vegetation and habitats have been degraded in most areas. As a result, most wildlife species have either left the area or become locally extinct. Most of the animals found are common species that are highly adaptable and are able to co-exist with people. The wetland in shape of evaporation pond at the plant is providing wintering habitat for a number of migratory birds where they enjoy complete protection. Criteria for Determining Significance Any act of wilful killing, trapping, or trade, of wild animals by project-related personnel will be considered as significant impact on the wildlife resources. Impact Analysis During the construction phase and onwards, the change in land use will occur at the site of plant extension. This will definitely squeeze the existing natural area present in shape of a semi-desert flat area. However, still there will be about 50% area left without any human intervention. During the filed visit for the EIA, 85 birds, 16 mammals and 21 reptile species were recorded from project area and its immediate surroundings. However, none of these may be considered as critically endangered or key species of global significance. Even if it is presumed that some of the species may be displaced due to loss of habitat or temporary disturbance, natural areas would still be available outside walled plant area. As it has been observed, wildlife is more protected inside plant area than outside where there is a
8-14
potential threat of hunting as this part of Balochistan is devoid of any notified protected area. Mitigation Measures The measures listed below will minimise the disturbance to the wildlife due to the project activities. A no-hunting, no trapping, no harassment policy will be strictly enforced. Trading of wild animals or birds by project personnel will also be prohibited. Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules. Residual Impacts Implementation of mitigation measures proposed above will result in negligible residual impact on the wildlife resources due to construction activities. Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of mitigation measures prescribed.
8.2.3
Socioeconomic Impacts (Construction phase)

a. Community and power plant workers safety Potential Issues Construction activities are inherently unsafe; the hazards include traffic, working of mechanised equipment and machineries, excavations, falling objects, confined spaces, trapped energy, tripping etc. Existing Conditions The construction activities will be contained within the existing plant boundary. Construction related traffic will use the main. Criteria for Determining Significance Any incident due to plant construction activities causing injury to a community member, or power plant worker will be considered as significant impact. Impact Analysis The construction activities will be contained within a completely secured site with complete control on access of non-project related people. The construction camp will also be contained within the power plant boundary. There will be no interaction of nonproject related personnel to the construction site. Hence there will be no construction related safety hazard for local community except for the traffic, which will follow the main highway. No project related traffic will use community roads. The existing power plant workers may be exposed to construction related hazards especially traffic. This will be controlled for following mitigation measures:
8-15
Mitigation Measures Construction area will be properly identified and the access to the area will be limited to only project related personal. The traffic routes for construction vehicles and equipment will be properly identified. Strict speed limits will be enforced within the plant boundary and where needed signal man will be placed to control traffic. After the completion of construction phase, proper site restoration will be carried out to eliminate any safety hazards such as any excavation will be leveled to prevent falling injury to plant worker. The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel. Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits. Residual Impacts Adherence to the mitigation measures will avoid any incident. With implementation of the mitigation measures proposed above, the impact on the community and plant workers safety due to the construction activities will be minimised. Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of the effective implementation of the prescribed mitigation measures. b. Traffic disturbance Potential Issues Disturbance to community from material and equipment transport. Existing Conditions The access to the project site is through national highway (N-65). Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if there are traffic jams due to the project activities or there are persistent community complaints. Impact Analysis The access to the project site is through a national highway. The traffic due to project will be insignificant compared to the existing traffic on the highway. However loads for turbines and other plant equipment may be transported in sections and loads greater than typical sizes, these will be transported during the night to avoid rush hours and escorted to warn other road users. No community roads will be utilised by the project traffic. Mitigation Measures The following measures will be adopted:
8-16
Project traffic will utilise national highway and will avoid any local or unpaved road. Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads. Strict speed limits will be imposed near towns and villages Residual Impacts The nature of impact will be very short term only lasting few days; during the initial mobilization of contractors and transportation of main equipment and parts. Implementation of mitigation measures proposed above will result in negligible residual impact. Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of prescribed mitigation measures. c. Local employment conflicts Potential Issues The potential employment related issue includes dissatisfaction among local communities over the number of jobs offered to them, disagreement on definition of local and also on distribution of jobs within the local communities. Existing Conditions Literacy ratio and skill training among the local population is very low. Main occupation of the locals is agriculture and livestock rearing. Section 7.3 details the socio-econmic conditions of the project area. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the proportion of available unskilled jobs offered to the locals in the immediate area is less than 50%. Impact Analysis Overall there will be a positive impact on the local economy, as the employment to the locals and other project related activities will result in a boom in the local economy. As persons with relevant skills are not easily available locally, people from outside the project area are likely to fill a significant number of the semi-skilled and skilled jobs. About 100 to 200 unskilled labours will be required on average and during the peak of construction activities respectively during the construction phase of the project. Unskilled jobs will be sourced through local communities. Local employment can be a problematic issue resulting in friction between local residents and the proponent / contractors due to: Perception of the local communities that significant number of construction related jobs opportunities are not being given to people from the local communities. A second related issue is the definition of local for the purpose of award of jobs. Depending on who is asking for the job, the term can be interpreted as the hamlets
8-17
in the immediate vicinity of the power plant, the town of Dera Murad Jamali or Naseerabad, the district of Naseerabad, and even entire Balochistan. In this situation, it is pertinent to develop an understanding with the community on job distribution mechanism. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be implemented: A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals. Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities. Residual Impacts The residual impact will be positive on the local economy as the project will have a positive impact on the local economy. Skills of local personnel will be developed as personnel employed on the project will gain experience and will receive on job trainings. Monitoring Requirements The record will maintained for the jobs offered during construction phase to the local community in the category of unskilled, semi-skilled, and skilled jobs. d. Archaeological and cultural resources Potential Issues Potential damage to archaeological or cultural resources during the power plant construction. Existing Conditions There are no documented sites of archaeological, historical, or cultural significance at the plant site. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if any archaeological artefact is damaged. Impact Analysis The project site was screened by the Department of Archaeology and Museums in 1994 prior to construction of the existing site. The site was found to be clear of any archaeological significance. However, if evidence of archaeological remains is found during construction, the actions listed below will be undertaken. Mitigation Measures Actions to be taken if evidence of archaeological remains is found: All contractors hired for construction work will be instructed to notify Uch-II immediately if any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped.
8-18
Assistance will be sought from the Department of Archaeology at Shah Abdul Latif University, Khairpur to identify the remains. If it is found that the remains have archeological significance, the Department of Museum and Archeology, Government of Pakistan, will be notified with a request for inspection. If the museum decides to salvage the find, Uch-II will provide assistance Residual Impacts With implementation of the mitigation measures proposed above, there will be no residual impact on the archaeological or cultural resources. Monitoring Requirements Records of all finds with photographic records. e. Project and community interface Potential Issues Inter-cultural differences between the project staff from other areas and the local community can result in frictions. Existing Conditions The project area has well developed communication infrastructure. The project area is situated along the national highway and railway link and has seen many development projects in the past. Local population is exposed to other cultures through development projects. Many people from the communities have travelled and worked in areas outside the project area. In this respect, the intercultural differences are not a major concern. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if there are persistent community complaints. Impact Analysis The project activities will be confined within the power plant boundary wall. The contractors coming from outside the area will reside in construction camp which will also be situated with in the power plant boundary. This will result in minimum interaction of local communities with project personnel. Further as the community has been exposed to cultures from other areas, it is unlikely that inter-cultural difference will be a major issue. With proper management of the workforce, it is possible to avoid any complaints. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures will be implemented: The non-local project staff will be housed in the construction camp established within the boundary wall of the power plant. The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms.
8-19
Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided. Construction workers not belonging to the local area will be restricted to wander near the local communities. Residual Impacts Impacts related to community interface will be of temporary nature. It is envisaged that implementation of mitigation measures proposed above will result in low to negligible impact due to project activities. Monitoring Requirements Compliance monitoring of the mitigation measures proposed above.
8.3
Impacts Associated with Operation phase

The environmental and socioeconomic impacts associated with the operation phase of the expanded power plant are discussed in this section. The impacts that are discussed are the following: Environmental Impacts Air Emissions Plant Noise Wastewater Green House Gas Emissions Water Resources Hazardous Material and Waste Handling Waste Management Natural Hazard Impacts Flooding Seismicity Occupational Health and Safety
8.3.1
Environmental Impacts
a. Air emissions Potential Issues Fuel combustion (low BTU gas in this case) from gas turbines will result in air emissions of exhaust gases which may affect the local air quality. The three most significant releases to atmosphere from gas turbines in terms of impacts on local air quality are oxides of nitrogen (NOx), Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and carbon monoxide (CO). Particulate matter less than 10 microns aerodynamic diameter (PM10) is
8-20
also emitted from combustion processes although when low BTU gas is the main fuel emissions are low. SO2 results from the burning of Sulfur in the fuel. NOx is formed by the reaction of atmospheric and fuel bound nitrogen with oxygen under high temperature conditions. SO2 and NOx are referred to as acid gases since they are converted through atmospheric processes to sulfuric and nitric acids. Particulate mater emissions results from unburned carbon and impurities in fuels. Existing Conditions The ambient air quality has been discussed in Section 7.1.3. Further more the region in which the power plant is situated is predominantly flat and semi-arid, although irrigation has been introduced to provide water to enable crops to be grown. The immediate vicinity of the power plant is sparsely populated. The most significant source of air emissions is the existing power station Uch 1 adjacent to the proposed power plant. The emissions from operations of proposed power plant are shown in Table 4-6. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the concentration of pollutants in the ambient air exceeds the NEQS or recognised international guidelines for ambient air quality such as World Bank and World Health Organization (WHO) ambient air quality guidelines. National Environmental Quality Standards are also applicable to the stack emissions. Any breach of these standards limits will also be interpreted as significant impact due to breach of applicable regulatory standards. The impact will also be considered significant if the pollutants emission level as well as the ground level concentration exceed the values as set out by the new IFC guidelines of the World Bank group. As per the new IFC Guideline values the emissions from a new facility (i.e. Uch-2) should not contribute to more than 25% of the existing ambient air quality guidelines (NEQS and WHO in this case). This criterion is only applicable on Uch-2. Furthermore the cumulative ambient air quality values from Uch-1 and Uch-2 should not exceed the limits set by NEQS and WHO guidelines. Impact Analysis The expansion project will consist of installation of two General Electric (GE) frame 9E gas turbines and two HRSGs linked to one steam turbine generator. The fuel used for the existing and proposed plant is low BTU gas which is imported by pipeline from the Uch gas field approximately 50 kilometres to the east of the power station site.
8-21
The estimated air emissions from the proposed Uch-2 power plant have been compared with the NEQS and the recently published IFC guideline values for combustion turbines. The comparison has been presented in Table 8-1. The table indicates that, emission values of all the pollutants are within the prescribed guideline values. However the emission level of particulate matter is meeting the IFC/World Bank guideline value just by a whisker. Any abnormal combustion conditions (an un-likely event) would result in values of particulate matter to be higher than the guideline value. Air Dispersion Modeling To assess the impact on the ambient air quality, the increase in concentration of NOx, SOx, PM10 and CO due to Uch-1 and Uch-2 plant operations is assessed using the US American Meteorological Society and Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model (AERMOD). The modeling exercise was carried out in 2007 as part of the EIA study and then again in 2009 as part of the addendum study due to changed stacks emission parameters. The modeling results presented here are those from the recently concluded modeling study. Windows based BEEST (Bee-Line) software developed around Industrial Source Complex (ISC) having built in AERMOD and AERMOD Prime models were adapted to predict the down wind transportation of gaseous emissions from the operation of the proposed and existing power plant. BEEST is especially designed to support the USEPA's regulatory modeling manager programs. This model includes ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AERMOD models and graphic tools with user options for their application. BEEST for Windows is different than other AerMod/ISC Windows versions. BEEST is more than just a data entry program or a collection of ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AerMod modeling from source entry, to receptor generation, building calculations, to model execution, results analysis, and more is presented in a seamless, user-intuitive interface that makes BEEST for Windows a true modeling project management tool. For meteorological data to be suitable for dispersion modeling, the following needs to be recorded at hourly or no longer than three-hourly intervals: Wind speed; Wind direction; Temperature; Cloud cover (or some other surrogate measure for atmospheric stability) One year of hourly sequential meteorological data (for 2008) from Jacobabad at a distance of about 42km south-east of the project area has been used in the air dispersion modeling. The reason for using Jacobabad meteorological data is that for dispersion modeling it is important to have good quality data that includes all the necessary
8-22
parameters and has a high data capture rate. These considerations override the need to have data from on-site or nearby. The best case is to have good quality data from on-site, but this is rarely available. It is however considered that data from Jacobabad will be representative of conditions at the site. The following scenarios were modeled: 1. Proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round 2. Existing plant plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round 3. Existing plant HSD fired plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round Predictions are made for the point of maximum concentration for 1 hour, 24 hour and annual time periods. Scenario 2 represents the existing power plant and the proposed power plant extension operating at full load firing on low BTU gas for the full year. These are considered to be the most likely operating conditions when the additional turbines are installed. The modeled values of all pollutants along with the assessment criteria for all scenarios are shown in Table 8-2. The cumulative values (i.e. existing + predicted values) of these pollutants and the guideline values are provided in Table 8-3. As can be seen from Table 8-2, the predicted ground level concentration values of the modeled pollutants from Uch-2 plant emissions (scenario-1) are below the values as set by the new IFC/World Bank guidelines (i.e. should not exceed 25% of the NEQS/WHO). The assessment criteria are also complied with for scenarios 2 and 3 when Uch-1 and Uch-2 are operated simultaneously on low BTU gas and a combination of HSD and low BTU gas. Scenario 3 represents the existing power station and the proposed power station extension operating at full load firing on HSD and low BTU gas respectively. This scenario is the absolute worst case situation which is extremely unlikely to occur. This scenario presents the worst case scenario and is extremely unlikely to occur because it relies three of the five turbines firing on HSD. Even this scenario is complied with the assessment criteria which indicate that there is enough space in the air shed. Interpretation of the data provided in Table 8-3 indicates that the cumulative values are well below the guideline limits of NEQS and WHO for all the scenarios. This is indicative of the fact that the proposed facility will not have any negative impact on the ambient air quality thus allowing for future sustainable development in the local air shed of the project area. The detailed description of the model, the methodology involved, the results and contour plots for all the scenarios considered is provided in Appendix D.
8-23
Mitigation Measures Under normal operating conditions no mitigation measures beyond normal operating practices are required. However effective management of combustion conditions would ensure that emissions remain low. Residual Impacts Increase in the concentration of pollutants is expected due to emissions from the proposed plant as shown in Table 8-2 and 8-3. However the residual impact will be insignificant. Monitoring Requirements Monitoring of PM10, SO2, and NOx emissions will be carried out on an annual basis to ensure compliance with the NEQS and World Bank emission guidelines. Monitoring of ambient air quality will be carried out either by passive samplers (monthly average) or by seasonal manual sampling (e.g. 1 weeks/season) for NOx, SOx and PM10. b. Plant noise Potential Issues The proposed power plant extension will result in increase in noise. The increased noise may be a source of disturbance to nearby communities and the plant workers colony. Existing Conditions Noise sources in the community mostly intermittent in nature include farm tractors, farm equipment, and road traffic. It can therefore be concluded that area surrounding the power plant boundary has low noise pollution. Existing power plant is a continuous source of noise. The existing day time noise levels at the plant boundary are provided in Table 7-9. Criteria for Determining Significance The World Bank guidelines for noise require that the sound level in residential areas should not exceed 55 dB(A) during the day and 45 dB(A) during the night.26 An alternate criterion is the World Health Organization (WHO) guidelines.27 Impact Analysis The existing daytime noise levels at plant boundary show that at most of the plant boundary noise levels are well below guideline value of 55 dB(A). Similarly the maximum noise levels monitored at plant colony boundary was 52 dB (A). The values are higher than 55 dB (A) at only three location near the plant boundary at check posts which are in the immediate vicinity of the power plant. These noise levels are recorded within the
World Bank, UNIDO and UNEP. 1997. Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook, Towards Cleaner Production. Environment Department, The World Bank; UNIDO; UNEP. 27 World Health Organization. 1999. Guidelines for Community Noise.
26
8-24
plant boundary, the plant boundary wall working as a noise barrier will further reduce the noise levels outside the plant boundary. It can be inferred that even with the doubling the source of noise, the increase over the existing noise levels will not be more than 2 to 3 dB (A) at a given point in the vicinity of the power plant28. Hence considering the existing noise levels the plant expansion will not cause the noise levels to increase beyond the international guidelines values. Noise levels at the power plant location will be high, however only concerned staff will be working in the area with required PPE, and the exposure will be limited to short durations. The control on occupational hazards including noise is discussed later in this section. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measure will be undertaken in order to further reduce the noise levels. The noise producing equipments such as the turbines will be placed inside the acoustic enclosures to reduce noise at source. Residual Impacts Implementation of the mitigation measures proposed above will result in negligible / no residual impact due to plant noise on surrounding environment. Monitoring Requirements The noise level surveys will be periodically conducted at various sources. c. Wastewater Potential Issues The power plant operation will generate wastewater in the form of cooling tower blow down, plant low volume wastes and sanitary wastewater from plant colony. The wastewater can be a potential source of pollution to surface and groundwater resources of the area. Existing Conditions The existing conditions have been discussed in detail in Section 4.2. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if discharged to the environment exceed the NEQS limits for effluent discharge or World Bank guidelines for effluent discharge from power plant. Similarly a significant impact will be interpreted if wastewater contaminates the groundwater.
28
Introduction to Environmental Engineering, page 506-507
8-25
Impact Analysis Wastewater generated during the operation of power plant is estimated to be approximately 1,240 m3 per day. There will no discharge to the environment as the power plant is designed as a zero discharge facility. The wastewater will be disposed through onsite evaporation after required treatment. Sampling was carried out of the existing evaporation pond during the EIA field visit to determine various water quality parameters (chemical and microbiological). The sampling locations are provided in Figure 7-2. The results of the sampling for various water quality parameters along with comparison with guideline values such as World Bank/IFC guidelines and NEQS standards29 for discharge into inland waters are provided in Table 8-4. It can be inferred from the test results of water samples taken from existing evaporation pond that the values of most of the water quality parameters including metals are within the permissible guideline values. The values of total suspended solids (TSS) and total dissolved solids (TDS) and residual chlorine are exceeding the NEQS standards however; compliance of these parameters with the NEQS values is not applicable since the effluent is not being discharged into any inland water body. The evaporation pond will not require to be lined as the nature of the soil is silty clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day. This is considerably less than standard commonly used in United States of permeability 0.3175 cm/day for similar evaporation ponds. Further the aquifer of the project area is described as poor and patchy and is not capable of sustaining a reliable water supply to serve any purpose. The evaporation pond will cover a total water surface area of approximately 17 hectares and will have a 3.0-meter (m) berm (2.0 inch of maximum operating level with 1.0 m of freeboard). The area of the evaporation pond is based on the wastewater discharge and evaporation rates of the area. The evaporation pond will have a positive impact in the shape of wetland that will provide wintering habitat for a number of migratory birds where they enjoy complete protection. Following mitigation measures will be adopted for effective management of wastewater from the plant. Mitigation Measures The facility will be constructed as a zero discharge facility; wastewater will be disposed off through onsite evaporation pond after required treatment.
29
This should be noted that the NEQS standards and World Bank guidelines are for discharge into inland waters and hence do not apply for the disposal through evaporation pond, the comparison has been given as a reference only.
8-26
The wastewater from low volume waste stream will be treated by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization in the treatment basin before discharging into the evaporation pond. Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant under aerobic conditions before discharge into the evaporation pond. Sanitary wastewater system will have capacity to treat additional effluent generated from camp operations during the plant outage when maintenance staff is also residing in the plant. Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and regular monitoring is not likely to leave any significant impact of the wastewater from the proposed power plant. Monitoring Requirements Following monitoring will be carried out; Regular monitoring of operating conditions for sanitary wastewater treatment system and plant low volume waste treatment system to ensure effective operations. Periodic sampling and monitoring of key parameters for wastewater effluent to monitor the wastewater quality. The sample will be taken at the discharge point and from evaporation pond to ensure effective treatment. Although the soil permeability is very low and there is no groundwater present in the area which can be used for any purpose. However as a good environmental practice, groundwater monitor wells may be established around the evaporation ponds to monitor any unlikely change in groundwater properties. d. Greenhouse gas emissions Potential Issues Green house gases are released as a result of combustion process. The increase in greenhouse gas emissions in the atmosphere due to human activities such as combustion and land use change contributes to the global warming. Criteria for Determining Significance The Kyoto Protocol is an amendment to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) an international treaty on global warming. Ratifying developed countries commit to reduce their combined greenhouse gas levels. Islamic Republic of Pakistan ratified the United Nations Framework on climate change in January 1994 and is a party to other international agreements concerning climate change. Developing countries including Pakistan have no obligation beyond monitoring and reporting emissions.
8-27
Impact Analysis The amount of CO2 emissions from proposed power station operations is estimated to be about 2,124,641 Tons per year (TPY) excluding CO emissions.30 It should however be recognised that CO2 emissions result from the combustion of any fossil fuel. A relevant factor in evaluation of CO2 emissions is the overall efficiency of the power cycle for a gas turbine when firing fossil fuel relative to that for alternative systems. The proposed power station will burn low BTU gas as the primary fuel. CO2 emissions from the proposed power station can be compared to projects burning alternative fuels. A conventional boiler burning No. 6 fuel oil will have the potential to emit 1.70 lb CO2 per kWh of electricity produced. A conventional fluidised bed boiler burning coal will have the potential to emit 2.03 lb CO2, per kWh. In contrast, the proposed power station will have the potential to emit approximately 1.65 lb CO2 per kWh. The proposed project has a high thermal efficiency relative to alternative systems and will produce lower CO2 emissions per kilowatt of electric generation produced. These data indicate that the proposed power station would have much lower emissions of greenhouse gases than No. 6 fuel oil and coal-fired generation units typical in developed countries.31 Mitigation Measures There are no generally accepted methods for the mitigation of CO2, emissions. However, two possible mitigation strategies were given consideration. These included: CO2, removal from the fuel gas at the gas field with re-injection of the CO2. Carbon sequestration by planting trees near the site. The CO2 removal and re-injection option was determined not to be economically viable for the project for several reasons. The capital and operating costs of the CO2 removal and re-injection system would increase the cost of the gas to where the project would no longer be economical. Further, and most significant, is that re-injection of the CO2, into the gas field would dilute the gas to a point where it would eventually be uneconomical for any use. As the plant site is in a semi-arid area with only 100 to 125mm of rainfall per year, carbon sequestration by planting trees near the plant site was determined not to be viable because the trees would have to be continually irrigated to sustain growth. To have any significant impact of CO2 sequestration, a large area would have to be planted with trees thus requiring large volumes of water for irrigation. These large volumes of water required for the trees would have a significant impact on water resources and the economic viability of agriculture in the area.
30 31
Two units burning low Btu Gas at 95% availability including schedule outages. Uch 1, Environmental and Social Soundness Assessment
8-28
Residual Impacts CO2 emissions contributes to the global warming however, CO2 emissions from the proposed project will be considerably less per unit electricity generated compared to any other conventional alternative. Monitoring Requirements None. e. Water resources Potential Issues The increased withdrawal of surface water for the proposed project may affect the water availability for the other users of the project area. Existing Conditions The only perennial surface water channel in the project area is the Pat Feeder Canal. The Pat Feeder Canal is a branch of desert Pat Feeder Canal which off takes from right bank of Indus River at Guddu barrage. The total length of canal is 171.0 km and has a present design discharge of nearly 190.0 m3/sec. (6700 cubic feet per second (cusecs)). However the average discharges for past 3 years are around 85 m3/sec (3,000 cusecs). The canal serves cultivated command area (CCA) of about 458,425 hectares (132,788 Acres) through a network of 13 distributaries and 164 minors. The canal is perennial except for a closure/maintenance period of about one month. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if water extracted for the project directly affects the ability of the community and other users to meet their water needs. Impact Analysis Main water usage will be the replacement for the cooling tower blow down. Other water uses will include generation of demineralised water for various plant operations, water required for staff colony, gardening etc. The water requirement for the proposed power plant will be 0.13m3/s (4.2 cusecs). The breakdown of water requirements are given in Table 4-4. There will be onsite water storage pond with storage volume equal to two months water requirements to store water for canal annual and maintenance closure. Water will be transported through existing water pipeline. The proposed project water requirements (maximum) will only be about 0.4% of the average flows of the Pat Feeder Canal. Proper approval will be sought from the irrigation department for the withdrawal of water. Hence the project water abstraction will not have any significant impact on water resources of the area. A reverse osmosis (RO) unit is also being used for recycling of cooling tower blow down water. The RO unit will further reduce the water requirements by about 50%.
8-29
Table 8-5 shows the comparison of the water availability in Pat Feeder Canal and proposed project water utilisation on monthly basis Mitigation Measures Approval from the concerned departments will be obtained for the withdrawal of canal water for the plant water requirements. The plant cooling system will consist of vertical draft cooling towers with continues recirculation of cooling water. The cooling water chemistry will be closely monitored for optimum utilization of cooling water. Reverse osmosis (RO) technology may be employed to further reduce the water requirements of the power plant. Water conservation program will be initiated in plant colony to prevent wastage of water. Residual Impacts No significant residual impact on the surface water resources of the area is expected after the implementation of proposed mitigation measures. Monitoring Requirements Record of water withdrawal from the Pat Feeder Canal will be maintained. f. Hazardous materials Potential Issues The operations of power plant will require use of process chemicals for water treatment, as lubricants and corrosion control etc. Some of these chemicals may be of hazardous nature. These chemicals have a potential to harm human health and contaminate soil, surface and groundwater if not handled correctly. Existing Conditions At the existing power plant (Uch 1) all chemicals are stored in designated storage areas with proper marking and hard surface to prevent soil contamination in case of leaks or spills. Hazardous material storage area drains in the plant low volume waste treatment basin. Chemical and hazardous material handling procedures are defined inline with MSDS of the substance. Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the hazardous material are not handled properly i.e. in manner other than that prescribed in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). Impact Analysis The chemicals for the plant operations will include various salts, coagulants, flocculants, Sulfuric acid and caustic soda for water treatment and regeneration systems, lubricants,
8-30
corrosion inhibiter WD40 etc. for use in plant maintenance and workshop. The operation of plant will not require chemicals in large quantities. These chemicals and hazardous materials will be handled following the mitigation measures described below: Mitigation Measures A chemical and hazardous material handling procedure will be prepared that will contain: Storage and handling of hazardous materials will be in accordance with international standards and appropriate to their hazard characteristics. Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment to prevent spills and contamination of soil and groundwater. The secondary containment will be impervious with a capacity of at least 110% of the largest single container. Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers as appropriate to national and international standards. The labeling will clearly identify the stored materials. Supporting information such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be available for all hazardous materials. A Hazardous Materials Register will be in place that covers: Hazardous Material name HAZCHEM/United Nations Code MSDS Summary of maximum inventory Storage requirements and precautions Location, physical properties of the materials where they are used Approved disposal methods Disposal of any hazardous material will be according to the MSDS requirements. Residual Impacts Implementation of the proposed mitigation measures is not likely to leave any significant impact. Monitoring Requirements Record of purchase, storage, use, and disposal of hazardous material will be maintained. g. Solid waste management Potential Issues The solid waste generated during the operational phase of proposed project can pose a health hazard, pollute soil, surface and ground water if not managed properly.
8-31
Criteria for Determining Significance A significant impact will be interpreted if the waste management is not carried out properly; witch may effect to health of workers, pollution of soil, surface or groundwater: Any person is exposed to potentially hazardous waste generated by the project. Excessive wastes are generated, recyclable waste are not recycled, waste are scattered, handling of wastes results in contamination, and wastes are improperly disposed off causing pollution Impact Analysis The operation of the proposed power plant will generate a relatively minor volume of solid wastes. The waste generated during the operation phase of the project will include: The evaporation ponds will generate about 970 m3 per year of solids that will accumulate in the pond at a rate of about 0.66 cm per year. The solids will consist of the mineral salts that remain after evaporating the Pat Feeder Canal water in ether the cooling towers or the evaporation pond. A similar quantity of settleable solid waste will be generated in the raw water storage and pre-treatment system for the facility. This solid waste stream will consist of settled solids in the raw water storage pond, clarifier sludge, and filtration residue. These solids waste streams are neither toxic nor hazardous. Other wastes from the power plant operations will include, various oil and air filters, used lubricating oils, wastes from workshops, empty containers, scrap and debris from various plant maintenance and operations activities. Domestic waste from the power plant colony which will include, waste from kitchen and general rubbish, recyclable waste such as empty containers, paper, plastics bottles etc. All wastes generated from the project will be properly managed by proposed controls discussed in the following section. The environmental impacts will be minimum after the implementation of the proposed mitigations. Mitigation Measures Key elements of the waste management system will be the following: Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton. Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling. Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill. No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary.
8-32
All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors. Surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material. Records of all waste generated will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register. Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. Residual Impacts Proper implementation of the mitigation measures will ensure that the residual impact from waste is minimum. Monitoring and inspection will be undertaken to ensure compliance and minimise any residual impact. Monitoring Requirements The monitoring measures will include: Waste management inspections will be undertaken on a regular basis of on-site waste management and of waste disposal contractors to ensure that the waste management procedures are being followed.
8.3.2
Natural hazards
a. Flooding Potential Issues The proposed power plant location may inundate in an event of high flood. The flood water may damage various plant components resulting in soil and water contaminated due to escape of chemicals etc. Existing Conditions & Impact Analysis Review of hydrological studies carried out for the Pat Feeder Canal for WAPDA shows that the 25 year flood event will result in a flood approximately 1.5 m above the existing grade at the plant location. The existing plant boundary has been provided with a solid wall which has been built over a bund protected by stone pitching. This bund will provide protection in case of a 100 year flood event. Additional mitigation measures that will be taken will include: Mitigation Measures The flood protection measures for the power plant include; Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain using soil excavated from the ponds and foundation on the site.
8-33
The top of the berm around the evaporation ponds will be above the 25 year flood level. Provisions have been made to sandbag the main gate when necessary. Residual Impacts No residual impacts are interpreted with the implementation of mitigation measures listed above. Monitoring Requirements None. b. Seismicity Potential Issues The area presents a minor to moderate potential for earthquake activity. Farah (in KDA, 1982) shows the area to be within the moderate zone for seismic activity, with expected earthquakes to be in the 5.5 to 6.5 Richter Magnitude (M) range32. Existing Conditions The Seismic Zones of Pakistan Map of the Geological Survey of Pakistan shows the Site to be on the border of the minor to moderate damage zones. According to the United States Geological Survey (USGS) National Earthquake Information Centre, the area has been subject to earthquakes of 5.0 to 5.9 M during the period 1965-1990. This range of earthquake magnitude would place the proposed site within Uniform Building Code (UBC) Zone 2 with expected peak ground accelerations on the order of 0.03 to 0.15 g. The expected intensity according to the Modified Mercalli Scale (MM) would be between VI and VIII. Impact Analysis No groundwater has been found during the soil investigations previously carried out. The soils are defined as a silty clay with very low permeability and high bearing capacity. Liquefaction typically occurs in loose sand materials combined with a high water table. It may therefore be concluded that the potential for liquefaction will not be a significant problem. Local geologists were not aware of a significant potential for land subsidence in the area. As the underlying material does not appear to be karstic in nature the development of solution caverns which may provoke such subsidence appears unlikely.33 Mitigation Measures No specific mitigation measure other than to construct the various plant buildings in accordance with the UBC Zone 2.
32 33
KBN, 1995 ESSA Uch Power Plant, Balochistan, Pakistan Uch 1 ESSA
8-34
8.3.3
Occupational health and safety

This section discusses the occupational and safety impacts of operations of various power plant components. a. Safety Electrical hazards Confined space entry Machine guarding Eye, head and foot protection Fire and explosion hazards House keeping Issues Electrical Hazards Electrical hazards constitute a major threat to employees at a power generation facility. Care will be taken to properly ground and insulate all equipment, maintenance activities around electrical equipment will utilise written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity. Tools shall also be of the type that will not conduct electricity if circuits cannot be de-energised. Employees will be required to periodically inspect and maintain combustion turbine equipment. Procedures shall be developed and implemented to protect workers from exposure to toxic explosive gases as well as other hazards associated with such inspections and maintenance. Confined Space Entry Standard procedures for confined space entries will be in written form and will include electrical lockout, air testing before and during entry, proper respiratory protection if required, standby help (buddy system), and piping system disconnection. Hazardous air conditions that may be encountered are oxygen deficiency and toxic gases such as aromatic hydrocarbons. Machine Guarding Proper machine guarding, which is critical for the prevention of injuries to workers by isolating them from moving machinery, will be provided. Examples of critical guarding points are fan belts and moving gears. Guard railing necessary to minimise hazard of falls from elevated walkways on equipment such as fuel storage tanks will be provided. Eye, Head and Foot Protection Head protection will be worn in appropriate plant areas, i.e., power block and production areas. Open-toed shoes will be prohibited. Eye protection will be required
The major safety topics discussed below include:
8-35
during all maintenance activities involving dust exposure or the production of particulates from sanding or grinding activities. Fire and Explosion Hazards Explosion and fire are a risk from flame out, electrical fault, or equipment overheating. Fire fighting equipment will be available in the form of ABC fire extinguishers as a minimum, and their locations will be clearly marked. Exits from work places will be well marked and visible in dim light. Fire water will be located throughout the plant in wellmarked piping. Diesel engines will be provided to assure the system has power for fire protection. Portable fire extinguishers will be located in appropriate areas for use by employees. House Keeping Housekeeping will be frequent and thorough to prevent slips, trips, and falls. Problem areas include aisles and roadways that are often oily from machinery leakage. Visibility will be clear at pathway intersections to prevent employee injury and equipment damage. A lockout / tag out program will be implemented b. Occupational health The occupational topics discussed below include: Chemical exposure Noise levels Medical Monitoring Ambient temperature Respirator Usage Chemical Exposure Chemical exposure during operation of the power plant is a possibility. Toxic gases that may be encountered are listed in Table 8-6 Workers need to be trained in the potential health effects of these chemicals and the job categories in which exposure is most likely to occur. Some compounds, such as carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen may be present at times at low concentrations. These compounds are products of combustion, and high levels are anticipated only during process upsets. Low sulfur fuel oil will be used to reduce sulfur dioxide emissions. Most chemicals are likely to be encountered only during periodic maintenance activities and proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risks. Respirator will be used if required such as entry into confined space where hazardous gases are present. Proper training will be provided to the staff prior to operations for chemical exposure..
8-36
Noise Levels Based on the noise surveys for Uch-1 plant which is similar to the proposed plant, noise levels above 90 dB (A) may be encountered in certain workplaces. Measurements of noise exposure will be made for all job categories as soon as the new equipment is fully operational. Employee exposure above 90 dBA requires engineering or administrative controls to reduce exposure wherever feasible. If noise reduction is not feasible, personal protective equipment must be worn for those job categories with exposures over 90 dB (A). In addition, a hearing-conservation program is recommended for all employee exposure over 85 dB (A). The hearing-conservation program should include audiometery, training in the use of hearing protection (ear muffs, plugs, canal caps), identification of areas that have high (85 dB (A) or above) sound levels, and discussion of the effects of noise exposure. Medical Monitoring Medical monitoring is important for all facility workers. Pre-employment medical examinations will be utilised to develop a baseline set of data for each worker which can be compared to future data developed during periodic examinations. A medical clinic with basic medical facilities and a qualified medical practitioner will be present in plant workers colony for routine medical monitoring. Ambient Temperature Ambient temperatures are often in the 40C (104F) range in this portion of Pakistan. This fact coupled with the heat generated from the equipment indicates that heat-related stress must be monitored at the facility. Heat-related illnesses include: heat stroke (life threatening collapse of the bodys cooling mechanisms), heat exhaustion (profuse sweating, headache, nausea, dizziness), and heat rash (dermatitis from clogged pores). These illnesses can be prevented through the use of the proper work/rest cycle and increased intake of fluids. Respirator Usage Respirator usage may be required during maintenance activities. All respirator usage requires the implementation of a respirator protection program which includes a written document that will be regularly updated to reflect new plant equipment or new chemical usage, respirator selection, training, respirator storage and cleaning, surveillance of work place conditions, medical surveillance to determine if employees are able to wear respirators, and National Institutes for Occupational Health and Safety (NIOSH) approved respirators for employee use. An effective respiratory protection program as outlined will be established at site. c. Monitoring Requirements Baseline occupational air monitoring for the gases shown in Table 8-6 w ill be carried out periodically in the main plant working area. The recorded data will be
8-37
compared with the exposure limits listed in the table. If exposure exceeds the listed values, respiratory protection will be provided. Measurements of noise exposure will be made for all job categories as soon as the new equipment is fully operational. Employee exposure above 90 dB(A) requires engineering or administrative controls to reduce exposure wherever feasible. Pre-employment medical examinations will be utilised to develop a baseline set of data for each worker which can be compared to future data developed during periodic examinations.
8.4 8.4.1
Environmental and social benefits Electricity supply to Pakistan

Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power because of the excess of industrial and residential demand over the existing power-generating capacities. The installed capacity in Pakistan as in March 2007 was 19,440 MW34. It is anticipated that by the year 2010 there will be an additional demand of 5,500 MW35. The power shortage is especially during the peak hours when power blackouts (load shedding) are required to regulate the power supplies. Considering the current shortages and future demands of power in Pakistan, the additional 404 MW power generation capacity at proposed Uch 2 can play a significant role and can contribute much for Pakistan's future. The proposed project will therefore enhance the power generation capacity and contribute to filling the gap in power supply and demand.
8.4.2
Employment
The project will generate directly about 600 - 800 jobs during the construction phase of the project. The project operational phase will generate about 100 jobs. Most of these vacancies will be filled by Pakistani nationals. The locals belonging to the project area do not have the required education or skill for the skilled or semi skilled jobs for the power plant however, locals will be given preference for unskilled jobs. It is expected that about 25% of the available jobs will be for unskilled personnel, these jobs will be provided to the locals belonging to the project area. Similarly the construction and operation of the project will create far greater number of indirect jobs for example job for transporters for the transportation of the plant materials etc.
34
35,Ministry
Pakistan Economic Survey 2006-07; http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/sur_chap_06-07/15-Energy.pdf of Water and Power, Government of Pakistan. www.pakistan.gov.pk/divisions
8-38
The electricity generated at the plant will run number of factories and other enterprises providing job opportunities indirectly to large number Pakistani citizens. Overall the power plant will have a very positive impact on the employment opportunities in Pakistan.
8.4.3
Community development
UPL as a responsible corporate citizen has number of ongoing community development programs, these initiatives include: Drinking water filtration units in the project area. Donation for flood relief in case of a flood in the region. Donation of ambulances and other assistance to District Health Unit in Dera Murad Jamali Construction of School etc. The community development schemes are ongoing and will continue as the proposed project are constructed and operated in the area.
8-39
Table 8-1: Comparison of Uch-2 plant emissions with emission guidelines

Target Emission Standard Parameter Low BTU Gas Sulfur dioxide Nitrogen oxides Carbon monoxide Particulate matter Use of 1% or less Sulfur fuela 152.00mg/Nm3c N/A 50.00mg/Nm3 500.00 tons per dayb 400.00mg/Nm3 800.00mg/Nm3 N/Ad 0.18 tons per day N/A 77.00mg/Nm3 30.00mg/Nm3 50.00mg/Nm3 IFC/ World Bank NEQS Estimated Uch2 Plant Emission
Notes: The values are from single source (stack) unless specified The IFC/World Bank values are based on non-degraded air shed. Different values have been prescribed by IFC for degraded air-shed a: Expressed as a percent by mass. The value is defined for liquid fuels. No value is defined for low BTU gas b: The value is for a single plant facility. c: Maximum emission level should not exceed 200mg /Nm3 d: The value is defined for coal and oil. No value is defined for low BTU gas
Table 8-2: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled values (g/m3)
Assessment Criteria Pollutant 1hr 50.00 7,500200.00 150.00 30,000b 200.00 200.00 150.00 30,000 50.00 100.00 70.00 24hr 50.00 37.50 200.00 Annual 12.50 25.00 17.50 50.00 100.00 70.00 1hr 0.44 10.93 7.1 4.26 1.49 43.15 23.93 22.7 168.42 56.44 18.44 5.59 Modeled Values 24hr 0.24 5.91 3.83 2.3 0.89 26.01 14.26 13.92 87.35 33.93 12.61 4.11 Annual 0.04 1.08 0.7 0.42 0.16 4.74 2.6 2.53 15.74 6.17 2.31 0.76
Scenarios Scenario-1a Scenario-2 Scenario-3
SOx NOx PM10 CO SOx NOx PM10 CO SOx NOx PM10 CO
Notes: a: For scenario-1, the values in the assessment criteria are taken as 25% of the existing ambient air quality guideline (NEQS and WHO in this case) as according to the new IFC/World Bank guideline for thermal power plants, ground level concentration from a new facility (i.e. Uch-2 in this case) should be less than this value.
b: Permissible WHO guideline value for CO is 30mg/m3 which is equal to 30,000g/m3
8-40
Table 8-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative values (g/m3)
Scenarios Guideline Values 1hr 24hr 200.00 200.00 150.00 30,000 200.00 200.00 150.00 30,000 200.00 200.00 150.00 30,000 50.00 100.00 70.00 50.00 100.00 70.00 Annual 50.00 100.00 70.00 1hr 4.94 23.54 7.10 4.26 5.99 55.76 23.93 22.70 172.92 69.05 18.44 5.59 Cumulative Values 24hr 3.65 13.54 107.65 2.30 4.30 33.64 118.08 13.92 90.76 41.56 116.43 4.11 Annual 0.04 1.08 0.70 0.42 0.16 4.74 2.60 2.53 15.74 6.17 2.31 0.76
Scenario-1 Scenario-2 Scenario-3
SOx NOx PM10 CO SOx NOx PM10 CO SOx NOx PM10 CO
Notes: The cumulative values are obtained by adding the modeled values into the background concentration values as provided in Table 7-8.
Pollutant
8-41
Table 8-4: Chemical test results for water sample at existing evaporation pond
Lowest Detection Limit 5.0 5.0 1.0 0.1 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 Test Results Main pond 20.0 7.52 190.0 3894.0 <1.0 1.2 <0.02 0.02 0.37 0.02 Discharge point 21.0 7.5 167.0 3816.0 <1.0 1.1 0.02 0.02 0.88 0.03 Pond Extension 22.0 7.54 272.0 5444.0 1.2 1.33 < 0.02 0.02 1.0 0.02 6-9 50.0 10.0 0.2 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 6-9 200.0a 3500.0 10.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 8.0 5.0 Guideline Values World Bank NEQs
No.
Parameters
Method
Unit
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Temperature (At the time of sample collection) pH 25 @ C Total Suspended Solids(TSS) Total Dissolved Solids Grease & Oil Chlorine , Residual Chromium (Cr) Copper (Cu) Iron (Fe)
APHA-4500H+B APHA-2540 D APHA-2540 C USEPA-1664 APHA-3500C G ASTM-D1687 ASTM-D1688 ASTM-D1068 ASTM-D1691
C mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L
10. Zinc (Zn)
8-42
Table 8-5: Comparison of Pat Feeder canal flows and proposed project withdrawal
Month January February March April May June July August September October November December
Notes: a All values in m3/s
Pat Feeder canal Flow (2005-2007) 51.1 59.2 45.3 0.0 38.4 151.3 163.5 152.4 137.1 45.4 33.5 36.8
Water utilisation 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.0 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
Use as percent of flow 0.24% 0.21% 0.28% 0.33% 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% 0.09% 0.28% 0.37% 0.34%
Table 8-6: Exposure limits for gases associated with power production
Compound Sulfur dioxide Carbon monoxide Nitrogen dioxide Exposure limits ACGIH/NIOSH/OSHA-2 ppm NIOSH/OSHA35 ppm ACGIH25 ppm NIOSH/OSHA1 ppm ACGIH3 ppm Target organs Respiratory system, skin, eyes Lungs, blood, central nervous system Respiratory system, cardiovascular system
Notes: AGGIH: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygiene NIOSH: National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. OSHA: Occupational Health and Safety Administration, part of the U.S. Department of Labor. ppm : parts per million in air. Exposure Limits are expressed as 8-hour time-weighted averages
8-43
Table 8-7: Impacts characteristics during construction phase

Impact Noise Dust emissions Land use Water sourcing (over exploitation) Vehicle and equipment exhaust Soil and land contamination Drainage and storm water runoff Camp effluent Solid waste management Disturbance to wildlife Community and power plant workers safety Traffic disturbance Local employment conflicts Impacts on archaeological and cultural resources Project and community interface Nature Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct and Indirect Direct Direct Direct Indirect Duration Short term Short term Medium term Short term Short term Medium term Short term Medium term Medium term Short term Short to Medium term Short term Short term Long term Medium term Geo extent Local Local Local Regional Local Local Local Local Local Local Local Regional Regional Local Regional Reversibility Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Irreversible Reversible Likelihood Possibly Likely Almost certain Unlikely Likely Possibly Possibly Unlikely Possibly Likely Unlikely Likely Unlikely Rare Possibly Consequence severity Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Minor Moderate Minor Minor Moderate Minor Moderate Moderate Minor Impact significance Low Medium Low Low Medium Low Low Low Low Low Medium Low Low Low Low
8-44
Table 8-8: Impacts characteristics during operation phase

Impact Air emissions (detoriation of ambient air quality) Noise Waste water Green house gas emissions Water resources (over exploitation) Soil and land contamination Hazardous materials Solid waste management Natural hazards-flooding Natural hazards-seismicity Occupational health and safety Nature Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Indirect Indirect Direct/Indirect Duration Medium term Short term Medium term Long term Short term Medium term Medium term Medium term Medium term Medium term Short term Geo extent Regional Local Local National Local Local Regional Regional Local Regional Local Reversibility Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Reversible Likelihood Unlikely Almost certain Unlikely Almost certain Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely Unlikely Rare Rare Unlikely Consequence severity Minor Minor Moderate Minor Moderate Moderate Moderate Moderate Moderate Moderate Moderate Impact significance Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low
8-45
Conclusion
Pakistan, like most developing countries, faces a shortfall of power which is expected to continue. Brisk pace of economic activity, rising levels of income of people, the double digit growth of large scale manufacturing, higher agricultural production and village electrification programme have all resulted in higher demand of power in Pakistan.36 The prevailing scenario implies that there is an urgent need for additional power generation capacity. The proposed project will help towards achieving this objective, however, the scale and nature of the project requires that potential environmental effects due the proposed project are evaluated, mitigation measures required to minimise or obviate these impacts be assessed, implemented and monitored. Any residual impacts may be assessed for their significance. All these requirements have been addressed in this EIA, which has in considerable length covered the following: The proposed project activities; Alternatives considered in finalising the project design; Environmental conditions of the project area; Legislative requirements related to the project; Views and concerns of stakeholders with regards to the project as well as the EIA itself; Potential environmental effects of the proposed project activities on the physical, natural and socio-economic receptors; Mitigation and monitoring measures that will help in avoiding or minimizing these impacts. An EMP has been provided that will help in effective implementation of mitigation measures. On the basis of the above, the EIA concludes that the residual impacts of the proposed operation will be of minor significance and careful implementation of the EMP will ensure that environmental impacts are managed and minimised and all statutory requirements are met by the project proponent.
36
Pakistan Economic Survey 2006-07; http://www.finance.gov.pk/survey/sur_chap_06-07/15-Energy.pdf
9-1
References
Ahmad, M.F. and Ghalib, S.A. 1975. A Checklist of Mammals of Pakistan. Ref. Zool Sur. Pak. VII (1 & 2): 1-34 Ahmad, M.F. and Ghalib, S.A. 1986. Field Guide to the Ducks, Geese and Swans of Pakistan Ali, S. 1996. The Book of Indian Birds. Twelfth edition. Mumbai: Bombay Natural History Society & Oxford University Press Ali, S. I. and Qaiser M. 1995-till to date. Flora of Pakistan Fascicles. Karachi Auffenberg, W. and Dr. Rehman. H. 1985 1988. Herpetology of Pakistan Busnel,R.G. and Fletcher J. 1978. Effects of Noise on Wildlife. New York: Academic Press Cheema, M.S.Z.A. and Qadir S. A. 1973. Autecology of Acacia Senegal (L.) Willd. Vegetation. 27: 3: pp. 131-162 Grimmet, R., Inskipp, C. and Inskippe, T. 1998. Birds of the Indian Subcontinent Jefferies, M. 1997. Biodiversity and Conservation. London and New York Kelloge, E C. 1966. A Land Capability Classification. USDA Agriculture Handbook No. 210 Larry, W. 1996. Environmental Impact Assessment. McGraw Hill Publications Mackenzie, L.D. and David, A. C. n.d. Introduction to Environmental Engineering. McGrawHill International Edition Nasir, E. and Ali, S. I., 1972-1995. Flora of Pakistan Fascicles. Karachi, Islamabad Raunkiaer, C. 1934. The Life Forms of Plants and Statistical Plant Geography. Oxford University Press Roberts, T.J. 1991. The Birds of Pakistan. Volume-1 (Non-passeriformes). Karachi: Oxford University Press Roberts, T.J. 1992. The Birds of Pakistan. Volume-2 (Passeriformes). Karachi: Oxford University Press Roberts, T.J. 1997. The Mammals of Pakistan. Karachi: Oxford University Press, Schemnitz, D.S. 1990. Wildlife Management Techniques Manual. Fourth Edition. Revised. Wildlife Society. Washington D.C. Usman, H. Muhammad.1992. Indus Civilization and Balochistan.
References
Additional Reading
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). 1973. Department of Natural Resources. 1990. Statewide Order 29 B. State of Louisiana EUAD/IUCN. 1992. The Pakistan National Conservation Strategy. Government of Pakistan and The World Conservation Union Government of Pakistan. 1860. The Pakistan Penal Code Government of Pakistan. 1923. The Mines Act Government of Pakistan. 1949. Pakistan Petroleum (Production) Rules Government of Pakistan. 1975. The Antiquities Act Government of Pakistan. 1997. Pakistan Environmental Protection Act Government of Pakistan. 1997a. Guidelines for Public Consultation. Draft. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Government of Pakistan. 1997c. Guidelines for Preparation and Review of Environmental Report. Draft. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Government of Pakistan. 1997d. Policy and Procedures for Filing, Review and Approval of Environmental Assessments. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Government of Pakistan. 1998. District Census Report of Naseerabad. Population Census Organization Government of Pakistan. 1998. Provincial Census Report of Balochistan. Population Census Organization Government of Pakistan.1997b. Guidelines for Sensitive and Critical Areas. Draft Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Irrigation and Power Department, Government of Balochistan. 2005. Briefing Canal System and Development Schemes IUCN. 1997. Biodiversity Action plan for Pakistan. First Draft. World Conservation Union IUCN. 1998. Model Provincial Wildlife (Protection, Conservation and Management) Act. Draft. World Conservation Union IUCN. 2000. Red List of Threatened Animals KBN. 1995. Environment and Social Soundness Assessment of Uch Power Plant
References
National Engineering Services Pakistan (Pvt) Limited. 1983. Agricultural Development Project Widening of Pat Feeder Canal National Engineering Services Pakistan (Pvt.) Limited. n.d. Extension of Pat Feeder Canal Project for Utilisation of Indus Water in Balochistan as per Water Accord 1991 NCS.1972d. National Conservation Strategy Pakistan Economic Survey. 2006-2007. Chapter 15 - Energy The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals. 1979 The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance. Ramsar. 1971 Uch Power (Private) Limited. n.d. Brief Summary on Existing (Uch-1) Project World Bank, United Nations Industrial Development Organisation and the United Nations Environment Program. 1998. Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook: Towards Cleaner Production. Environment Department World Bank. 1991. Environmental Assessment Sourcebook. Volume-I. Policies, Procedures, and Cross-Sectoral Issues. World Bank Technical Paper Number 139. Environment Department World Bank. 1991b. Environmental Assessment Sourcebook. Volume-III. Guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects. World Bank Technical Paper No. 154. Environment Department World Bank. 1996. Analysis of Alternatives in Environmental Assessments. Environment Assessment Sourcebook Update 17. Environment Department World Bank. 1999. Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. Washington DC. USA World Bank. 2008. Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants. International Finance Corporation
Appendices
Appendix A Environmental Management Plan
Contents
1 Environmental Management Plan
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 Project Overview The EMP Objectives of the EMP Structure of the EMP
1-1
1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2
2 3
Legislation and Guidelines Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities

3.1 3.2 Organisational Structure Roles and Responsibilities
2-1 3-1
3-1 3-1
4 5
Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan Environmental Monitoring and Trainings

5.1 5.2 Environmental Monitoring Environmental Trainings
4-1 5-1
5-1 5-2
Communication and Documentation

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 Kick-off Meeting Daily & Weekly Meetings and Reports Social Complaints Register Change Record Register Photographic Record Environmental Reporting Public Consultation
6-1
6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-2 6-2
Change Management Plan
7-1
JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EMP-F03
1
1.1

Project Overview
Uch Power Station owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited (UPL) is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Balochistan Province in Pakistan. Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (referred to as Uch-II) intends to expand power generation capacity by 404MW at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with an ISO gross output rating of 404MW. The plant configuration is comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators and two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems. The combustion turbines will be fired with a low BTU gas from the Uch gas field.
1.2
The EMP
The Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project has identified potential impacts that are likely to arise during the project. The EIA has examined in detail both negative and positive impacts at each stage of the project covering both construction and operations phase. To minimise the effects of adverse impacts the EIA has recommended mitigation measures. These mitigation measures include the use of alternative technologies, management and physical controls, or compensation in monetary terms. The proposed mitigation measures have been based on the understanding of the sensitivity and behaviour of environmental receptors in the project area, the legislative controls that apply to the project and a review of good industrial practices while operating in similar environments. For residual impacts (impacts remaining after applying the recommended mitigation measures) and for impacts in which there can be a level of uncertainty in prediction at the EIA stage, monitoring measures have been recommended to ascertain these impacts during the course of the project. For effective implementation and management of the mitigation measures an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared. The EMP satisfies the requirement of the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Review Procedures, 2000.
1-1
1.3
Objectives of the EMP

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential impacts of the project activities, to enhance project benefits and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. The EMP has been prepared with the objectives of: Defining roles and responsibilities of the project proponent for the implementation of EMP and identifying areas where these roles and responsibilities can be shared with other parties involved in the execution and monitoring of the project; Outlining mitigation measures required for avoiding or minimizing potential impacts assessed by the EIA; Developing a monitoring mechanism and identifying requisite monitoring parameters to confirm effectiveness of the mitigation measures recommended in the EIA; Defining the requirements for communication, documentation, training and monitoring, management and implementation of the mitigation measures.
1.4
Structure of the EMP

The EMP consists of the following: Summary of Legislation and Guidelines Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities; Environmental Management and Monitoring plan Communication and Documentation Change Management Plan
1-2
Legislation and Guidelines

The EIA for expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station has discussed in detail the national and international legislation and guidelines that are relevant to the project in Chapter 3 of the EIA report. A summary of these legislation, guidelines, convention and corporate requirements is provided in Table 2-1. Uch-II will ensure that the project is conducted in conformance with national legislation and relevant international conventions and that guidance is sought form national and international guidelines. Uch-II will also ensure that key project management staff of the company and all its assigned contractors are aware of these legislation and guidelines prior to start of the project activities.
2-1
Table 2-1: National and international environmental legislations and guidelines

Legislation/Guidelines National Environmental Legislation/Guidelines National Environmental Policy NEP is the primary policy of Government of Pakistan that addresses the environmental issues of the country. The broad Goal of NEP is, To protect, conserve and restore Pakistans environment in order to improve the quality of life of the citizens through sustainable development . The NEP identifies the following set of sectoral and crosssectoral guidelines to achieve its Goal of sustainable development. Before the approval of National Environmental Policy (NEP) the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was considered as the Governments primary policy document on national environmental issues. At the moment this strategy just exists as a national conservation program. The NCS identifies 14 core areas including conservation of biodiversity, pollution prevention and abatement, soil and water conservation and preservation of cultural heritage and recommends immediate attention to these core areas. Project activities to be conducted with the overall approach of protection and conservation of environment. A plan prepared by the Government of Pakistan for the conservation of biodiversity. The plan recognises EIA as an effective tool for identifying and assessing the effects of a proposed operation on biodiversity. Basics legislative tool empowering the Government of Pakistan to frame and enforce regulations for the protection of environment. The PEPA 1997 is broadly applicable to air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution, as well as the handling of hazardous wastes. Penalties have been prescribed for those contravening the provisions of the Act. Under section 12 of the PEPA 1997, no project involving construction activities or any change in the physical environment can be undertaken unless an IEE or EIA is conducted and a report submitted to the federal or provincial EPA. The Regulation classifies projects on the basis of expected degree of adverse environmental impacts and lists them in two separate schedules. Schedule I lists projects that may not have significant environmental impacts and therefore require an IEE. Schedule II lists projects of potentially significant environmental impacts requiring preparation of an EIA. Thermal Power Plants are included in Schedule II. The Regulations also require that all projects located in environmentally sensitive areas require preparation of an EIA. The NEQS specify standards for industrial and municipal effluents, gaseous emissions, ambient air requirements and emission levels for Sulfur dioxide and Nitrogen oxide, vehicular emissions and noise levels. The PEPA specifies the imposition of a pollution charge in case of non-compliance with the NEQS. The standards were last revised in 2000. These rules establish pollution limits for industries in Pakistan under an honor-based self-monitoring system obliging all industries to monitor liquid effluents and gaseous emissions and submit environmental monitoring reports to the relevant EPA (in this case BEPA) timely and correctly. Thermal Power Plants (Gas Fired) are classified as Category-B for monitoring of both liquid effluents and gaseous emissions. All industrial units in
2-2 JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EMP-F03
Description
Biodiversity Action Plan Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997)
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, (2000)
National Environmental Quality Standards (1993)
National Environmental Quality Standards (Self Monitoring and Reporting by Industry) Rules, (2001)
Legislation/Guidelines
Description Category-B are required to submit environmental monitoring reports on quarterly basis and they shall maintain a record of the times during which start-up and upset conditions occur, and shall mention the total time elapsed in such conditions in its monthly environmental monitoring report.
Industrial Pollution Charge (Calculation and Collection) Rules, 2001 Environmental Sample Rules, (2001) The Forest Act (1927)
As per this regulation, industries including Thermal Power Plants will be liable to pay pollution charge for any pollution above NEQS. These rules authorise the Federal EPA and its authorised persons to obtain and test samples from industries including Thermal Power Plants to verify self-monitoring reports and calculation of pollution charges. Empowers the provincial forest departments to declare any forest area as reserved or protected. The act also empowers the provincial forest departments to prohibit the clearing of forest for cultivation, grazing, hunting, removing forest produce; quarrying and felling, lopping and topping of trees, branches in the reserved and protected areas. This act provides for the preservation, protection, and conservation of wildlife by the formation and management of protected areas and prohibition of hunting of wildlife species declared protected under the act.The act also specifies three broad classifications of the protected areas: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries and game reserves. This act prohibits corruption or fouling of water in canals (defined to include channels, tube wells, reservoirs and watercourses), or obstruction of drainage. It authorises fines, imprisonment or both for voluntary corruption or fouling of public springs or reservoirs so as to make them less fit for ordinary use. The protection of cultural resources in Pakistan is ensured by the Antiquities Act of 1975. The act is designed to protect "antiquities" from destruction, theft, negligence," unlawful excavation, trades and exports. Provide guidelines for the preparation of environmental assessment reports, operation in environmentally sensitive areas, public consultation and sectoral guidelines for environmental reports including Thermal Power Plants. The Convention requires parties to develop national plans for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, and to integrate these plans into national development programmes and policies. Parties are also required to identify components of biodiversity that are important for conservation, and to develop systems to monitor the use of such components with a view to promoting their sustainable use. The Convention requires countries to take action to avoid endangering migratory species. The term "migratory species" refers to the species of wild animals, a significant proportion of whose members cyclically and predictably cross one or more national jurisdictional boundaries. The parties are also required to promote or co-operate with other countries in matters of research on migratory species.
2-3 JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EMP-F03
Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act (1974) (BWPA)
Canal and Drainage Act (1873) Pakistan Penal Code (1860) Antiquities Act (1975) The Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures (1997) International Conventions The Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)
The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, (1979)
Legislation/Guidelines The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, Ramsar (1971). Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (1973) International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources Red List (2000) Climate Change Convention and Koyoto Protocol (1992)
Description Obligates Pakistan to identify and protect wetlands in the country. So far 18 sites in Pakistan have been declared as wetlands of International Importance or Ramsar Sites. The convention requires Pakistan to impose strict regulation (including penalisation, confiscation of the specimen etc.) regarding trade of all species threatened with extinction or that may become so, in order not to endanger further their survival Lists wildlife species experiencing various levels of threats internationally. Some of the species indicated in the IUCN red list are also present in the project area. The convention aims at stabilizing greenhouse gases (GHGs) concentration in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system.To achieve the objective of the convention, all parties are generally required to develop national inventories of emission; formulate and implement national and regional programs of mitigation measures; all developed country parties were specifically obliged to take measures to limit GHG emissions by the year 2000 at 1990 levels and the developing countries including Pakistan to take all measures in support of the protection of atmosphere without any formal commitment on the quantified reduction of these gases in a time frame. Provides general guidelines for the conduct of an EIA.
International Environmental Guidelines World Bank Guidelines on Environment Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. & Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume I Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume III Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) guidelines, International Finance Corporation (IFC) World Bank Group, 2008.
Provides guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects including Thermal Power Plants. These guidelines include information relevant to combustion processes fueled by gaseous, liquid and solid fossil fuels and biomass and designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type (except for solid waste which is covered under a separate Guideline for Waste Management Facilities), with a total rated heat input capacity above 50 Megawatt thermal input (MWth) on Higher Heating Value (HHV) basis. It applies to boilers, reciprocating engines, and combustion turbines in new and existing facilities. A detailed description of industry activities for this sector and guidance for Environmental Assessment (EA) of thermal power projects is also provided in these guidelines. The WHO guidelines in addition to specifying the energy-average sound level also prescribe the maximum noise level for various specific environements including Thermal Power Plants.. OSHA guidelines provide the permissible limits for workers exposure to noise levels and chemicals including SOx, NOx and CO for 8-hour time weighted average.
World Health Organisation Guidelines for Noise Occupational Safety and Health Administration Guidelines for Noise and Chemical exposure
2-4
Organisational Structure and Roles and Responsibilities

Organisational Structure
The proposed project will include the following organisations: Uch-II as the project proponent and owner of the EMP; Project construction contractor(s) as executors of the EMP during construction phase of the project; Power plant O&M contractor as executor of the EMP during the operational phase of the project These organisations will have the following roles and responsibilities during the project.
3.1
3.2 3.2.1
Roles and Responsibilities General

a. Roles and responsibilities of Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (Uch-II) As project proponents, Uch-II will be responsible for ensuring the implementation of the EMP. Plant Manager of of Uch-II will be responsible for the overall environmental performance of the project. Uch-II will monitor the environmental performance of the project to ensure that the project is carried out in accordance with governing legislation, Uch-II corporate policies and recommendations of this EIA. b. Roles and responsibilities of contractors Uch-II will appoint plant construction contractor(s) for the construction, testing and commissioning of the proposed plant including the auxiliary facilities. Similarly a power plant Operations and Maintenance (O&M) contractor will be appointed for operations of the plant. O&M contractor will manage all the day to day operations of power plant and will also have the custody of the plant. These contractors will be responsible for implementation of, or adherence to, all provisions of the EMP and with any environmental and other codes of conduct required by Uch-II. Overall responsibility for environmental performance of the operation will rest with the senior management of the contractors in Pakistan. Site managers of the contractors will be responsible for the effective implementation of the EMP.
3-1
3.2.2
Planning and Design of the Operation

a. Design of the Operation Design and operations of the proposed project have been described in Section 4 of the EIA report. Following approval of the EIA, if any aspect of the operations or requirements of the EIA need to be changed, Uch-II will categorise that change in accordance with the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of this EMP and take appropriate measures thereon. b. Approvals Obtaining No objection Certificate (NOC) from Environment Protection Agency Balochistan (Balochistan EPA) will not relieve the proponent or its appointed contractors or suppliers of any other legal obligations and hence the proponent and its contractors and suppliers will obtain all other relevant clearances and necessary approvals required by the Government of Pakistan or Government of Balochistan prior to commencing the respective operations. c. Contractual Provisions Adherence to the requirements of the EIA and EMP in terms of environmental mitigation will be required from all project contractors and suppliers and thus EMP will form part of their contracts with Uch-II.
3.2.3
Implementation of the Operation

a. Co-ordination with Stakeholders Uch-II will ensure that co-ordination required with the project stakeholders on environmental and social matters as required by the EMP is maintained throughout the operation. b. Environmental Management Systems Uch-II and the contractors will ensure that the mitigation measures mentioned in the EIA are adhered to and organisational HSE Management Systems are implemented during the proposed project. The contractors will abide by the relevant contractual provisions relating to the environment. c. Monitoring Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that monitoring of the project activities is carried out according to the monitoring programme given in the EMP. d. Change Management Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will ensure that monitoring of the project activities is carried out according to the monitoring programme given in the EMP.
3-2
e. Emergency Procedures Uch-II will prepare contingency plans to deal with any emergency situation that may arise during the operation e.g. fire, major oil spills, medical evacuation and communicate these to the regulatory agencies if required by these agencies. f. Approvals
The project contractors will be responsible for obtaining all relevant approvals from Uch-II such as approvals for waste contractors, water source and others as specified in the environmental management and monitoring plan. g. Training Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for the selection and training of their staff who are capable of completing the project activities in an environmentally safe manner. Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for providing induction to their staff members on the EIA, the EMP and their implementation provided in the EMP. h. Communication and Documentation For effective monitoring, management and documentation of the environmental performance during the operation, environmental matters will be discussed during daily meetings held on-site. Environmental concerns raised during the meetings will be mitigated after discussions between Uch-II and the contractors. Any issues that require attention of Uch-II higher management will be communicated to them for action. Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that the communication and documentation requirements specified in the EMP are fulfilled during the project. i. Operations Monitoring
Uch-II and its contractors will be responsible for effective monitoring for efficient operations of the power plant. Power plant and its auxiliary systems will be monitored for their performance within the acceptable limits. j. Restoration
Uch-II will ensure that the restoration of the site after the end of construction activities and after the useful life of power plant is carried out according to the requirements of the EIA and EMP.
3-3
Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) will be used as a management and monitoring tool for implementation of the mitigation measures identified by the EIA. The EMMP matrix lists down: The required mitigation measures recommended in the IEE; The person / organisation directly responsible for adhering to or executing the required mitigation measures and monitoring adherence to the mitigation measures; The parameters, which will be monitored to ensure compliance with the mitigation measures; The timing at which the mitigation or monitoring has to be carried out. Uch-II will hold primary and overall responsibility for ensuring full implementation of the EMP. The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan has been provided separate for construction and operations phase of the proposed project activities in Table 4-1 and Table 4-2 respectively.
4-1
Table 4-1: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan Construction Phase

No 1 1.1 Mitigation Measures Construction Noise Equipment noise will be reduced at source by proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment. Noise from vehicles and power generators will be minimised by use of proper silencers and mufflers. Noise-abating devices will be used wherever needed and practicable. EPC contractor Monitor compliance and periodic noise monitoring Monitor compliance and periodic noise monitoring Monitor compliance and periodic noise monitoring Prior to start and during construction phase During construction phase Responsibility Monitoring Timing
1.2
EPC contractor
1.3
EPC contractor
Planning and design of construction phase
2 2.1
Dust Emissions Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of sprinkling will be kept such that the dust remains under control, particularly when wind is blowing towards the environmental receptors. Dust emission from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will be reduced by appropriate measures. These may include: Keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate frequency Erecting windshield walls on three sides of the piles such that the wall project 0.5 m above the pile, or Covering the pile, for example with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets, to prevent emissions. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase
2.2
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
During construction phase
2.3
All roads within the plant site that are to be paved or appropriately sealed will be paved as early as possible after the commencement of construction work. Until the roads are paved, they will be sprinkled regularly to prevent dust emission. Other temporary tracks within the site boundary will be compacted and sprinkled with water during the
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase
4-2
No
Mitigation Measures construction works.
Responsibility
Monitoring
Timing
2.4
Project traffic will maintain a maximum speed limit of 20 km/h on all unpaved roads within the plant site. Construction materials that are susceptible to dust formation will be transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during transportation.
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
2.5
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
3 3.1
Land Use Land uptake will be kept to minimum required. Uch-II, EPC contractor Monitor compliance Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase
4 4.1
Water Sourcing Water will only be abstracted from canal after proper approval from the concerned departments. Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water. Uch-II Water asbstracton approvals Water consumption records Construction planning and design phase. Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase
4.2
Uch-II, EPC contractor
5 5.1
Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust All vehicles, generators and other equipment used during construction will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimise emission of pollutants. The stack height of the generators will be at least 3 m above the ground. EPC contractor Maintenance records of vehicles and eqpuipments Monitor compliance During construction phase
5.2
EPC contractor
Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase
4-3
No 6 6.1
Mitigation Measures Soil and Land Contamination Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining. Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas. The area will be provided with hard surface or tarpaulin will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil. Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations.
Responsibility
Monitoring
Timing
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase Construction planning and design phase / during construction phase During construction phase
6.2
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
6.3
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
6.4
Vehicles will only be washed at designated areas. Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment. Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials, will be available near fuel and oil storage areas.
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
6.5
EPC contractor
Inspection records of vehicles Monitor compliance
6.6
EPC contractor
6.7
Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration. Drainage and Storm Water Run-off Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment.
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
7 7.1
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
7.2
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
7.3
Following drainage system will be constructed for the power plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Plant areas will be provided with the plant low volume waste drain system, this
4-4
Monitor compliance
Planning and design phase
No
Mitigation Measures drain system will discharge into plant low volume wastes treatment basin. Water collected through these drains will be treated by neutralisation and will finally be discharge to evaporation pond after mixing with cooling tower blow down. Plant areas where there are chances of oil contamination in case of a spill, such as the fuel storage area, the main turbine area etc. will be provided with oil water drainage system, this drainage system will be routed to an oil separator and finally discharge into the evaporation pond. The entire site will be provided with storm water drainage system.
Responsibility
Monitoring
Timing
8 8.1
Camp-Effluent Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite before disposal through evaporation pond. Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management A waste management plan will be developed before the start of the construction. Key elements of the waste management system will be the following: Uch-II, EPC contractor EPC contractor Monitor compliance Prior to start of construction phase During construction phase EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase
9 9.1
9.2
Separate bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton.
Monitor compliance
9.3 9.4
Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling. Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill.
EPC contractor EPC contractor
Recycle waste disposal records Monitor compliance
During construction phase During construction phase
9.5
No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary.
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
4-5
No 9.6
Mitigation Measures All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors.
Responsibility EPC contractor
Monitoring Hazardous waste disposal records
Timing During construction phase
9.7
Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material.
EPC Contractor
Monitor compliance
9.8
Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register.
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
9.9
Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. Disturbance to Wildlife A no-hunting, no trapping, no harassment policy will be strictly enforced.
EPC contractor
Training records
Construction Phase
10 10.1
Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor EPC contractor
Training of all personnel Training of all personnel Monitor compliance
10.2
Trading of wild animals or birds by project personnel will be prohibited.
10.3 11 11.1 11.2
Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules. Community and Power Plant Workers Safety Construction area will be properly identified and the access to the area will be limited to only project related personal. Strict speed limits will be enforced within the plant boundary and where needed, a signal man will be placed to control traffic.
Uch-II, EPC contractor EPC Contractor
Monitor compliance Monitor compliance
Planning and design Phase/Construction Phase During construction phase
4-6
No 11.3
Mitigation Measures After the completion of construction phase, proper site restoration will be carried out to eliminate any safety hazards such as any excavation will be leveled to prevent falling injury to plant worker.
Monitoring Monitor compliance
Timing During construction phase
11.4
The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel.
EPC contractor
Operators training records Monitor compliance
11.5
Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits.
EPC contractor
12 12.1
Traffic Disturbance Project traffic will utilise national highway and will avoid any local or unpaved road. EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase
12.2
Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads.
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
12.3
Strict speed limits will be imposed near towns and villages.
EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
13 13.1
Local Employment Conflicts A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals. Uch-II, EPC contractor Monitor adherence with the criteria Construction planning and design phase / During construction phase During construction phase
13.2
Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities.
Local employment records
14 14.1
Archaeological and Cultural Resources All contractors hired for construction work will be instructed to notify Uch-II Uch-II, EPC contractor Construction workers training records During construction phase
4-7
No
Mitigation Measures immediately if any object of archaeological or cultural value is found.
Responsibility
Monitoring
Timing
14.2
If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped. Assistance will be sought from the Department of Archaeology at Shah Abdul Latif University, Khairpur to identify the remains. If it is found that the remains have archeological significance, the Department of Museum and Archeology, Government of Pakistan, will be notified with a request for inspection. If the museum decides to salvage the find, Uch-II will provide assistance
Uch-II
Monitor compliance / Photographic records
15 15.1
Project and Community Interface The non-local project staff will be housed in the construction camp established within the boundary wall of the power plant. Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Monitor compliance During construction phase
15.2
The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms.
Training records
15.3
Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided. Construction workers not belonging to the local area will be restricted to wander near the local communities.
Monitor compliance
Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited EPC: Engineering, Procurement and Construction
4-8
Table 4-2: Environmental management and monitoring plan operational phase

No 1 1.1 Mitigation Measures Air Emissions Effective management of combustion conditions will be maintained. O&M contractor Records of operational parameters / periodic monitoring of stack emissions Operation phase Responsibility Monitoring Timing
2 2.1
Plant Noise The noise producing equipments such as the turbines will be place inside the acoustic enclosures to reduce noise at source. Wastewater Wastewater will be disposed off through onsite evaporation pond after required treatment. Uch-II, O&M contractor Provision of wastewater treatment plant at desingn phase / Monitor compliance Monitor compliance Operation phase Uch-II, O&M contractor Periodic noise level surveys at various sources and locations Design and operation phase
3 3.1
3.2
The wastewater from low volume waste stream will be treated by sedimentation, flow equalization, and neutralization in the treatment basin before discharging into the evaporation pond. Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant under aerobic conditions before discharge into the evaporation pond. Sanitary wastewater system will have capacity to treat additional effluent generated from camp operations during the plant outage when maintenance staff is also residing in the plant. Water Resources Approval from the concerned departments will be obtained for the withdrawal of canal water for the plant water requirements .
4-9
Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor
Operation phase
3.3
Monitor compliance / wastewater sampling and testing records Monitor compliance / wastewater sampling and testing records
Operation phase
3.4
Operation phase
4 4.1
Uch-II, O&M contractor
Monthly records of water withdrawal
Operation phase
No 4.2
Mitigation Measures The plant cooling system will consist of vertical draft cooling towers with continues recirculation of cooling water. The cooling water chemistry will be closely monitored for optimum utilization of cooling water. Reverse osmosis (RO) technology may be employed to further reduce the water requirements of the power plant. Water conservation program will be initiated in plant colony to prevent wastage of water. Hazardous Materials Storage and handling of hazardous materials will be in accordance with international standards and appropriate to their hazard characteristics. Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment to prevent spills and contamination of soil and groundwater. The secondary containment will be impervious with a capacity of at least 110% of the largest single container. Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers as appropriate to national and international standards. The labeling will clearly identify the stored materials. A Hazardous Materials Register will be in place to cover hazardous material name, HAZCHEM/United Nations Code, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS), summary of maximum inventory, storage requirements and precautions, location, physical properties of the materials and approved disposal methods.
Responsibility Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II Uch-II, O&M contractor
Monitoring Records of monitoring of chemcial parameters of cooling water Monthly records of water withdrawal Monthly records of water usage
Timing Operation phase
4.3 4.4
Construction phase Operation phase
5 5.1
Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor
Monitor compliance
Operation phase
5.2
Monitor compliance
Planning and design phase/Operation phase
5.3
O&M contractor
Monitor compliance
Operation phase
5.4
O&M contractor
Monitor compliance / Disposal records
Operation phase
6 6.1 6.2
Solid Waster Management Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton. Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling. O&M contractor O&M contractor Monitor compliance Waste inspection and disposal records Operation phase Operation phase
4-10
No 6.3
Mitigation Measures Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill. No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary. All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors. Surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material. Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. Natural Hazards Flooding Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain using soil excavated from the ponds and foundation on the site. The top of the berm around the evaporation ponds will be above the 25 year flood level. Natural Hazards Seismicity Construction of various plant buildings will be carried out in accordance with UBC Zone 2. Occupational Health and Safety
Responsibility O&M Contractor
Monitoring Waste tracking register
Timing Operation phase
6.4 6.5
O&M contractor O&M contractor, waste contractors O&M contractor O&M contractor
Monitor compliance Waste tracking register, disposal records, waste inspection records Monitor compliance Trainning procedures and records
Operation phase Operation phase
6.6 6.7 7 7.1
Operation phase Operation Phase
Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor
Monitor compliance
7.2 8 8.1
Monitor compliance
Monitor compliance, emergecy responce plan
9.1
9.1.1
Electrical Hazards
Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared. O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase
4-11
No
Mitigation Measures
Responsibility
Monitoring
Timing
9.2
9.2.1
Confined Space Entry

Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared. The procedure will include: electrical lockout, air testing before and during entry, proper respiratory protection if required, standby help (buddy system), and piping system disconnection. Uch-II, O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase
9.3
9.3.1
Machine Guarding
Proper machine guarding, which is critical for the prevention of injuries to workers by isolating them from moving machinery, will be provided. Uch-II, O&M contractor Monitor compliance Planning and design phase
9.4
9.4.1
Eye Head and Foot Protection

Head protection will be worn in appropriate plant areas, i.e., power block and production areas. Open-toed shoes will be prohibited. Eye protection will be required during all maintenance activities involving dust exposure or the production of particulates from sanding or grinding activities. Uch-II, O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase
9.5
9.5.1
Fire and Explosion Hazards

Fire fighting equipment will be available in the form of ABC fire extinguishers as a minimum, and their locations will be clearly marked. Exits from work places will be well marked and visible in dim light. Fire water will be located throughout the plant in well-marked piping. An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equipments. Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase
9.5.2 9.5.3 9.5.4
Monitor compliance Monitor compliance Emergency response plan, record of drills
Planning and design phase Planning and design phase Operation phase
9.6
9.6.1 9.6.2
House Keeping
Housekeeping will be frequent and thorough to prevent slips, trips, and falls. A lockout / tag out program will be implemented. Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor
4-12
Monitor compliance Records of lockout/tagout
Operation phase Operation phase
No
Mitigation Measures
Responsibility
Monitoring
Timing
9.7
9.7.1
Chemical Exposure
Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure. Uch-II, O&M contractor Records of occupational air monitoring of power block. Monitor compliance Operation phase
9.7.2
Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas where chemical exposuere concentrations are exceeding the guideline values.
Uch-II, O&M contractor
Operation phase
9.8
9.8.1
Noise levels
Provision will be made for PPEs in areas with noise levels exceeding the guideline values. A hearing conservation programme for plant workers will be started which may include: audiometry, training in the use of hearing protection (ear muffs, plugs, canal caps), identification of areas that have high (85 dB (A) or above) sound levels, and discussion of the effects of noise exposure. Uch-II, O&M contractor Uch-II, O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase
9.8.2
Monitor compliance
Operation phase
9.9
9.9.1
Heat Related Stress/Illness

Staff will be trained for management of heat realted stress and illness, such as proper work/rest cycle and increased intake of fluids during hot weather. O&M contractor Monitor compliance Operation phase
Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited O&M: Operations and Maintenance
4-13
5
5.1
Environmental Monitoring and Trainings

Environmental Monitoring
Environmental monitoring can be categorised into two types; 1)- compliance monitoring and 2) - effects monitoring, these have been explained below. The environmental monitoring programme is summarised in Table 5-1.
5.1.1
Compliance Monitoring
Compliance Monitoring will be carried out to ensure compliance with the requirements of the EIA and EMP. Uch-II staff and contractors will carry out the inspections on a routine basis. This will also include routine monitoring of effluent and emissions and plant operational parameters to ensure effective operations of plant and auxiliary systems.
5.1.2
Effects Monitoring
To monitor actual impacts of the project on selected sensitive receptors so that impacts not anticipated in the EIA or impacts which exceed the levels anticipated in the EIA can be identified and appropriate mitigation measures can be adopted in time. This objective will be achieved through Effects Monitoring. Considering the environmental conditions of the project area and the assessment of potential impacts of the project made in the EIA, the following monitoring programme will be undertaken: Ambient Air Quality ambient air monitoring should be carried out to validate the results of air dispersion modeling. The monitoring will be carried out at key locations covering both environmental receptors and workers occupational exposures. Noise measurement of noise levels within the plant and the surroundings (plant boundary) will be carried out on a quarterly basis to ensure that the noise levels are with the standards stated in the EIA. Groundwater although the soil permeability is very low and there is no groundwater present in the area which can be used for any purpose, however as a good environmental practice, groundwater monitor wells may be established around the evaporation ponds to monitor any unlikely change in groundwater properties.
5-1
5.2
Environmental Trainings
Environmental training will form part of the environmental management system. The training will be directed towards all personnel for general environmental awareness. The objective of training programme is to ensure that the requirements of the EIA and EMP are clearly understood and followed throughout the project. The trainings to the staff will help in communicating environmental related restrictions specified in the EIA and EMP. Table 5-2 presents the training programme.
5-2
Table 5-1: Environmental monitoring programme

Aspect Air Monitoring Stack emission monitoring Timings and parameter Continously for particulate matter and oxides of nitrogen. Monitoring for oxides of sulfur would depend on the sulfur content in fuel. If sulfur content is greater than 1%, then continously, other wise on monthly basis. Heavy metals on anual basis Stack emission testing would be carried out annually. Vehicle emissions monitoring following NEQS
Vehicle emissions monitoring Ambient Air Quality monitoring
Long term ambient air quality may be carried out to validate the results of air dispersion modeling carried out and to establish the baseline. Afterwards, monitor parameters either by passive samplers (monthly average) or by seasonal manual sampling (e.g., 1 weeks/season) for parameters consistent with NEQS and WHO. Baseline occupational air monitoring for the power plant work area during first six months of plant operations. This may be carried out using personnal air samplers at breathing zone. Start of construction activity and on monthly basis during construction phase. The monitoring may be carried out on quarterly basis if noise is not identified as an issue during monitoing. Quarterly during plant operation phase. Canal water abstraction records reported on monthly basis. Chemical analysis of wastewater being discharged in evaporation pond and from evaporation pond for World Bank criteria pollutants on monthly basis: (pH, Oil and grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Residual Chlorine, Chromium (total), Copper, Iron and Zinc )
Noise
Ambient noise monitoring
Water
Water abstraction Wastewater
5-3
Table 5-2: Environmental training programme

Staff Selected management staff of Uch-II and the contractor All site personnel (including locally hired staff) Training Contents Introduction to project EIA and EMP. EMP communication, documentation and monitoring and reporting requirements. Site induction training on Health Safety and Environment system and requirements at Uch Power plant. Environmental sensitivities of the project area. Communication of environmental problems to appropriate officers. Waste disposal. Oil spill contingency. Construction supervisors EMP communication, documentation and monitoring requirements. Good construction practices. Dust emissions control during construction phase. O&M Contractors supervisory staff Emergency response teams Drivers EMP communication, documentation and monitoring requirements. Fire fighting. Emergency response including oil and chemical spill. Road safety. Road restrictions. Vehicle restrictions. Waste disposal. Defensive driving. Camp staff Camp operations. Waste disposal. House keeping. Restoration team Restoration requirements. Oil spill contingency plan. At the time of induction of camp staff Prior to start of restoration activities Prior to start of operation of power plant Prior to start of operation of power plant At the time of induction of drivers Prior to start of construction activities Timings Prior to start of any project activities At the time of entering Uch Power plant Prior to start of work
5-4
6
6.1

Kick-off Meeting
Prior to commencement of work, a meeting will be held on-site to discuss implementation of the EMP, show commitment to adhere with the EMP and check readiness of the contractors to start the project. The meeting will be attended by relevant management staff from Uch-II and the contractors.
6.2
Daily & Weekly Meetings and Reports

A daily meeting will be held during the project activities to discuss the environmental conduct of the operation, non-compliances noted and their remedial measures. The meetings will be recorded in the Weekly Environmental Report. The weekly environmental report will be used to review the performance of the operation by reviewing the number of non-conformances and the environmental incidences that occurred during the reporting period, progress on daily action items and to list recommendations for additional controls, mitigation measures or monitoring requirements. The report will be communicated to the Uch-II management and senior members of the contractors. The report will include: Summary of weekly project activities. Non-compliances observed and mitigation measures taken or required.
6.3
Social Complaints Register

Uch-II site representative will maintain a register of complaints received from local communities and measures taken to mitigate these concerns. All community complaints received will be sent to the Uch-II management for further action.
6.4
Change Record Register

All changes to the EMP or the project will be handled through the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of the EMP. These changes will be registered in a Change Record Register.
6.5
Photographic Record
Uch-II will ensure that a photographic record including the following is maintained. All areas used by the project activities; before use, during use and after restoration. Key non-compliances. Key project activities.
6-1
6.6
Environmental Reporting
The requirements related to environmental reporting after approval of the EIA are as follows: After receiving approval from Balochistan EPA, Uch-II will acknowledge acceptance of the conditions of approval by executing an undertaking in the form prescribed in Schedule VII of the 2000 Regulations. After the end of construction phase of the project, Uch-II will obtain a confirmation from Balochistan EPA that the requirements of the EIA and the conditions of approval have been duly complied with. The Balochistan EPA in granting the confirmation of compliance may impose any additional control regarding the environmental management of the project or the operation, as it deems necessary. Uch-II will prepare and submit an annual report each year to Balochistan EPA summarizing the production details, any plant modifications or extensions, details of the effects monitoring and environmental performance of the plant operations etc Uch-II will furnish monitoring reports to Balochistan EPA for gaseous emissions on a quarterly basis under the Self Monitoring and Reporting (SMART) System.
6.7 6.7.1
Public Consultation EIA Disclosure

After submission of the EIA to Balochistan EPA, Balochistan EPA will advertise in a newspaper a public notice indicating a date for a public hearing and the place where copies of the EIA can be found for review purposes. Any interested party can also contact Uch-II at the following address for electronic copies of the EIA report: Pervaiz Khan (Chief Executive Officer Uch Power (Private) Limited) 48, Khyaban-e-Iqbal,Main Margalla Road, Sector F-7/2, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel : +92 51 2654901-4 Fax: +92 51 2654905
6.7.2
Public Hearing
In pursuance to clause 10 of the 2000 Regulations, Balochistan EPA after receiving the subject EIA from the proponent and issuing the confirmation of completeness will publish in national English and Urdu newspaper, a public notice mentioning the type of the project, its exact location, the name and address of the proponent, and the places at which the EIA can be accessed. The notice will fix a date and time and place for the public hearing for any comments on the project or the EIA. Any comments received by the Balochistan EPA during or before the public hearing will be collated, tabulated and duly considered by the Balochistan EPA in granting its decision on the EIA.
6-2
6.7.3
Post EIA Approval Consultation

After approval of the EIA, Uch-II will report environmental performance of its project to Balochistan EPA as per the EMP and applicable laws. This would serve as a communication channel with Balochistan EPA. Uch-II will also encourage any visits by Government Departments or other interested stakeholders to review and verify adherence to mitigation measures related to impacts on physical, biological or socioeconomic receptors of the area.
6-3

The EIA recognises that changes in the operations or the EMP may be required during the operation and therefore a Change Management Plan has been provided to manage such changes. The management of changes is discussed under two separate headings, changes to the EMP and changes to the Operation.
7.1.1
Changes to the EMP

The EIA and the EMP have been developed based on the best possible information available at the time of the EIA study. However, it is possible that during the construction and operation phase some aspects of the EMP may need to be changed owing to their non-applicability in a certain area of operation or the need for additional mitigation measures based on the findings of environmental monitoring during the construction and operation phase. In such cases following actions shall be taken. A meeting will be held between Uch-II and the concerned contractor. During the meeting the proposed deviation from the EMP, planning and designing will be discussed and agreed upon by all parties. Based on the discussion during the meeting, a change report will be produced collectively, which will include the original EMP clause/plan or design, the change that has been agreed upon, and the reasons for the change. The report will be signed by all the parties and will be filed at the site office. A copy of the report will be sent to Uch-II and contractor head offices. All relevant project personnel will be informed of the change.
7.1.2
Changes to the Operation

The change management system recognises three orders of changes. a. First Order
A first order change is one that leads to a significant departure from the project described or the impacts assessed in the EIA and consequently require a reassessment of the environmental impacts associated with the change. Examples of such change include Change in location of the proposed plant. Action Required: Environmental impacts of the proposed change will be reassessed and sent to the Balochistan EPA for approval.
7-1
b. Second Order A second order change is one that does not result in the change in project description or impacts that are significantly different from those detailed in the EIA. Examples of second order changes include extension in the site area. Action Required: The required action for such changes is to reassess the impact of the activity on the environment and specify additional mitigation measures if required and report the changes to the Balochistan EPA. c. Third Order A third order change is one that does not result in impacts above those already assessed in the EIA, rather these may be made on site to minimise the impact of an activity such as: Increase in project workforce Change in layout plan of plant The only action required for such changes will be to record the change in the Change Record Register.
7-2
Appendix B Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Report
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at Uch Power Plant
Our Ref: Env-045/2009 Date of Intervention: APRIL 15 TO 17,2009
For Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.
Environmental Services SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.
CONTENTS
Introduction...03 Meteorological Data..06 Ambient Air Quality Data.09 Photographs...18
Introduction
1.1
Introduction:
Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. appointed SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. to conduct ambient air quality monitoring at Uch Power Plant. This environmental assessment report is prepared by SGS Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd. based on the monitoring of ambient air quality and weather conditions conducted on April 15 to April 17, 2009 at advised sampling points. Following locations were selected for this assessment: Uch Power Plant Residential Colony Sewerage System Gate-04
1.2
Scope of Study:
The scope of services was finalized after discussion with Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt.) Ltd. project team. The environmental monitoring was conducted for followings: Ambient air quality Weather conditions
1.3 Methodology:
1.3.1 Ambient air quality
Ambient air quality was monitored with the help of Mobile Air Quality Station equipped with the state of the art ambient air analyzers. Selection of sampling points was made considering the wind direction at the advised sampling sites. Following pollutants were measured during monitoring: Nitric Oxide (NO) Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) Combine Oxides of Nitrogen(NOx) Sulphur dioxide (SO2) Carbon monoxide (CO) Particulate Matter (PM10)
Table 1: Monitoring of Ambient Air Quality Air Pollutant Carbon Monoxide (CO) Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Measurement Range Lowest Detection Limit 0.01 ppm
Monitoring Technique
Method USEPA Designated Method RFCA0981-054 USEPA Designated Method EQSA0486-060 USEPA Designated Method RFNA1289-074 USEPA Designated Method RFNA1289-074
Gas Filter Correlation CO Analyzer
0 100
Pulsed Fluorescent Analyzer
0 50 ppb0 100 ppm
1 ppb
Nitrogen Oxide (NO)
Chemiluminescent Analyzer
0 50 ppb0 100 ppm
1 ppb
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Combine Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Particulate Matter (PM10)
0 50 ppb0 100 ppm
1 ppb
USEPA Designated Method RFNA1289-074
0 50 ppb0 100 ppm
1 ppb
High Volume Sampler
40 CFR 50, App. B(US-EPA)
2 750 g/m3
2 g/m3
1.3.2 Weather Data Weather data was recorded with the help of portable weather station at selected sampling points. The parameters monitored are as follows: Temperature Humidity Wind Direction Wind Velocity Barometric Pressure
Annexure-I Meteorological Data
Meteorological Data
Sampling Point Date of Intervention Sr. # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Time 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 24:00 01:00 02:00 03:00 04:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 08:00 09:00 Temp
O
: :
Uch Power Plant Residential Colony (Point#1) April 15 16, 2009 Wind Dir NW NW NW W SW SW W S S S S SW S S S SE S S S S S S S S Wind Speed m/s 5.4 4.9 5.4 5.4 4.5 4.9 4.5 4.5 8.0 9.0 8.0 3.6 4.0 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.4 1.8 2.7 3.1 4.5 2.7 2.2 3.1 Hum % 48 43 36 29 28 26 24 23 22 20 20 20 24 30 45 50 54 55 54 56 58 62 57 42 Pressure 757.8 757.9 757.8 757.5 756.9 756.1 755.5 755.4 755.7 755.6 756.3 757.1 757.8 758.5 758.4 758.2 758.2 757.8 757.5 757.4 757.5 757.8 758.3 758.6
C 26 28 30 32 33 33 34 35 32 30 29 27 26 24 22 21 19 19 19 18 18 16 18 26
Meteorological Data
Sampling Point Date of Intervention Sr. # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Time 10:00 11:00 12:00 13:00 14:00 15:00 16:00 17:00 18:00 19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 24:00 01:00 02:00 03:00 04:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 08:00 09:00 Temp
O
: :
Sewerage system Gate-04 (Point#2) April 16 17, 2009 Wind Dir SE SE SE SE S SE SE S NW N NW N N NW NW SW S W W W SW S S S Wind Speed m/s 5.4 6.3 8.5 8.5 8.5 9.7 6.7 4.9 4.5 2.7 2.7 1.8 1.8 2.2 1.8 3.1 1.8 1.8 2.2 1.3 0.9 2.2 2.2 1.3 Hum % 38 32 27 27 25 20 20 23 23 25 30 31 36 36 38 39 44 41 44 47 45 51 47 39 Pressure 756.8 756.8 756.9 756.5 756.1 755.2 754.4 754.0 753.9 753.7 754.0 754.0 754.0 754.1 754.4 754.4 753.9 753.6 753.2 753.3 753.4 753.7 754.1 754.9
C 29 32 34 34 36 36 37 36 36 36 31 28 27 26 25 21 19 19 19 19 19 18 18 24
Annexure-II Ambient Air Quality Data
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention : : Uch Power Plant Residential Colony (Point#1) April 15 16, 2009 NO2 (ppb) 1.9 2.5 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.8 1.4 1.1 1.0 1.6 1.7 4.4 5.5 5.6 5.0 4.8 5.1 3.6 3.3 6.5 2.9 6.0 10.6 7.5 3.61 NOx (ppb) 3.2 3.7 2.6 1.7 1.2 1.0 2.1 1.4 1.7 2.3 1.8 4.6 5.6 5.8 5.2 5.1 5.2 3.7 3.4 6.8 3.1 6.2 14.3 10.4 4.25 SO2 (ppb) 1.99 1.33 1.35 1.75 2.01 1.48 1.60 1.38 1.01 0.37 0.41 0.89 0.81 0.72 0.66 0.51 0.48 0.42 0.52 0.57 0.45 0.63 1.37 1.21 1.00
Sr. #
Time
CO (ppm) 2.57 3.30 2.68 2.53 2.44 2.38 2.33 2.27 2.24 2.20 2.16 2.17 2.14 2.12 2.10 2.08 2.06 2.05 2.04 2.03 2.01 2.04 2.06 2.03 2.25
NO (ppb) 1.3 1.2 0.9 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.7 0.3 0.7 0.7 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.2 3.7 2.9 0.64
1 10:00 2 11:00 3 12:00 4 13:00 5 14:00 6 15:00 7 16:00 8 17:00 9 18:00 10 19:00 11 20:00 12 21:00 13 22:00 14 23:00 15 24:00 16 01:00 17 02:00 18 03:00 19 04:00 20 05:00 21 06:00 22 07:00 23 08:00 24 09:00 Average Concentration (1 hour)
10
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention Parameter Nitrogen Oxide (NO) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Carbon Monoxide (CO) PM10 g/m3: micrograms per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit : : Uch Power Plant Residential Colony (Point#1) April 15 16, 2009 Unit ppb ppb ppb ppb ppm g/m3 Duration 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours Average Concentration 0.35 2.80 3.42 0.87 2.24 79.62
11
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention : : CO (mg/m3) 3.12 4.12 3.35 3.16 3.05 2.98 2.91 2.84 2.80 2.75 2.70 2.71 2.675 2.65 2.62 2.60 2.57 2.56 2.55 2.53 2.51 2.55 2.57 2.54 2.81 Uch Power Plant Residential Colony (Point#1) April 15 16, 2009 NO (g/m3) 1.74 1.61 1.21 0.54 0.40 0.27 0.94 0.40 0.94 0.94 0.13 0.27 0.13 0.27 0.27 0.40 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.40 0.27 0.27 4.96 3.89 0.86 NO2 (g/m3) 3.90 5.12 3.48 2.66 1.84 1.64 2.87 2.25 2.05 3.28 3.48 9.02 11.27 11.48 10.25 9.84 10.45 7.38 6.76 13.32 5.94 12.30 21.73 15.37 7.40 NOx (g/m3) 5.64 6.73 4.69 3.20 2.24 1.91 3.81 2.65 2.99 4.22 3.61 9.29 11.40 11.75 10.52 10.24 10.58 7.51 6.89 13.72 6.21 12.57 26.69 19.26 8.26 SO2 (g/m3) 5.69 3.80 3.86 5.01 5.75 4.23 4.57 3.94 2.89 1.06 1.17 2.54 2.32 2.05 1.89 1.46 1.37 1.20 1.48 1.63 1.28 1.80 3.91 3.46 2.85
Sr. #
Time
12
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention Parameter Nitrogen Oxide (NO) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Carbon Monoxide (CO) PM10 g/m3: micrograms per cubic meter mg/m3: milligrams per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit : : Uch Power Plant Residential Colony (Point#1) April 15 16, 2009 Unit g/m3 g/m3 g/m3 g/m3 mg/m3 g/m3 Duration 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours Average Concentration 0.47 5.75 6.59 2.47 2.79 79.62
13
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention : : Sewerage system Gate-04 (Point#2) April 16 17, 2009 NO2 (ppb) 1.1 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.1 3.5 10.0 7.8 11.6 16.3 12.1 18.3 16.7 16.1 18.5 17.1 17.2 19.6 10.0 4.3 2.6 8.70 NOx (ppb) 4.4 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.6 1.2 3.9 10.9 8.3 12.5 20.1 13.0 22.6 25.0 21.5 21.8 17.8 22.1 31.9 15.7 5.1 2.9 11.10 SO2 (ppb) 0.61 0.56 0.42 0.38 0.35 0.43 0.30 0.32 1.96 2.61 3.34 3.35 2.77 2.56 2.84 2.85 2.89 3.36 2.56 2.79 5.96 2.57 2.77 3.09 2.15
Sr. #
Time
CO (ppm) 2.10 1.97 1.98 1.96 1.95 1.80 1.98 1.92 2.22 2.17 2.19 2.20 2.16 2.13 2.15 2.11 2.07 2.05 2.02 2.12 2.06 1.98 1.96 1.81 2.04
NO (ppb) 3.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.4 0.9 0.5 0.9 3.8 0.9 4.3 8.3 5.4 3.3 0.7 4.9 12.3 5.7 0.8 0.3 2.41
14
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention Parameter Nitrogen Oxide (NO) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Carbon Monoxide (CO) PM10 g/m3: micrograms per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit : : Sewerage system Gate-04 (Point#2) April 16 17, 2009 Unit ppb ppb ppb ppb ppm g/m3 Duration 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours Average Concentration 0.89 4.63 5.88 1.52 2.04 128.02
15
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention : : CO (mg/m3) 2.62 2.46 2.47 2.45 2.44 2.25 2.47 2.40 2.77 2.71 2.74 2.75 2.70 2.66 2.69 2.64 2.59 2.56 2.52 2.65 2.57 2.47 2.45 2.26 2.55 Sewerage system Gate-04 (Point#2) April 16 17, 2009 NO (g/m3) 4.42 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.26 0.53 0.13 0.53 1.20 0.67 1.21 5.09 1.20 5.76 11.12 7.24 4.42 0.94 6.56 16.48 7.64 1.07 0.40 3.22 NO2 (g/m3) 2.25 1.23 1.23 1.43 1.64 1.84 2.46 2.25 7.17 20.5 15.99 23.78 33.41 24.80 37.51 34.23 33.00 37.92 35.05 35.26 40.18 20.50 8.81 5.33 17.82 NOx (g/m3) 6.67 1.36 1.36 1.56 1.77 2.11 2.99 2.38 7.70 21.71 16.66 24.98 38.50 26.01 43.27 45.36 40.24 42.34 35.99 41.82 56.66 28.14 9.88 5.73 21.05 SO2 (g/m3) 1.74 1.60 1.20 1.08 1.00 1.22 0.85 0.91 5.60 7.46 9.55 9.58 7.92 7.32 8.12 8.15 8.26 9.60 7.32 7.97 17.04 7.35 7.92 8.83 6.15
Sr. #
Time
16
Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Point Date of Intervention Parameter Nitrogen Oxide (NO) Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Nitrogen Multioxide (NOx) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Carbon Monoxide (CO) PM10 g/m3: micrograms per cubic meter mg/m3: milligrams per cubic meter LDL: Lowest Detection Limit : : Sewerage system Gate-04 (Point#2) April 16 17, 2009 Unit g/m3 g/m3 g/m3 g/m3 mg/m3 g/m3 Duration 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours 24 Hours Average Concentration 1.18 9.50 11.23 4.34 2.55 128.02
17
Annexure III
Photographs
18
Photographs taken during our intervention
Ambient air monitoring at Uch power plant residential colony
Ambient air monitoring at sewerage system gate-04
PM analysis at Uch power plant residential colony
PM analysis at Uch sewerage system gate-04
--
--
19
Appendix C Air Dispersion Modeling Report
Appendix C Air Dispersion Modeling of Uch Power Station

C.1 Introduction
Uch Power Limited (UPL) owns and operates Uch Power Station (UPS), located approximately 600km north of Karachi and 42km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Balochistan province of Pakistan. Main sponsors of UPL are International Power Plc (IPR) and Creative Energy Resources (CER). Uch-II intends to build, own and operate a 404MW power plant within in the premises of UPS. The project area falls in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Naseerabad district
C.2
Brief Description of Uch Power Station

The existing Uch Power Station in the Balochistan province of Pakistan is 586MW (gross) combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) consisting of three gas turbines, three heat recirculation steam generators (HRSG) and one steam turbine. The plant has been in operation since October 2000. The stack emission parameters for the existing plant are shown in Table C-1. It is proposed to extend the existing plant with the additions of two gas turbines and two HRSGs linked to one steam turbine generator capacity of 404MW (ISO gross rating). The stack emission parameters of the proposed power plant are shown in Table C-2. The fuel used for the existing and proposed plant is low BTU gas which is imported by pipeline from the Uch gas field approximately 50km to the east of the power station site. The region in which the power station is situated is largely flat and semi-arid, although irrigation has been introduced to provide water to enable crops to be grown. The immediate vicinity of the power station is sparsely populated.
C.3
Methodology
Air dispersion modeling was carried out to find (simulate) the status of the air shed of Uch Power Plant. Windows based BEEST (Bee-Line) software developed around Industrial Source Complex (ISC) having built in American Meteorological Society Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model (AERMOD) and AERMOD Prime models were adapted to predict the down wind transportation of gaseous emissions from the operation of the proposed power plant. BEEST is especially designed to support the USEPA's regulatory modeling manager programs. This model includes ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AERMOD models and graphic tools with user options for their application. BEEST for
Windows is different than other AerMod/ISC Windows versions. BEEST is more than just a data entry program or a collection of ISCST3, ISC-Prime and AerMod modeling from source entry, to receptor generation, building calculations, to model execution, results analysis, and more is presented in a seamless, user-intuitive interface that makes BEEST for Windows a true modeling project management tool. The Clean Air Act allows the use of air dispersion modeling to determine or predict ground level concentration of pollutants from point, area, volume and open pit sources as well as from line sources. The adoption of air dispersion models in the local scenario specifically in Power Plants, Oil refineries, and vehicle emissions is applicable to determine CO, CO2, SO2 NOx, HC, Particulate matter and their ambient concentrations from source emissions. Specific electronic file formats on the meteorological conditions is prepared to form input in the model sub-preprocessors to successfully run the program.
C.4
Dispersion Modeling for Emissions from the proposed Power Plant

The specific electronic file containing meteorological conditions for the input of the model for the emissions from the existing and proposed power plant at Uch, Balochistan used was recorded in 2008 at the nearest Meteorological station i.e. Jacobabad Meteorological Station.
C.4.1
Jacobabad Wind Data Relative Humidity Data (%) At 12:00 AM 67 64 59 48 45 60 73 78 78 70 68 70 At 12:00 PM 35 33 29 21 20 25 42 50 45 33 32 38
Month
Speed (m/s)
Direction (Degrees)
Steadiness (%)
Mean of Monthly Maximums
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
1.8 2.8 3.6 4.2 4.6 4.9 4.4 3.9 2.8 1.6 1.4 1.1
359 40 68 119 159 138 135 131 136 135 327 8
36 32 23 40 27 65 68 76 66 33 37 26
26.3 30.4 37.3 43.5 47.8 48.6 44.7 41.2 40.0 38.8 34.1 28.0
Models for dispersion of NOx, SO2, CO and PM based on 1-Hour, 24-Hours and annual average basis for Uch Power Plant are provided in Air Quality Modeling tables and graphical contours superimposed on the site geographical map
C.5
Wind Rose of Jacobabad
C.6
Model Inputs
Table C-1: Stack Emission Parameters for Existing Power Plant Fuel Used Item Description Low BTU Gas Number of stacks Stack Coordinates (UTM) Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3 Stack height Stack internal diameter Exhaust gas temperature Exit gas velocity Exhaust gas volumetric flow rate 419651, 3161938 419696, 3161966 419741, 3161993 45.7 meters 5.18 meters 104 C 21.9m/s 462.0m3/s 21.8m/s 459.0 m3/s 3 High Speed Diesel
Fuel Used Item Description Low BTU Gas Exhaust gas normalized flow rate 334.0 Nm3/s High Speed Diesel 333.0 Nm3/s
Emission Concentration (mg/Nm3) SO2 NOx @ 15% O2 CO PM10 Emission Concentration (g/s) SO2 NOx @ 15% O2 CO PM10 1.04 g/s 32.8 g/s 19.4 g/s 16.7 g/s 151.6 g/s 50.8 g/s 3.8 g/s 16.6 g/s 3.1 mg/Nm3 98.1 mg/ Nm3 58.0 mg/ Nm3 50.0 mg/ Nm3 455.7 mg/Nm3 152.7 mg/ Nm3 11.5 mg/ Nm3 50.0 mg/ Nm3
Table C-2: Emission Parameters for Proposed Power Plant Item Description Fuel Used Low BTU gas Number of stacks Stack Coordinates (UTM) Stack 4 Stack 5 Stack height Stack internal diameter Exhaust gas temperature Exit gas velocity Exhaust gas volumetric flow rate Exhaust gas normalized flow rate Emission Concentration (mg/Nm3) SO2 NOx @ 15% O2 CO PM10 Emission Concentration (g/s) SO2 1.03 g/s 3.1 mg/Nm3 77.0 mg/ Nm3 30.0 mg/ Nm3 50.0 mg/ Nm3 419424, 3161820 419508, 3161870 42.0 meters 5.6 meters 115 C 19.17m/s 472.168 m3/s 332.22 Nm3/s 2
Item Description
Fuel Used Low BTU gas
NOx @ 15% O2 CO PM10
25.58 g/s 9.97 g/s 16.61 g/s
C.7
Stability
The atmospheric stability category associated with maximum concentrations varies depending on the dispersion coefficient and the source height. The maximum concentration of pollutant generally increases with decreasing wind speeds. Wind stability class B (unstable), & D (neutral) were used.
C.8
Main Assumptions (Modeled Scenarios)

The following scenarios was modeled for the air dispersion modeling 1. Proposed plant gas fired year round 2. Existing plant plus proposed plant gas fired year round 3. Existing plant on HSD and proposed plant on gas fired year round
C.9
C.9.1
Modeling Results
Scenario-1: Proposed plant gas fired year round a. CO concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 0.42 4.26 2.30 Location East (X) North (Y) 2 2 2 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
428178.28 3153480.75 426764.06 3154895.00 426764.06 3154895.00
Annual values of carbon monoxide
1-Hour values of carbon monoxide
b. NOx concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 1.08 10.93 5.91 Location East (X) North (Y) 2 2 2 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
428178.28 3153480.75 426764.06 3154895.00 426764.06 3154895.00 Annual values of nitrogen oxides
1-Hour values of nitrogen oxides
c. PM10 concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 0.70 7.10 3.83 Location East (X) North (Y) 2 2 2 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
428178.28 3153480.75 426764.06 3154895.00 426764.06 3154895.00
Annual Average values of PM10
1-Hour values of PM10
d. SO2 concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 0.04 0.44 0.24 Location East (X) North (Y) 2 2 2 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
428178.28 3153480.75 426764.06 3154895.00 426764.06 3154895.00
Annual values of sulphur dioxide
10
1-Hour values of sulphur dioxide
C.9.2
Scenario-2: Existing Plant plus Proposed plant Gas fired year round a. CO concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 2.53 22.70 13.92 Location East (X) 428226.3 428226.3 426812.1 North (Y) 3153508 3153508 3154922 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
11
12
b. NOx concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 4.74 43.15 26.01 Location East (X) 428226.3 428226.3 426812.1 North (Y) 3153508 3153508 3154922 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
Annual values of nitrogen oxides
13
c. PM10 concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 2.60 23.93 14.26 Location East (X) 428226.3 428226.3 426812.1 North (Y) 3153508 3153508 3154922 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
14
Annual values of PM10
15
d. SO2 concentrations (g/m3) Average Conc. Annual 1-HR 24-HR 0.16 1.49 0.89 Location East (X) 428226.3 428226.3 426812.1 North (Y) 3153508 3153508 3154922 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
16
17
C.9.3
Scenario-3: Existing plant on HSD and proposed plant on gas fired year round a. CO Location East (X) Annual 1-HR 24-HR 0.76 5.59 4.11 North (Y) 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group Average Conc.
429640.50 3152093.50 431054.72 3150679.25 428226.28 3153507.75
18
b. NOx Average Conc. Location East (X) Annual 1-HR 24-HR 6.17 56.44 33.93 North (Y) 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
428226.28 3153507.75 426812.06 3154922.00 426812.06 3154922.00 Annual values of nitrogen oxides
19
c. PM10 Average Conc. Location East (X) Annual 1-HR 24-HR 2.31 18.44 12.61 North (Y) 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
428226.28 3153507.75 426812.06 3154922.00 426812.06 3154922.00
20
Annual values of PM10
21
d. SO2 Average Conc. Location East (X) Annual 1-HR 24-HR 15.74 North (Y) 5 5 5 1 1 1 Sources (Stacks) Group
428226.28 3153507.75
168.42 426812.06 3154922.00 87.35 426812.06 3154922.00
22
Reference Values (in g/m3) Parameter(Ambient) NOx SO2 CO PM10 200 * * *NEQS Limits 24-Hr Avg Annual Avg *100 *50 * *
23
Emissions from the industry S.No 1 2 3 4 Parameter CO NOx SOx Particulate NEQS 800mg/Nm3 400mg/Nm3 500tpd -
WHO Air Quality Guideline values (2000) Pollutant Ozone O3 Nitrogen dioxide(NO2) Averaging Period 8 h daily maximum 1 year 1 hour 24 h Sulfur dioxide(SO2) 10 min Annual Particulate matter* 15 min Carbon monoxide(CO) 30 min 1 hour 8 hours
* No value has been assigned for particulate matter
Value 120g/m3 40g/m3 200g/m3 125g/m3 500g/m3 50g/m3 100mg/m3 60mg/m3 30mg/m3 10mg/m3
Interim WHO Air Quality Guideline values Pollutant Sulfur dioxide(SO2) Nitrogen dioxide(NO2) Averaging Period 24 hour 1 year 1 hour 1 year Particulate Matter PM10 24 hour Value (g/m3) 125 (Interim target-1) 40 (guideline) 200 (guideline) 70 (Interim target-1) 150 (Interim target-1)
Updated WHO Air Quality Guideline values (2005) Pollutant Particulate matter PM2.5 1 year 10 Averaging Period Value (g/m3)
24
Pollutant
Averaging Period 24 h (99th percentile) 1 year
Value (g/m3) 25 20 50 100 40 200 20 500
PM10 Ozone O3 Nitrogen dioxide, NO2
24 h (99th percentile) 8 h daily maximum 1 year 1h 24 h 10 min
Sulfur dioxide SO2
C.10
Conclusions
Dispersion Modeling was performed for different scenarios and the main results are discussed below. The results are also compared with the interim WHO Guidelines. According to WHO rapid and radical improvement of air Quality is rarely possible, and the recommendations have the potential to be easily ignored as not realistic. Therefore, the WHO Working Group recommended a gradual approach to the health risk reduction and improvement of air quality, proposing a set of interim target values in moving towards the strictest guidelines. These targets aim to promote a shift from high air pollutant concentrations, which have acute and serious health consequences, to lower air pollutant concentrations. These interim guidelines were used for Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and PM10. Using these interim guidelines the results for different scenarios of performed in this dispersion modeling results show that levels of SO2, NOX, CO and PM10 are well with in the limits. If the results are compared with ambient air quality NEQS all the three scenarios are with in the limits and none of the scenario is exceeding the limits. The above tables and contour maps also lead to the conclusion that ambient air quality from the existing and proposed Power Plant for SOx, NOx, CO and PM10 are within the NEQS and WHO interim guideline values. According to the International Finance Corporation Environmental Health and safety Guidelines for thermal power plants, emission from a single project should not contribute more than 25% of the applicable ambient quality standards to allow additional future sustainable development in the same airshed. In present case the dispersion modeling results show for Scenario-1, i.e. proposed plant is gas fired year round then the levels of annual average NOx, SOx, CO and PM10 values for 24-HR as well as annual average levels will be well within the limits 25% of NEQS and WHO guidelines.
25
EIA for Extension of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station
Volume-1: Addendum to EIA
December 2010
Volume 1: Addendum to EIA
December 2010
3rd Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt House, Mauve Area, Sector G-7/1, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel +92 51 220 3451-55Fax +92 51 220 3462 Mail@halcrow.com, www.halcrow.com Halcrow Pakistan has prepared this report in accordance with the instructions of Uch Power (Private) Limited for their sole and specific use. Any other persons who use any information contained herein do so at their own risk. Halcrow Group Limited 2010
Addendum to EIA for Uch Power Station
Contents Amendment Record

This report has been issued and amended as follows: Issue 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Revision 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Description 1st Draft 1st Final 2nd Final 3rd Final 4th Final 5th Final 6th Final Date 09/09/10 21/09/10 24/09/10 14/10/10 18/10/10 10/11/10 22/12/10 Signed SabzwariSA SabzwariSA SabzwariSA SabzwariSA SabzwariSA SabzwariSA SabzwariSA
ii
DECEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06
Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 The Addendum
1-1
1-1
2 3 4
Proposed Site Description Construction Schedule Wastewater/Sewage

4.1 4.2 Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Construction Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Operation
2-1 3-1 4-1

4-1 4-1
5 6
Conservation Status of Floral Species
5-1
Particulate Matter Emissions and Ambient Air Quality6-1

6.1 6.2 6.3 Ambient Air Quality Emission of Particulate Matter Air Dispersion Modeling 6-1 6-2 6-2
Noise Exposure
7.1 7.2 Environmental Noise Occupational Noise
7-1
7-1 7-1
8 9
Reversibility Affect Correction Demographic Profile
8-1 9-1 10-1 11-1 12-1 13-1 14-1

14-1 14-2
10 Community Consultations 11 Ecology
12 Landfill 13 Water Use 14 Development of Transmission Line

14.1 Background Environment and Impacts on Wildlife 14.2 Land Compensation Issues
15 Uch-II Gas Field Development

15.1 Project Description
15-1
15-1
iii
15.2 Planning Requirements 15.3 Site Features 15.4 Management Measures
15-1 15-2 15-2
16 Uch-I Performance
16-1
iv
List of Tables
Table 3-1: Schedule of construction activities Table 5-1: List of Floral species with conservation status Table 6-1: Ambient PM10 levels inside the Uch Power Station compound Table 6-2: Ambient PM10 levels outside the Uch Power Station compounda 3-1 5-2 6-4 6-4
Table 6-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled 6-4 values (g/m3) Table 6-4: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative 6-5 values (g/m3)a Table 7-1: Existing and cumulative noise monitoring results Table 9-1: Demographic profile of communities Table 9-2: Details of infrastructure of communities Table 10-1: List of communities consulted Table 15-1: Proposed gas field facilities 7-3 9-1 9-4 10-2 15-4
List of Figures
Figure 7-1: Noise Monitoring Locations Figure 13-1: Pat Feeder Canal Flow and Uch-I & Uch - II Water Consumption Figure 14-1: Tentative Route Alignment of Transmission Line 7-4 13-2 14-3
Figure 15-1: Location of Uch Gas Field and Uch-I/Uch-II Power Station 15-5
Acronyms
ADB BEPA BTU CSTR CO DAF DO EA GHG HPK HSD IFC IUCN MW NAAQS NEQS NOx NTDC O&M PI PM10 SO2 SRT Uch-I Uch-II UPL UPS USEPA Asian Development Bank Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency British thermal unit Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor Carbon monoxide Dissolved Air Flotation Dissolved Oxygen Environmental Assessment Green House Gases Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd High Speed Diesel International Finance Corporation International Union for Conservation of Nature Mega Watt National Ambient Air Quality Standards National Environmental Quality Standards Nitrogen dioxide and Nitric oxide National Transmission and Despatch Company Limited Operation and Maintenance Proportional-Integral Particulate matter less than 10 micron Sulfur dioxide Solids Retention Time Existing power plant Proposed power plant Uch Power (Private) Limited Uch Power Station United States Environmental Protection Agency
vi
WHO
World Health Organization
vii
1
1.1
Introduction
The Addendum
This report serves as an addendum to the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study carried out by Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd (HPK) for the expansion of power generation capacity by 404 Mega Watt (MW) at the existing Uch Power Station (UPS) located near Dera Murad Jamali in Naseerabad district of Balochistan province. The EIA study has already been completed and submitted to UPL for approval from Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency (BEPA). The addendum has been prepared to incorporate Asian Development Bank (ADB) comments raised during the review process of the EIA study for the said project. Each of the comments is addressed in the following sections.
1-1
Proposed Site Description

The site for the Uch-II expansion project lies adjacent to the existing power station in an already brick walled area not accessible to local population. It will cover an area of about 63 hectares (156 acres) including space for evaporation pond, raw water pond and residential and recreational facilities in the plant colony. The site is more or less a levelled area consisting of sparse vegetation which is xerophytic in nature and of low economic value. No endangered floral species are present at the site. The soils of the site are mainly fine silty approaching to clayey. Most of Uch-II site has never been partly cleared and levelled in past except for the small areas involving construction of old security building, old HPE yard, and DRA tower. Old security building has already been demolished whereas HPE yard and DRA tower will be demolished and relocated respectively.
2-1
Construction Schedule
Uch-II plans to start the construction activity for the proposed power station by first quarter 2011, whereas, the Commercial Operation Date (CoD) is planned in the third quarter of 2013. Construction schedule is shown in Table 3-1. Table 3-1: Schedule of construction activities Activity Mobilisation Civil Works Demobilization Start up Testing Turn Over Start January 2011 April 2011 January 2012 July 2012 January 2013 May 2013 Complete December 2012 October 2012 August 2013 May 2013 June 2013 July 2013
3-1
4
4.1
Wastewater/Sewage
Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Construction
The wastewater during the Uch-II construction phase will mainly consist of sanitary wastewater/sewage generated from construction camps. Nearly1 120m3 of daily sewage is expected to be generated. The source of sewage will include toilets, washrooms, laundry and kitchen. The sewage will be collected in closed drains and will be treated in a wastewater treatment system, using septic tanks. The treated wastewater will then be disposed off to evaporation pond.
4.2
Wastewater Generated during Uch-II Operation

Wastewater during Uch-II plant operations will consist of the following main streams: Cooling tower blow down; Demin plant regenerated wastewater; Sanitary wastewater; Oily wastewater; and Sludge from clarifiers Detail of each of these wastes along with the treatment method is discussed as follows:
4.2.1
Cooling Tower Blow down

Cooling tower blow down will be sent to an on site industrial wastewater pond where it will be mixed with other treated wastewater streams from sanitary wastewater treatment plant, neutralisation pit of demin plant and oil water separator. Wastewater from industrial wastewater pond will be transferred to a clarifier where clarified water and sludge will be separated and transferred to their holding tanks respectively. The sludge generated from the holding tanks will be sent to the sanitary wastewater treatment system for further processing. Clarified water will first be filtered through the sand filters and will then pass through Reverse Osmosis (RO) membranes. Filtered water from RO will be transferred to RO water tank from where it will be pumped to the CW system for reuse, whereas concentrate from RO will be discharged to the evaporation pond for final disposal.
This value is based on a per capita consumption of 40 gallons per day (as used by government departments such as public health engineering etc.) with a construction crew comprising of around 700 people
4-1
4.2.2
Demin Plant Regenerated Wastewater

Regenerated water from demin plant will be treated in neutralisation pit. Under this process, acidic wastewater is treated with alkaline solution, while alkaline wastewater is treated with acidic solution. In either case, the wastewater is treated until it is neutralised to a pH of 7 or any other desired pH. Wastewater after neutralisation will be discharged to the wastewater pond for further treatment and recycling through RO System as described above.
4.2.3
Sanitary Wastewater
Sanitary wastewater will normally consist of sewage generated from plant, colony and the administration building and is expected to be around 100m3 per day during plant operation. Sanitary wastewater will first pass through the screen channel containing bar and mechanical screens for removal of any floating materials. After the screen channel, water will flow to an influent pumping tank where it will be mixed with the filtrate from the drying bed. The mixture will then be transferred to aeration tanks via two submersible pumps as part of activated sludge removal process. The activated-sludge process is an aerobic, continuous-flow system containing a mass of activated micro-organisms that are capable of stabilising organic matter. The process consists of delivering clarified wastewater, after primary settling, into an aeration tank where it is mixed with an active mass of microorganisms, mainly bacteria and protozoa, which aerobically degrade organic matter into carbon dioxide, water, new cells, and other end products. The bacteria involved in activated sludge systems are primarily Gramnegative species, including carbon oxidizers, nitrogen oxidizers, floc formers and nonfloc formers, and aerobes and facultative anaerobes. The protozoa, for their part, include flagellates, amoebas and ciliates. An aerobic environment will be maintained in the basin by means of two (1D+1S) mechanical blowers. After that, mixed liquor will pass into the secondary clarifier, where the sludge will be allowed to settle and clarified water will be transferred to the Chlorine contact tank. The Chlorine content will be automatically monitored and controlled in this tank via dosing of Hypo Chlorite through two pumps (1D+1S). The final treated water from this tank will then be transferred to the industrial wastewater pond. The sludge generated from the secondary clarifier will be transferred to a sludge tank where it will be mixed with the sludge generated from the RO system. The mixture will finally be taken to the sludge drying bed where it will be dewatered. The filtrate from the sludge beds will be routed back to the influent tank for re-use in the treatment process whereas the sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area.
4-2
4.2.4
Oily Wastewater
Drains passing through different areas of the power plant susceptible to contain oil spillages will be treated in oily water separator before being transferred to the wastewater pond. The oil water separator will be a gravity separation device designed by using Stokes Law to define the rise velocity of oil droplets based on their density and size. The design of the separator is based on the specific gravity difference between the oil and the wastewater because that difference is much smaller than the specific gravity difference between the suspended solids and water. Based on that design criterion, most of the suspended solids will settle to the bottom of the separator as a sediment layer, the oil will rise to top of the separator, and the wastewater will be the middle layer between the oil on top and the solids on the bottom. The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond via two pumps (1D+1S) for further treatment through RO system as described above.
4.2.5
Sludge from Clarifiers

Raw water clarifiers will be the main source of sludge generation. Drains from these clarifiers will deliver the sludge into the sludge thickener from where, the separated water will be transferred to filtrate tank and the sludge to its holding tank. Two pumps (1D+1S) will be used to transfer the sludge from this holding tank to the Plate Type Filter Press which will separate the remaining water from the sludge through thickening, dewatering and drying, Water from this process will be transferred to filtrate tank for reuse whereas the collected sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area.
4-3
Conservation Status of Floral Species

No rare, endangered or threatened vegetation specie has been observed / recorded from the project area. Only one recorded specie namely Cyperus rotundus is however, listed in IUCN Red list. This list categories and criteria are intended to be an easily and widely understood system for classifying species at high risk of global extinction. Cyperus rotundus is listed in Least Concerned category of IUCN Red List. According to definition mentioned in the Red List, Least Concerned2 means the specie has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered, Vulnerable or Near Threatened. Widespread and abundant taxa are included in this category. Furthermore, Cyperus rotundus is considered to be widely distributed through out the tropics and subtropics in 52 different crops and in 92 countries (Rao, 2000) and is very common throughout South East Asia (Merita & Moody, 1999; Rajput et al., 2008). In Pakistan it is among the most common weeds found throughout the Indus valley during summer season in major field crops such as cotton, sugarcane and maize. Hence removal of this specie will not have any adverse affect on the conservation of this plant. The list of floral species identified during the field survey of the EIA study along with their conservation status is shown in Table 5-1.
http://www.iucnredlist.org/apps/redlist/static/categories_criteria_3_1#critical [accessed on September 06, 2010]
5-1
Table 5-1: List of Floral species with conservation status Family Name
Plant Specie
Local Name
Life-Form
Life-Span
IUCN Rating* LC N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus Cyperus specie Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Dactyloctenium aegyptium Desmostachya bippinata Eragrostis minor Ochthochloa compressa Oryza sativa Panicum antidotale Phragmites karka Saccharum bengalense Saccharum spontaneum Setaria ipalica Sporobolus spcie Sorghum bicolor Triticum aestivum Veazea nays Aizoaceae Limeum indicum Zelya petandra Asclepiadaceae Calotropis procera Asteraceae Conyza canadensis Eclipta alba Helianthus annuus Launaea procumbens Gidar Buti Daryi Booti Soorag mukhi Bhattar Herb Herb Shrub Herb Annual Annual Perennial Perennial Ak Shrub Perennial Dhoor Chhapri Wasanh/Waho Herb Herb Annual Annual Jowar Gandum Makae Chhabar Gandheer Gaah Drabh Makhni Gaah Gandheer Gaah Saari jhim naaro Booro Booro/Munian Bajari Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Grass Perennial Annual Perennial Annual Perennial Annual Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Annial Perennial Annual Annual Annual Kabuh Sedge Sedge Perennial Perennial
5-2
Family Name
Plant Specie
Local Name Bhurt Lesuro Uth Charo Khathoori Lano Lani Oin Naro Mitero
Life-Form Shrub Small tree Herb Herb Sub-shrub Sub-shrub Herb Climbing herb Prostrate herb
Life-Span Annual Perennial Annual Annual Semi-perennial Semi-perennial Herb Herb Annual
IUCN Rating* N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Xanthium indicum Boraginaceae Cordia myxa Heliotropium europeum Capparidaceae Cleome scaposa Chenopodiaceae Saueda nudiflora Saueda fruticosa Convolvulaceae Cressa cretica Convolvulus arvensis Cucumis melo Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia thymifolia Euphorbia hirta Ricinus communis Fabaceae Alhagi maurorum Dalbergia sissoo Liliaceae Allium cepa Malvaceae Abutilon indicum Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica Albizia lebbeck Prosopis cineraria Prosopis juliflora Molluginaceae Glinus lotoides
N/A Kheer Wal Herb Annual N/A N/A Kandero Taari Peyaz Pat Teer Sindhi Babur Sarianh Kandi Devi Sub-shrub Tree Herb Shrub Tree Tree Tree Shrub Herb Perennial Perennial Annual Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial Perennial N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
5-3
Family Name
Plant Specie
Local Name
Life-Form
Life-Span
IUCN Rating* N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Rhamnaceae Zizyphus mauritiana Solanaceae Lycopersicom sesculeupum Solanum melonjina Solanum surattense Tamaricaceae Tamarix aphylla Tamarix indica Verbenacea Phyla nodiflora Typhaceae Typha domingenasis Typha elephantina Zygophyllaceae Fagonia indica Fagonia bruguieri Dramaho Dramaho Herb Herb Annual Annual Pan Pan Rush Rush Perennial Perennial Bukkan Herb Annual Lawo Laie Tree Larg shrub Perennial Perennial Tamator Wagan Kanderi Wal Shrubb Shrub Sub-shrub Annual Annual Annual Jhangoori Ber Shrub Perennial
Abbreviations: LC: Least Concern N/A: Not Available *Source: http://www.iucnredlist.org/apps/redlist/search
5-4
Particulate Matter Emissions and Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Air Quality
The ambient air quality in the project area may be regarded as non-degraded with respect to SOx, NOx and CO as their values in the ambient air is below the various national and international guideline values. Similarly, particulate matter less than 10 micron in size (PM10) in ambient air is within the WHO interim guideline values that have been defined to achieve the guideline limit in a phase wise manner. In addition, PM10 value also complies with limits in National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) as prescribed by the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). However background PM10 values are in access of World Health Organisation (WHO) ambient air quality guideline value for an averaging time period of 24hours (i.e. 50 g/m3). Elevated levels of PM10 as well as that of Particulate Matter (PM) from windborne dust are natural in the project area for most months of the year due to: The very arid conditions (annual rainfall less than 200mm) around 10 months of the year receive minimal to no rainfall Minimal vegetation cover Hence soil is subject to wind erosion To further illustrate this point, ambient air quality was again monitored in September 2010 to measure PM10 ground level concentration values with in the existing power station as well as out side of the power station. Spot sampling was carried out for a period of 2 hours at 4 separate locations for recording PM10 levels3. The results are provided in Table 6-1 and 6-2. The results indicated decreased levels of PM10 levels inside the power station than previously recorded with an average concentration value of 87.6 g/m3. However the concentration of PM10 recorded outside the power station is higher than the ones recorded inside the power station with a value of 98g/m3. This location is at a distance of about 4km south from the existing stacks of power station adjacent to the Pat Feeder Canal. The above argument is also validated by the results of air dispersion modeling (Table 63) which was carried out again in order to predict the ground level concentration value of PM10 based on actual emission rate of this pollutant. A value of 4mg/Nm3 is used as an input into the model instead of the previously used value of 50mg/Nm3. As can be seen in Table 6-3, Uch-II will increase the ambient levels of PM10 by about 0.33% of the
6.1
24 hours sampling was not carried out due to restricted access to the site due to recent floods.
6-1
existing level for an averaging time period of 24 hours. Similarly Uch-1 PM10 contribution in existing air shed is about 1% 4. Hence it may be concluded that the raised levels of PM10 is mainly due to the arid conditions surrounding the project site and the plant contribution in generating PM10 levels is close to negligible. The detail discussion on the results of air dispersion modeling is provided in section 6.3.
6.2
Emission of Particulate Matter

Particulate Matter has been mixed with PM10 emissions in various sections of the EIA study. This mistake has been rectified in this study. In the EIA study a worst case value of 50mg/Nm3 was assumed for PM10 emission from the proposed power plant as the actual data was not available at that point in time. However, the actual PM emission levels are much lower than this assumed value, at around 3.5-5mg/Nm3 based on Uch-I emissions monitoring when the plant was fuelled by low BTU gas. This value is well within the PM limit of 50mg/Nm3 as prescribed by IFC. Accordingly, a value of 4mg/Nm3 PM10 in plant emissions is assumed for Uch-II for operations on low BTU gas. This value should be assumed for Uch-II for operations on low BTU gas wherever applicable after issuance of this addendum.
6.3
Air Dispersion Modeling

Air dispersion modeling was carried out to provide a more realistic assessment of the increase in ambient PM levels. A stack emission concentration value of 4mg/Nm3 for PM10 was taken as an in put in to the dispersion model5. The following scenarios were modeled to predict the ground level concentration value of PM10: 1. Proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round. 2. Existing plant plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round. 3. Existing plant HSD fired plus proposed plant low BTU gas fired year round. All other stack emission parameters as well as the meteorological data were the same as used in the EIA study. Predictions are made for the point of maximum concentration for 1 hour, 24 hour and annual time periods. The modeled values of all pollutants along with the assessment criteria for all scenarios are shown in Table 6-3. The modeling results for scenario-1 indicated that the increase in PM10 concentration due to Uch-II plant operation is insignificant when the plant is operated on low BTU Gas and accounts to about 0.29g/m3 and 0.056g/m3 for averaging time periods of 24hours and annual respectively. Moreover, these predicted ground level concentration values of PM10 are
Uch-I PM10 contribution in the ambient air is obtained by subtracting the 24 hour average concentration value of PM10 as given in scenario-1 from the same value present in scenario-2 (Table 6-3) 5 The stack emission parameter of PM10 has been used instead of PM as ambient air quality guidelines are provided for PM10 only. Its value was assumed at 80% of the actual PM emissions for this analysis
4
6-2
also complying with the criteria as set by IFC (i.e. should not exceed 25% of the NEQS/WHO). The assessment criteria are also complied with for scenarios 2 and 3 when Uch-I and Uch-II are operated simultaneously on low BTU gas and a combination of HSD and low BTU gas respectively. The cumulative values (i.e. existing background + predicted values) of these pollutants and the guideline values are provided in Table 6-4.6 Interpretation of the data indicates that the cumulative values of NOx and SOx are well below the guideline limits of NEQS and WHO for all the scenarios. However, the values of PM10 are exceeding the WHO guideline values for an averaging time period of 24 hours but are within the WHO interim target of 150g/m3. The same is also within the guideline value of 150 g/m3 as prescribed by USEPA. The elevated PM10 level is due to high back ground levels of the same due to prevailing arid conditions whereas the plant contribution in generating PM10 levels is insignificant as authenticated by the modeling results. Furthermore, in order to compute cumulative annual pollutant values, long term ambient air monitoring (for at least 3 to 6 months) is required to be carried out to establish the base line pollutant concentrations for this time period. As the required data is not available, the short term pollutant concentration value for 1hr is multiplied by a factor of 0.08 in order to predict the cumulative annual value7. This approach has been used extensively in various USEPA recommended air dispersion models such as SCREEN-3. The long term ambient air monitoring has also been recommended in the monitoring programme provided in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).
The background levels also contain Uch-I contribution thus resulting in its duplication for scenario-2 in Table 6-4. However this affect is negligible as the contribution from Uch-I is insignificant. 7 Source: http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/exposure/presentations/efast/usepa_1992b_sp_for_estim_aqi_of_ss.pdf, page15
6
6-3
Table 6-1: Ambient PM10 levels inside the Uch Power Station compound Location Residential Colony Tariq check post Ghaznavi Check Post Average Value (g/m3) 83.0 86.0 94.0 87.6
Table 6-2: Ambient PM10 levels outside the Uch Power Station compounda Location Near Pat Feeder Canal Value (g/m3) 98.0
a: This location lies at a distance of about 4km from the Uch-1 Power Station stacks in southern direction.
Table 6-3: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with modeled values (g/m3) Scenarios Assessment Criteria 1hr 50.00 200.00 50.00 200.00 200.00 50.00 24hr 50.00 12.50 200.00 Annual 12.50 25.00 5.00 50.00 100.00 20.00 50.00 100.00 20.00 1hr 0.44 10.93 0.56 1.49 43.15 1.95 168.42 56.44 18.44 Modeled Values 24hr 0.24 5.91 0.29 0.89 26.01 1.17 87.35 33.93 9.78 Annual 0.04 1.08 0.056 0.16 4.74 0.21 15.74 6.17 1.76
Scenario-1 Scenario2 Scenario-3
SOx NOx PM10 SOx NOx PM10 SOx NOx PM10
Pollutant
6-4
Table 6-4: Comparison of ambient air quality guidelines with cumulative values (g/m3)a Scenarios Pollutant Guideline Values 1hr 24hr 200.00 200.00 50.00 200.00 200.00 50.00 200.00 200.00 50.00 Annual 50.00 100.00 20.00 50.00 100.00 20.00 50.00 100.00 20.00 Cumulative Values 1hr 4.94 23.54 90.81 5.99 55.76 92.20 172.92 69.05 108.69 24hr 3.65 13.54 90.54 4.30 33.64 91.42 90.76 41.56 100.03 Annualb 0.40 1.88 7.26 0.48 4.46 7.38 13.83 5.52 8.70
Scenario-1 Scenario-2 Scenario3 .
SOx NOx PM10 SOx NOx PM10 SOx NOx PM10
Notes: a. The modeled (Table 6-3) values are added in the average background level as provided in Table 6-1 and 6-2 to get the cumulative values for PM10. The values of other pollutants are the same as provided in the EIA study. b: In order to compute cumulative annual values, long term ambient air monitoring (for at least 3 to 6 months) is required to be carried out to establish the base line pollutant concentrations for this time period. As the required data is not available, the short term pollutant concentration value for 1hr is multiplied by a factor of 0.08 in order to predict the cumulative annual value. Source: http://www.epa.gov/opptintr/exposure/presentations/efast/usepa_1992b_sp_for_estim_aqi_of_ss.pdf, page15 .c. The background levels also contain Uch-I contribution thus resulting in its duplication for scenario-2. However this affect is negligible as the contribution from Uch-I is insignificant
6-5
7
7.1
Noise Exposure
Environmental Noise
Ambient noise monitoring was carried outside existing plant boundary to determine the impact on communities present within close proximity to the power plant. The noise monitoring was performed by the proponent and was carried out for a period of one hour (during day and night time) at each of these locations8. The noise locations are marked in Figure7-1. The results indicate that the existing average day time noise level at these locations are complying with the NEQS guideline value of 85dB(A) as well as with the WHO guideline value of 55dB(A) for day time and 45 dB(A) for night time. Furthermore, cumulative noise impact (i.e. noise generated due to Uch-I +Uch-II operations) was also calculated by doubling the recorded noise levels9. These results are also complying with WHO guideline values except for site-1 where the nighttime guideline value is exceeded. However, this location cannot be considered as a sensitive receptor as it lies in a non-residential area. Further more, the noise levels at all the locations are also complying with the second criteria set by WHO which states that the ambient noise levels should not be increased by more than 3dB(A). Results of the noise monitoring are provided in Table 7-1
7.2
Occupational Noise
Principal sources of noise in power plant may include the turbine, generators and auxiliaries; boilers and auxiliaries, fans and ductwork; pumps; compressors; condensers; precipitators, including rappers and plate vibrators; piping and valves; motors; transformers; circuit breakers; and cooling towers. The exact noise levels due to operations of various plant equipments are not known at present. However it is anticipated that the plant noise will be on a higher side and in some areas even higher than the IFC guideline limit of 85dB(A). Plant noise levels will be reduced by use of following engineering control measures: Noisy equipment such as turbines will be placed inside acoustic enclosures; Selecting structures according to their noise isolation effect to envelop the building; Using mufflers or silencers in intake and exhaust channels; Using sound absorptive materials in walls and ceilings;
9The
Noise monitoring for a 24 hour period was not carried out due to restricted access to the site from recent flooding operations of Uch-II Power Station will approximately double the existing noise source. Thus the increase in the ambient noise level will not be more than 2 to 3 dB(A). Source: Introduction to Environmental Engineering, page 506-507
7-1
Using vibration isolators and flexible connections (e.g., helical steel springs and rubber elements); Applying a carefully detailed design to prevent possible noise leakage through openings or to Minimise pressure variations in piping; Modification of the plant configuration or use of noise barriers such as berms and vegetation to limit ambient noise at plant property lines Moreover, employees exposed to a noise levels greater than 85dB(A) for more than 8 hours per day will be issued with hearing protective devices capable of reducing sound levels at the ear to at least 85 dB(A), and the wearing of such will be strictly enforced. These may include ear muffs and ear plugs. The peak noise level that employees will be exposed to will be the one inside the gas turbine enclosure with an estimated value of up to 105dB(C)10. This value is well below the peak noise level of 140dB(C) as specified in the General EHS guidelines published by IFC. Moreover, the gas turbines will be housed inside the acoustic enclosure and worker entry to this area during its operation will be restricted. Furthermore, adherence to the engineering control measures mentioned above along with provision of adequate hearing protection devices will ensure that workers are not exposed to this high noise level.
10
This value is recorded in the turbine area during Uch-I Power Station Operation.
7-2
Table 7-1: Existing and cumulative noise monitoring results Existing Noise Levelsa (dBA) Daytime 07:00 22:00 46.0 36.1 35.3 36.5 37.8 34.0 40.01 41.6 43.3 39.8 Nighttime 22:00 07:00 45.0 39.3 39.0 37.8 39 43.1 38 42.3 41.5 42.0 Cummulative Noiseb Levels (dBA) Daytime 07:00 22:00 49.0 39.1 38.3 39.5 40.8 37.0 43.01 44.6 46.3 42.8 Nighttime 22:00 07:00 48.0 42.3 42.0 40.8 42.0 46.1 41.0 45.3 44.5 45.0
Monitoring Site
Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5 Site 6 Site 7 Site 8 Site 9 Site 10
Notes: a: These are the measured noise levels when Uch-I Power Station is in operation b: These are the estimated noise levels when Uch-I and Uch-II Power Stations will be in operation simultaneously
7-3
Figure 7-1: Noise Monitoring Locations
7-4
Reversibility Affect Correction

Some of the impacts will not necessarily be reversible as provided in the EIA report11. These may include the impacts related with air and Green House Gas (GHG) emissions, land and ground water contamination. These impacts should therefore be interpreted as irreversible in the impact characteristic matrix provided in Tables 8-7, 8-8 and ES-1 of the EIA report.
11
This was basically a typographical mistake.
8-1
Demographic Profile
A summary of the demographic profile of local villages which lie within close proximity to the Uch Power Station is provided in Table 9-1. The summary of local facilities and infrastructure in these villages is provided in Table 9-2.
9-1
Table 9-1: Demographic profile of communities House holds
Katcha
ID WP Northing
Easting
1 2 3 4 5
3 27 40 61 76
28.61899 28.63652 28.61867 28.61893 28.57454
68.13121 68.17929 68.24919 68.17882 68.23434
Goth Habibullah Lango Goth Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli Goth Azizullah Pirkani Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bugti Goth Habibullah Bangul-zai
Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali
Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Sharqi Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba
Dera Murad Jamali Sher Khan Kuba Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Sher Khan Kuba
Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad
Lango Sasoli Pirkani Bugti Bangulzai
No Bangul-zai, Sumalani, Khia-zai No Jamali Manhu, Kakhrani Khosa, Katpur, Khokhar, Bhutto, Dirkhani Khosa, Brohi, Soomro, Pechwa, Solangi, Gola
Haji Moh Hussain Lango Rehmatullah Azizullah Gul Khan Ghulam Nabi Manju Asad Khan Jamali
12 30 20 8 23
12 30 20 8 23
Pacca 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Village Name
Tehsil
Mauza
UC
District
Main Tribes
Other Tribes
Village Head
86
28.56726
Goth Mir 68.15657 Asad Khan Jamali
Naseerabad
Jamali
50
50
87
28.57284
Goth Abdul 68.17735 Ghafoor Bhangar
Dera Murad Jamali
Sher Khan Kuba
Sher Khan Kuba
Naseerabad Bhangar
Abdul Ghafoor
50
50
9-1
December 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v01-F06
Total Population 75 150 125 60 150 300 275
House holds
Katcha
ID WP Northing
Easting
8 9 10 11
88 89 90 91
28.5702 28.57121 28.58073 28.58377
Goth Abdul 68.17179 Karim Bangul-zai 68.17205 68.16475 Goth Rehmatullah Goth Babu Khaskhali
Goth 68.15838 Azizullah Behrani Muhammad 68.15192 Aslam Jatak Goth 68.15967 Habibullah Bangul-zai Goth 68.16748 Jeewan khan Bahrani Goth 68.16966 Dargahi Khosa Goth Faiz 68.186 Muhammad khan Jamali 68.18408 Goth Kutab
Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera
Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher
Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher
9-2
Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad
Bangulzai Bangulzai Bahrani Behrani
Machi, Lango, Bugti Raeesani, Lango Lashari Mukhi Pirkani, Mengal, Machi, Donki Pirkani, Magsi No Marri Jat, Babbor, Kaprani Abro,
Abdul Karim Rehmatullah Babu Khan Azizullah Muhammad Aslam Habibullah Jeewan Khan Dargahi Khosa Faiz Muhammad Khan Kutab Din
10 10 7 8
10 10 7 8
Pacca 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Village Name
Tehsil
Mauza
UC
District
Main Tribes
Other Tribes
Village Head
12
92
28.58906
Naseerabad
Jatak Bangulzai Bahrani Khosa Jamali Jamali
150
150
13 14 15 16 17
93 94 95 107 105
28.59765 28.59075 28.5939 28.59019 28.59716
Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad Naseerabad
28 15 7 80 150
28 15 7 80 150
Total Population 60 50 50 60 700 125 75 40 500 750
House holds
Katcha
ID WP Northing
Easting
Din Jamali Goth Ghulam 68.18857 Haider Jakhrani Goth Mir 68.17764 Abdul Ghafoor 68.18628 Goth Dastagirabad
Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali
Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Bedar
Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Sher Khan Kuba Dera Murad Jamali
Langha, Gabol, Rind Naseerabad Jakhrani Lahri, Brohi, Langha Machi, Majoo No
Jamali
18
106
28.5898
Ghulam Haider Mir Abdul Ghafoor
10
10
Pacca 0 0 0
Village Name
Tehsil
Mauza
UC
District
Main Tribes
Other Tribes
Village Head
19 20
104 111
28.59885 28.54382
Naseerabad Naseerabad
Rind Jatak
10 50
10 50
9-3
Total Population 50 55 275
Table 9-2: Details of infrastructure of communities ID 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Village Name Goth Habibullah Lango Goth Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli Goth Azizullah Pirkani Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bugti Goth Habibullah Bangul-zai Goth Mir Asad Khan Jamali Goth Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar Goth Abdul Karim Bangulzai Goth Rehmatullah Goth Babu Khaskhali Goth Azizullah Behrani Muhammad Aslam Jatak Electricity No No Yes No No Yes No No No No No No Water Supply No No No No No No No No No No No No Telephone No No No No No No No No No No No No Water Resource Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Pat Feeder Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal HP No No No No No No No No No No No No Tubewell No No No No No No No No No No No No School No No No No No No Health facility Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Private Dispencery Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Mosque Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
9-4
ID 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Village Name Goth Habibullah Bangul-zai Goth Jeewan khan Bahrani Goth Dargahi Khosa Goth Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali Goth Kutab Din Jamali Goth Ghulam Haider Jakhrani Goth Mir Abdul Ghafoor Goth Dastagirabad
Electricity No No No No No No Yes Yes
Water Supply No No No No No No No No
Telephone No No No No No No No No
Water Resource Rabi Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Rabi Canal Pat Feeder Canal Pat Feeder Canal
HP No No No No No No No No
Tubewell No No No No No No No No
School
Health facility Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali
Mosque Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Masjid School
Dera Murad Jamali Dera Murad Jamali
9-5
10
Community Consultations
Community consultation was also carried out as part of the EIA study. More than 100 communities within a 10km radius of the proposed project site were consulted early in the EIA process. Details of the community consultations are provided in the EIA study (Section 6.2). The list of the various communities consulted along with dates is provided in Table 10-1. As part of consultation process, a public hearing of the EIA study will also be held to record concerns and comments of various stakeholders including the affected communities.
10-1
Table 10-1: List of communities consulted Sr. No. Village Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Gohramabad Habibullah Lango Mir Abdul Ghafoor Lehri Ghulam Rasool Lehri Haji Wahid Bux Haji Abdul Fatah Rind Abdul Qadir Zahri Yaqoob Mengal Muhammad Chuttal Lak Ayub Mengal Abdul Khaliq Jamali Khamisa Khan Kia-zai Hussainabad Bhanger Abdul Khaliq Lango Jan Muhammad Jamali Raees Mahmood Saifullah Jamali Noor Lehri Muhammad Sultan Muhammad Murad Haji Nihal Khan Jumma Khan Pandrani Shahbaz Khan Lashkar Khan Mugairi Abdul Fatah Ramdani Khan Kaprani Amanullah Bugti Faiq Khan Jamali Taj Muhammad Jamali Haji Rehmat Haji Rehmatullah Sasoli Consutlation Dates 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 15th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007
10-2
Sr. No. Village Name 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 52 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 Mir Abdul Qadir Khan Jamali Rehmatullah Khosa Arbab Mengal Muhammad Khair Pirkani Azizullah Pirkani Miran Bux Bugti Haji Ijaz Haji Rustam Pandrani Long Bangul-zai Shamsul-Haq Lahri Daria Khan Jamali Dilawar Bugti Muhammad Anwar Kia--Zai Shahan Khan Bugti Sanja Jamali Fazal Muhammad Jamali Haji Hraoon Jakhrani Ghulam Qadir Mughairi Gul Hassan Norez Khan Jamali Abdul Aziz Bugti Molla Bux Lango Abdul Ghafoor Bugti Sardar Khan Mughari Mustafa Mughari Ghulam Mustafa Mughari Khuda Bux Jatak Taj Muhammad Domki Murad Bugti Haji Rahman Muhammad Siddiq Azizabad
Consutlation Dates 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 16th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007
10-3
Sr. No. Village Name 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 Muhammad Mugsi Abrar Khan Abro Habibullah Bangul-zai Shukat Bangul-zai Khair Bux Muhammad Bangul-zai Soofi Abdul Hamid Killi Abdul Salam Nazar Muhammad Domki Sohbat Khan Jakhrani Lanja Khan Jakhrani Bhuta Khan Jatak Mir Asad Khan Jamali Abdul Ghafoor Bhangar Abdul Karim Bangul-zai Rehmatullah Babu Khaskhali Azizullah Baharani Muhammad Aslam Jatak Habibullah Bangul-zai Jeewan khan Bahrani Dargahi Khosa Bakhir Khosa Qamar Din Nisar Khan Mir Khan Khoso Bahawal Khan Bahadur Khan Piara Khan Sohbat Khan Faiz Muhammad khan Jamali Kutab Din Jamali
Consutlation Dates 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 17th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 18th November 2007 19th November 2007 19th November 2007 19th November 2007
10-4
Sr. No. Village Name 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 Ghulam Haider Jakhrani Mir Abdul Ghafoor Killi Bangul-zai Khudadad Dastgirabad Sooba Khan Jatak Bachal Mughairi
Consutlation Dates 19th November 2007 19th November 2007 19th November 2007 19th November 2007 19th November 2007 19th November 2007 19th November 2007
Muhammad Siddiq Bangul-zai 19th November 2007
10-5
11
Ecology
As mentioned in the EIA study, an evaporation pond has been developed within the walled perimeter of UPS for final disposal of the treated wastewater discharge from the existing Uch-I Power Station. The pond is spread over an area of about 25 hectares (62 acres) and is not lined as the nature of the soil is silty-clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day. This pond has presented an attractive habitat in the form of artificial wetland for various resident as well as migratory birds. Wastewater samples were gathered from different locations of the evaporation pond during the EIA field visit and were tested for the presence of various parameters (chemical and microbiological). The results of the sampling along with comparison with guideline values such as World Bank/IFC guidelines and NEQS standards for discharge into inland waters are provided in Table 8-4 of the EIA report. The values of most of the water quality parameters including metals are within the permissible guideline values. However, the values of total suspended solids (TSS), total dissolved solids (TDS) and residual chlorine are exceeding the NEQS standards though; compliance of these parameters with the NEQS values is not applicable since the effluent is not being discharged into any inland water body. A literature review related with chlorine affects on migratory birds health was done but no conclusive information could be found. However, it is a common observation that such water bodies may not be having a complex food chain where phytoplankton, zooplankton and invertebrates are developed. This fact is also evident for the existing evaporation pond of UPS where no fish species have been identified thus denying the birds to fulfil their food requirements from the pond. Hence the water fowl use the pond for shelter and protection purposes only and fulfil their food requirement from the surrounding agricultural areas or paddy fields during dusk or dawn. During the EIA field visit no fatalities of bird species in and around the evaporation pond were observed and reported.
11-1
12
Landfill
The waste management system will involve the collection of all waste using a system of different coloured bins placed around plant and colony area to facilitate waste segregation at the source. Wastes will be segregated into hazardous, general, metal, biological, oil and medical wastes. A Waste Disposal Matrix will guide employees and subcontractors on waste disposal in the respective bins. The volume of each waste stream will be recorded prior to disposal or reuse. Non-hazardous wastes will be disposed off in an on-site landfill. New pits will be progressively excavated to handle the volume of waste generated over the entire project life. Proper controls including covering of disposed material to prevent waste being wind blown and to prevent birds scavenging will be implemented at the land fill site. In addition, a wind shield from excavated soil will be developed at each of the pit corner in order to minimise waste exposure to wind. Suitable arrangement including provision of a noise making device or a net is also proposed to be used in order to prevent/distract birds from scavenging. Metal and oil waste will be stored in a dedicated section of a purpose-built waste management area. These wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors. The surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. All medical waste collected at the site clinic will be transferred to a hospital where it will be disposed off by incineration.
12-1
13
Water Use
Water will be obtained from the Pat Feeder Canal to cater for the water requirements of Uch-II. The existing water requirements of Uch-I are also met through the same source. The canal has sufficient capacity to meet Uch-II water requirement without compromising other users especially when Uch-I is only using 25% of its allocated quota. Moreover, Uch-II water consumption is expected to be two thirds of Uch-I consumption meaning overall consumption (i.e. Uch-I & Uch-II) would still be 41.5% of the existing available quota. Notwithstanding the above, Uch-II has still approached Irrigation Department for approval to utilise existing Uch-I quota, which the department will issue after ensuring sufficient water availability for all other users. The Pat Feeder Canal flow rate as well as the consumption rate of Uch-I and Uch-II is shown graphically in Figure 13-1.
13-1
Figure 13-1: Pat Feeder Canal Flow and Uch-I & Uch - II Water Consumption
Avg. Canal Flow (FY-2006 to FY-2007)
Avg. Uch-I Water Intake (FY-2006 to FY-2007)
Estimated Uch-II Intake
Total Water Consumption (Uch-I+Uch-II)
600,000
500,000
400,000
300,000
200,000
100,000
Uch-I + Uch-II Consumption on average ~ 0.38% of canal flow
0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Notes: Combined Uch-I & Uch-II water consumption on average is 0.38% of the canal flow and is therefore not visible The canal flow is zero during the month of April due to canal shutdown for annual cleaning and maintenance. During this period, plant will fulfill its water requirements from raw water pond with a storage capacity of about 60 days
13-2
14
Development of Transmission Line

A transmission line will also be laid to connect the Uch-II Power Station with the existing grid network. The transmission line will be built by the National Transmission and Despatch Company Limited (NTDC), the national agency in charge of transmission lines construction and operation. The proposed route for the transmission line for the Project is still under consideration and NTDC has presented two different options for transmission line interconnection in its load study. Proposed construction and modification activities under the recommended option are listed below: Construction of a 220 kilovolt (kV) double circuit (D/C) transmission line, approximately 125 km long on twin bundled conductor from the Project to Sibbi; A 220 kV D/C transmission line, approximately 0.5km long on twin bundled conductor for looping in and out of the UPS Shikarpur new 220 kV S/C transmission line at the Project; and Reconductoring of 220 kV line section approximately 1km between existing and the Project from single rail to twin bundled rail conductor. The environmental impacts arising for construction of 220 KV D/C transmission line to Sibbi are considered here as the 0.5km long line will be inside the UPS and reconductoring will be done on existing pylons/tower.
14.1
Background Environment and Impacts on Wildlife

The impact related with wildlife protected areas only has been analysed in this assessment due to limited information available with the recommendation to carry out a Transmission Line EIA study in order to interpret other environmental and social impacts arising as a result of this development. The Transmission Line EIA study is also mandatory for transmissions lines above 11KV under the National Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, 2000 of Pakistan. The tentative route alignment of the transmission line from UPS to Sibbi is shown in Figure 14-1. As can be seen from the figure, the route alignment will run along the main Sukkur-Quetta (N-65) Highway and will also run parallel to the existing railway line. The area through which the proposed route alignment will pass through is part of Kachi Plains. These plains are highly arid, with very less sporadic rainfall and scattered human habitations. In spite of fertility of soil, the scarcity of water has limited the agricultural practices chiefly in two zones. The south-most area in district Dera Murad Jamali is irrigated by Pat Feeder Canal originating from right bank of the River Indus at Guddu Barrage. The irrigation system has totally changed the ecology of this area as dry plains
14-1
have been transformed into paddy fields. The seepage from irrigation system has resulted into water-logging where migratory waterfowl and waders are common during winter season. Rainwater is also harvested for seasonal agriculture by building embankments, mainly during the monsoon season. Linear plantations are also present where adequate precipitation is available. However, most part of Kachi Plains (including the proposed route of transmission line) is devoid of agriculture, natural vegetation with a very hot summer season. Some parts of these plains close to the hilly terrain were once habitat of Wolf, Hyena and Chinkara which had been ruthlessly hunted and now close to extinction. Some areas are wintering habitat for raptors, Houbara bustard and Sandgrouse. The ephemeral vegetation, insects and reptiles are important component of their food, however most of these plains are least important with respect to wildlife as their presence is close to negligible. No protected areas in the form of national park, wildlife sanctuary and game reserve notified under the Balochistan Wildlife Protection Ordinance are present within the tentative route alignment of the transmission line. Moreover, no adverse impact on the wildlife is envisaged as the route alignment will run along the highway and railway line which is an already disturbed land with minimal presence of wildlife.
14.2
Land Compensation Issues

Typical 220 KV towers have a height of nearly 46 meters with a base foundation of 12 by 12 meters. As per the Pakistan law, land owners are entitled to compensation (under the Land acquisition act of 1894) if their land is acquired for construction of proposed transmission line. However, in some cases, in which cultivation is possible under the structure of transmission line, compensation will be made against damage to crops/trees during the construction and operation of towers. As most of the land over which the transmission line will be laid is devoid of agriculture, therefore land owners will gain benefit as construction of transmission lines will initiate an economic activity resulting in jobs for local people. It is also recommended to carry out a more detailed analysis related with this issue and other social impacts in the Transmission Line EIA study.
14-2
15
15.1
Uch-II Gas Field Development

Project Description
The Oil and Gas Development Company Limited (OGDCL), Pakistans national oil and gas company, plans to install 15 gas wells and associated processing facility at the existing OGDCL Uch Gas Field for supply of fuel gas to the Uch-II Power Station. The Uch Gas Field is located in Balochistan Province, some 50km northwest of Dera Murad Jamali and around 75km from Jacobabad city. The location of Uch Gas Field is provided in Figure 15-1. OGDCL is a leading oil and gas exploration, development and production company in Pakistan. The company currently operates 40 oil and gas fields across Pakistan and has commenced development works to bring an additional 32 fields into production. The Uch Gas Field supplies a blend of the gas from three field segments to produce contract-specific gas supply to the existing Uch Power Station. The existing Uch Gas Field comprises a gas gathering system to collect gas from 15 wells, telemetry/SCADA system, automated gas commingling system, individual well head facilities, cathodic protection of the trunk lines, dehydration and H2S removal plant, and effluent treatment plant. The purified gas, after removal of H2S and moisture, is transferred via 650mm (26 inches) diameter, 47km long pipeline to existing Uch Power Station. Based on a study of the Uch Gas Field, OGDCL proposes to increase production at the gas field from 220 to 380 MMSCF per day, enabling it to commit 160MMSCF per day of gas to the Uch-II Power Station. This proposed project involves drilling 15 additional development wells, installation of a gas gathering facility and installation of dehydration and hydrogen sulphide (H2S) removal plant and gas delivery station. The new plant will be located adjacent to an existing plant consisting of two trains with processing capacity of 150 MMSCF per day each where the purified gas, removal of H2S and moisture, will be transferred preferably via the existing 650mm (26 inches) diameter pipeline to the Uch-II Power Station. The list of proposed gas field facilities is provided in Table 15-1.
15.2
Planning Requirements
OGDCL prepared an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) for the proposed project in accordance with Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (Review of IEE and EIA) regulations 2000, and submitted it to the Balochistan Environment Protection Agency (BEPA) in June 2010. The IEE will be reviewed by BEPA and a No Objections Certificate (NOC) will be issued if the project is found to be in conformance with the
15-1
regulations with no major environmental concerns. However BEPA may direct OGDCL to carry out a more detailed study in the form of an EIA to address any adverse environmental impacts. A public hearing will also be held in such a case to address the concerns of the various stakeholders in an appropriate manner. A copy of the OGDCL IEE will be shared with respective lenders in near future.
15.3
Site Features
The project area is classified as a tropical thorn scrub community. The area surrounding the Uch gas field is semi-hilly and desert in character, consisting of a combination of sandy plains and dry streambeds. The area has a low rainfall and is remote. The maximum temperature during the summer can reach 55C, with the minimum temperature in winter dropping to 5C. The proposed project is located in an unpopulated area consisting of open, mostly uncultivated land that is not ecological or environmentally sensitive. The exact land usage by the project is unknown to Uch-II, however a typical well head normally occupies an area between 0.5 to 1.0 ha. The main processing facility will be constructed adjacent to existing facility on vacant land.
15.4
Management Measures
Development of a gas field involves various pre-drilling and post drilling activities. Predrilling activities include land leasing, site levelling and clearing, construction of access ways, and the erection of plant machinery, a residential camp and allied facilities. Postdrilling plant operation activities include the extraction, storage and transportation of gas and gas products. Both pre- and post-drilling activities, if not managed properly, can have a bearing on the environmental quality in the area The project IEE study has identified the potential environmental impacts of pre- and post-drilling activities. The major impacts can include deterioration of air quality, noise during construction and operation phase, soil and water contamination, land use, and solid waste generation. However implementation of the mitigation measures will help in reducing/minimising these impacts. Management measures include the design of facilities, management and monitoring practices, and physical controls. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project will describe these management and implementation responsibilities. Given the remoteness of the site, re-settlement is unlikely to be required. The land for well development is normally leased for one year, with the lease extended once the well head is declared successful. The landowner is paid compensation at the market price and additional compensation is also paid if land was cultivated.
15-2
The project will provide socio-economic benefits to the local community in the form of increased employment, increased local economic activity, and taxes and duties collected by District, Provincial and the Federal Governments on the supplies and services required for the construction and operation of the project. Employment opportunities (skilled and unskilled) will include temporary jobs during construction, permanent jobs during operation and indirect jobs in the transport sector
15-3
Table 15-1: Proposed gas field facilities Sr. No. 1 Facility Gas gathering system Equipment a. Telemetry / SCADA system b. Automated gas-commingling system c. Individual well head facilities d. Cathodic protection of the trunk line a. Slug catcher b. Gas/oil separator c. H2S removal plant e. Auxiliaries - boilers, regenerators, flash tank separators, etc a. Produced water treatment (effluent treatment plant) b. Evaporation pit a. Cooling towers (3) b. Turbine units (3) each capable of producing 3.3 MW of power for the plant and camp areas
Dehydration & H2S removal plant
3 4
Produced water Utilities
15-4
Figure 15-1: Location of Uch Gas Field and Uch-I/Uch-II Power Station
15-5
16
Uch-I Performance
The existing Uch-I plant, operating as a separate legal entity from Uch-II, complies with all applicable national standards. No environmental breach has occurred at the plant to date. Uch-I is an ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001 certified facility, with a set of management systems and procedures that comply with international best practice and standards. As an ISO certified facility, Uch-I implements a system of audits and takes corrective actions as required. At present, Senior Operations Manager and TSD Manager fulfil the roles of Health and Safety Officer and Environment Officer respectively. They are responsible for project compliance and all internal and external reporting to Balochistan Environmental Protection Agency (BEPA), sponsors and lenders. To date only one complaint has been received by Uch I about project performance, lodged by a local resident in financial year 2007. The complaint was communicated to UPL by BEPA, however the concern raised was ascertained to be unfounded and an adequate response was made against the complaint.
16-1
Volume-2: Environmental Management Plan
November 2010
Addendum to EIA for Extension of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station
Volume 2: Environmental Management Plan
November 2010
3rd Floor, Nawa-e-Waqt House, Mauve Area, Sector G-7/1, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel +92 51 220 3451-55Fax +92 51 220 3462 Mail@halcrow.com, www.halcrow.com Halcrow Pakistan has prepared this report in accordance with the instructions of Uch Power (Private) Limited for their sole and specific use. Any other persons who use any information contained herein do so at their own risk. Halcrow Group Limited 2010
Contents Amendment Record

This report has been issued and amended as follows: Issue 1 2 3 4 5 Revision 0 1 2 3 4 Description 1st Draft 2nd Draft 3rd Draft 1st Final 2nd Final Date 09/09/10 28/09/10 22/10/10 26/10/10 16/11/10 Signed MehmoodB SabzwariSA SabzwariSA SabzwariSA SabzwariSA
NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02
Contents
1 Environmental Management Plan
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 Project Overview The EMP Objectives of the EMP Structure of the EMP
1-1
1-1 1-1 1-2 1-2
Project Description
2.1 2.2 Location Project Background
2-1
2-1 2-1
3 4 5
Legislation and Guidelines Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures Organisational Structure and Implementation Responsibilities
5.1 5.2 Organisational Structure Roles and Responsibilities
3-1 4-1 5-1

5-1 5-1
6 7
Environmental Mitigation Plan Environmental Monitoring and Training

7.1 7.2 7.3 Environmental Monitoring Environmental Training Records during Construction and Operation Phases
6-1 7-1
7-1 7-1 7-2
Environmental Audits and Incident Management

8.1 8.2 8.3 Site Audits and Corrective Action Incident Management Procedure Emergency Response Plan
8-1
8-1 8-1 8-2
Grievance Handling Procedures

9.1 Dispute Resolution Process
9-1
9-1
10 Communication and Documentation

10.1 Kick-off Meeting 10.2 Daily and Weekly Meetings and Reports 10.3 Social Complaints Register 10.4 Change Record Register
10-1
10-1 10-1 10-1 10-1
ii
10.5 Photographic Record 10.6 Environmental Reporting 10.7 Public Consultation
10-1 10-2 10-2
11
11-1 12-1
12 Environmental Management/Monitoring Cost
List of Tables
Table 3-1: National and international environmental legislations and guidelines 3-2 Table 4-1: Impact characteristics criteria Table 4-2: Environmental impacts, mitigation and characterisation matrix Table 6-2: Mitigation Plan for Construction Phase Table 6-3: Mitigation Plan for Operation Phase Table 7-1: Environmental monitoring programme - Construction Phase Table 7-3: Environmental training programme 4-2 4-4 6-5 6-11 7-3 7-12
Table 6-1: Mitigation Plan during Design/Pre- Construction Phase 6-2
Table 7-2: Environmental monitoring programme - Operation Phase7-6 Table 12-1: Environmental management/monitoring cost estimate Operational Phase 12-2
List of Figures
Figure 9-1: Grievance Redress Procedure Figure 9-2: Social Complaints Register (Sample) 9-3 9-4
List of Appendices
Appendix A Environmental Checklists
iii
Acronyms
ADB BEPA BOD BWPA BTU COD DC DCS EA EHS EHSO EIA EMP EMS EPAs EPC GHGs GRTG GSU GT HCL HP HHV HRSG HSD IP IEE Asian Development Bank Balochistan Environmental Protection Agencies Biological Oxygen Demand Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act (1974) British thermal unit Chemical Oxygen Demand Direct Current Distributed Control System Environmental Assessment Environmental Health and Safety Environment, Health and Safety Officer Environmental Impact Assessment Environmental Management Plan Environmental Management System Environmental Protection Agencies Engineering, Procurement and Construction Greenhouse Gases Grievance Resolution Task Group Generator Step Up Gas Turbines Hydrochloric Acid High Pressure Higher Heating Value Heat recovery steam generators High Speed Diesel Intermediate Pressure Initial Environmental Examination
iv
IFC ISO kg km kV kWh LAeq Lmax LPU MSDS MW MWth N65 NaOH NCS NEP NEQS NOC O&M OGDCL OSHA PEPA PM PPA PPE PVC RO SCF SCR
International Finance Corporation International Organisation for Standardisation Kilogram Kilometer Kilovolt Kilo Watt Hour Equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level Maximum sound pressure level Liaison and Participation Unit Material Safety Data Sheet Mega Watt Mega Watt thermal input Sukkur Quetta highway Sodium Hydroxide National Conservation Strategy National Environmental Policy National Environmental Quality Standards No objection Certificate Operations and Maintenance Oil and Gas Development Company Limited Occupational Safety and Health Administration Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 Particulate matter Power Purchase Agreement Personal Protective Equipment Polyvinyl chloride Reverse Osmosis Standard Cubic Feet Social Complaint Register
SMART ST TSS UBC Uch-I Uch-II UPS V WAPDA WHO
Self Monitoring and Reporting Technology Steam Turbine Total Suspended Solids Uniform Building Code Existing power plant Proposed power plant Uninterrupted Power Supply Volts Water and Power Development Authority World Heath Organization
vi
1
1.1

Project Overview
Uch Power Station owned by Uch Power (Private) Limited is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Balochistan Province in Pakistan. A separate entity namely Uch-II Power (Private) Limited intends to expand power generation capacity by 404MW at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with an ISO gross output rating of 404MW. The plant configuration will comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators and two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems. The combustion turbines will be fired with a low BTU gas from the Uch gas field. The existing and proposed power stations are referred to as Uch-I and Uch-II in this document.
1.2
The EMP
The Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed project has identified potential impacts that are likely to arise during the project. The EIA has examined in detail both negative and positive impacts at each stage of the project covering both construction and operations phase. To minimise the effects of adverse impacts, the EIA has recommended mitigation measures. These mitigation measures include the use of alternative technologies, management and physical controls, or compensation in monetary terms. The proposed mitigation measures have been based on the understanding of the sensitivity and behaviour of environmental receptors in the project area, the legislative controls that apply to the project and a review of good industrial practices while operating in similar environments. For residual impacts (impacts remaining after applying the recommended mitigation measures) and for impacts in which there can be a level of uncertainty in prediction at the EIA stage, monitoring measures have been recommended to ascertain these impacts during the course of the project. For effective implementation and management of the mitigation measures an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared. The EMP satisfies the requirement of the Pakistan Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental
1-1
Impact Assessment Review Procedures, 2000 as well as those of other institutions such as Asian Development Bank (ADB).
1.3
Objectives of the EMP

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential impacts of the project activities, to enhance project benefits and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. The EMP has been prepared with the objectives of:: Defining roles and responsibilities of the project proponent for the implementation of EMP and identifying areas where these roles and responsibilities can be shared with other parties involved in the execution and monitoring of the project; Outlining mitigation measures required for avoiding or minimising potential impacts assessed by the EIA; Developing a monitoring mechanism and identifying requisite monitoring parameters to confirm effectiveness of the mitigation measures recommended in the EIA; Defining the requirements for communication, documentation, training and monitoring, management and implementation of the mitigation measures.
1.4
Structure of the EMP

The EMP consists of the following: Project Description Summary of Legislation and Guidelines Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures; Organisational Structure and Implementation Responsibilities Environmental Mitigation Plan Environmental Monitoring and Trainings Environmental Audits Grievance Handling Procedures Communication and Documentation Change Management Plan
1-2
2
2.1
Project Description
Location
Uch Power Station (Uch-I) owned by Uch Power (Pvt.) Limited is located approximately 600 kilo meters (km) north of Karachi and 42 km in the north west of Jacobabad, in the Dera Murad Jamali sub-district of Balochistan province in Pakistan. The plant is located along the main Sukkur Quetta highway (N65) and Rohri Quetta railway link. The Uch Power Station is located within a boundary wall covering an area of approximately 260 hectares (642 acres) of land. The existing plant occupies only about 30% of the available land and rest of the land is lying vacant which was originally acquired for future expansion of the Power Station.
2.2
Project Background
Uch-II Power (Pvt.) Limited intends to expand the power generation capacity by about 404MW (ISO Gross Rating) at the existing Uch Power Station. The proposed extension (Uch-II) will require approximately 83.5 hectares (206 acres) of which 22% of the area will be reserved for residential and recreational facilities associated with the proposed extension project. The proposed project will consist of a conventional gas turbine, combined cycle, electricity generating plant with a gross output of about 404MW. The plant configuration is comprised of two nominal 134MW gas turbine generators, two heat recovery steam generators (HRSGs), one 134MW steam turbine generator and associated plant equipment and auxiliary systems. The combustion turbines will normally be fired with a low-Btu gas from the Uch gas field.
2.2.1
Project Description
The Uch-II project setup including the equipment, machinery and processes will be similar to Uch-I setup. The major difference is that plant capacity will be two third of the existing Uch-I plant. Detailed project setup for Uch-II project is described below. a. Gas Turbines (GTs)
The primary power plant equipment will be configured as an external installation, with the combustion turbines housed in individual acoustic enclosures. Exhaust gas from each combustion turbine will be ducted to an external heat recovery steam generator, HRSG (one HRSG per combustion turbine). A bypass stack with manual blanking plates
2-1
Project Description
will allow operation of the combustion turbine without the heat recovery boiler in service. The combustion turbines will be equipped with evaporative coolers to reduce the compressor air inlet temperature. The GTs will be designed to burn low calorific value Gas nominal 455 British thermal unit (BTU) per standard cubic feet (SCF). The GTs will normally consume approximately 0.57 kg/kWh of gas when operating at base load. b. Steam Turbine (ST) The High Pressure (HP), Intermediate Pressure (IP) steam generated in the heat recovery boilers will be piped via common header to the steam turbine. The steam turbine will be installed on a pedestal with the condenser beneath. At minimum weather protection will be provided for the bearing, governor and exciter areas. The steam turbine will be arranged with a combined high and medium pressure casing. The steam condenser will be sized to allow full steam (dump) bypass. The plant structures will generally be on mass concrete or piled foundations. c. Heat Recovery Steam Generators (HRSGs)
The two HRSGs will have a common feed water system with three feed pumps (two running and one standby. Feed water dosing will be with hydrazine and ammonia. Control of boiler water chemistry will be with tri-sodium phosphate. Online pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen monitoring will be installed. d. Plant Control All plant operations will be controlled and monitored from a central control room building. The building will be a concrete construction and will also house switchgear, the main motor control centres for 6.3kV and 400V motors and computers. The plants control systems will be managed through a DCS which will interface with controllers for the GTs and the balance of plant control systems. The main plant building, control room, 220 kV switchyard, ware houses and the administration building will cover an area of about 18 hectares (45 acres). e. Power System and Switch Yard
Power from the three generators will be stepped up to 220kV individual generator step up (GSU) transformers. Power will be exported from the site via the switchyard provided with SF6 type breakers, and two double circuit overhead lines. A black start 6.3 kV, 3.5 MW diesel generator will be installed to provide power for plant restart in the event of a grid disconnection. 6.3 kV/400 V transformers will supply the 400/230 V switchgear for plant loads, for rectification to 125 direct current (DC) for the instrument supply bus, and via batteries and converters for the uninterrupted power supply (UPS).
2-2
Project Description
The switchyard control building will contains relay room and the backup metering system. The primary metering equipment will be housed in an adjacent secure room and be accessible only by WAPDA personnel. The terminal point between the plant and the WAPDA system will be at the outlet from the switchyard. f. Water Supply System
Water will be supplied to the site from the Pat Feeder Canal approximately 3km from site through pipeline in existing owned land corridor. To meet the requirements of PPA and to manage water requirements during the Pat Feeder Canal closure, lined raw water storage and settling pond will be built. The area of water storage pond will be approximately 10 hectares (25 acres). Water will be pumped from the storage pond via vertical pumps to clarifiers. Clarified water will be forwarded via a surge tank for cooling water make-up, to the service water tank and to the potable water plant. The fire and service water pump house will contain the service water pumps and the electric and diesel fire water pumps. The fire pumps will be separated from the service water pumps and from each other by reinforced concrete block walls. The water treatment demineralisation building will have two trains. Each train will be comprised of carbon filter, cation bed, weak and strong anion beds and mixed bed. Regeneration of the resin beds will use HCL and NaOH which will be stored in bunded tanks. The water treatment building will also contain dosing systems for the clarifier flocculent, and for inhibiter and pH control for the cooling towers. g. Cooling Water System Cooling for the steam turbine condenser will be provided from a cooling tower of low rise, counter-flow, mechanical draught evaporative cooling tower design. Makeup water will be supplied from the water pre-treatment plant. Reverse osmosis (RO) unit may also be installed to recycle the waste water streams including cooling tower blow down. The cooling tower will be of reinforced concrete construction with PVC fill material. h. Wastewater Treatment System Wastewater during Uch-II plant operations will consist of the following main streams: Cooling Tower Blow down: This waste stream will be sent to an on site industrial wastewater pond where it will be mixed with other treated wastewater streams from sanitary wastewater treatment plant, neutralisation pit of demin plant and filtrate from oil water separator. Wastewater from industrial wastewater pond will be transferred to a clarifier where clarified water and sludge will be separated and transferred to their holding tanks
2-3
Project Description
respectively. The sludge generated from the holding tanks will be sent to the sanitary wastewater treatment system for further processing. Clarified water will first be filtered through the sand filters and will then pass through Reverse Osmosis (RO) membranes. Filtered water from RO will be transferred to RO water tank from where it will be pumped to the CW system for reuse, whereas concentrate from RO will be discharged to the evaporation pond for final disposal. Demin Plant Regenerated Wastewater: It will be treated in neutralisation pit. Under this process, acidic wastewater is treated with alkaline solution, while alkaline wastewater is treated with acidic solution. In either case, the wastewater is treated until it is neutralised to a pH of 7 or any other desired pH. Wastewater after neutralisation will be discharged to the wastewater pond for further treatment and recycling through RO System as described above. Sanitary Wastewater: This type of wastewater generated from plant colony and offices will first pass through the screen channel containing bar and mechanical screens for removal of any floating materials. After the screen channel, water will flow to an influent pumping tank where it will be mixed with the filtrate from the drying bed. The mixture will then be transferred to aeration tanks via two submersible pumps as part of activated sludge removal process after which, mixed liquor will pass into the secondary clarifier, where the sludge will be allowed to settle and clarified water will be transferred to the Chlorine contact tank. The final treated water from this tank will then be transferred to the industrial wastewater pond. The sludge generated from the secondary clarifier will be transferred to a sludge tank where it will be mixed with the sludge generated from the RO system. The mixture will finally be taken to the sludge drying bed where it will be dewatered. The filtrate from the sludge beds will be routed back to the influent tank for re-use in the treatment process whereas the sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area. Oily Wastewater: Drains passing through different areas of the power plant susceptible to contain oil spillages will be treated in oily water separator before being transferred to the wastewater pond. The oil water separator will be a gravity separation device designed by using Stokes Law to define the rise velocity of oil droplets based on their density and size. Most of the suspended solids will settle to the bottom of the separator as a sediment layer, the oil will rise to top of the separator, and the wastewater will be the middle layer between the oil on top and the solids on the bottom. The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond via two pumps (1D+1S) for further treatment through RO system as described above. Sludge from Clarifiers: Raw water clarifiers will be the main source of sludge generation. Drains from these clarifiers will deliver the sludge into the sludge thickener from where, the separated water will be transferred to filtrate tank and the sludge to its holding tank. Two pumps (1D+1S) will be used to transfer the sludge from this holding tank to the Plate Type Filter Press which will separate the remaining water from the sludge through
2-4
Project Description
thickening, dewatering and drying, Water from this process will be transferred to filtrate tank for reuse whereas the collected sludge will be disposed off in the on site land fill area Evaporation Pond: The final disposal of treated wastewater will be through an evaporation pond. Inflows to this pond will come from the wastewater pond after passing through the RO system. The evaporation pond will cover a total water surface area of approximately 17 hectares (42 acres) and will have a 3m berm (2 inch of maximum operating level with 1 m of freeboard). The pond will not be lined as the nature of the soil is silty clay with a very low permeability rate of 0.00143 to 0.000449 cm/day. i. Low BTU Gas Fuel System
OGDCL will supply the low BTU gas from its wholly owned Uch gas field located approximately 50km east of the plant. The gas with al low calorific value will be transported to the power station via the existing dedicated OGDCL owned 66cm (26 inch) pipeline through an OGDCL gas receiving station. The gas will pass through knock out pots, a metering system and filtration and reduced to 35 bars pressure for delivering to the Uch-II system. The Uch-II gas receiving station will comprise of a scrubber vessel and two water bath heaters along with pressure control valves. Condensing filters / gas scrubbers are also installed at each combustion turbine with dual strainers and pressure control valves. The gas quality and composition will be monitored by on line gas chromatographs located at the Uch gas field and also on gas receiving station on site. j. Site Drainage Network
There will be three drainage systems for the plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Plant areas will be provided with demin plant regeneration and cooling tower blow down drainage system. The drains will discharge the wastewater into their respective treatment systems from where the treated wastewater will be sent to RO system which will then discharge the wastewater into the evaporation pond. Plant areas where there are chances of oil contamination in case of a spill, such as the fuel storage area, the main turbine area etc. will be provided with an oil water drainage system, this drainage system will be routed to an oil separator, after which the filtrate will be processed through RO system and finally discharged into the evaporation pond. A drainage system will also be provided for the sanitary wastewater arising from proposed plant colony and other areas (e.g. offices etc). These drains will supply the wastewater to the sewage treatment plant, for treatment after which it will be discharged into the evaporation pond after passing through the RO unit.
2-5
Project Description
The entire site will also be provided with storm water drainage system. k. Site buildings and Support Services Other site buildings include the site offices which will be of concrete block construction and the warehouse and yards, which will be constructed of either concrete or steel frame with metal sheet cladding. l. Residential and Recreational facilities
Living quarters for the proposed plant staff along with catering and recreational facilities will be provided in a housing colony adjacent to the existing housing colony which will be spread over an area of about 18 hectares (44 acres). The colony will have accommodation for about 100 personnel.
2-6

The EIA for expansion of 404MW Power Generation Capacity at Uch Power Station has discussed in detail the national and international legislation and guidelines that are relevant to the project in Chapter 3 of the EIA report. A summary of these legislation, guidelines, convention and corporate requirements is provided in Table 3-1. Uch-II will ensure that the project is conducted in conformance with national legislation and relevant international conventions and that guidance is sought form national and international guidelines. Uch-II will also ensure that key project management staff of the company and all its assigned contractors are aware of these legislation and guidelines prior to start of the project activities.
3-1
Table 3-1: National and international environmental legislations and guidelines Legislation/Guidelines National Environmental Legislation/Guidelines National Environmental Policy NEP is the primary policy of Government of Pakistan that addresses the environmental issues of the country. The broad Goal of NEP is, To protect, conserve and restore Pakistans environment in order to improve the quality of life of the citizens through sustainable development . The NEP identifies the following set of sectoral and cross-sectoral guidelines to achieve its Goal of sustainable development. Before the approval of National Environmental Policy (NEP) the National Conservation Strategy (NCS) was considered as the Governments primary policy document on national environmental issues. At the moment this strategy just exists as a national conservation program. The NCS identifies 14 core areas including conservation of biodiversity, pollution prevention and abatement, soil and water conservation and preservation of cultural heritage and recommends immediate attention to these core areas. Project activities to be conducted with the overall approach of protection and conservation of environment. A plan prepared by the Government of Pakistan for the conservation of biodiversity. The plan recognises EIA as an effective tool for identifying and assessing the effects of a proposed operation on biodiversity. Basics legislative tool empowering the Government of Pakistan to frame and enforce regulations for the protection of environment. The PEPA 1997 is broadly applicable to air, water, soil, marine and noise pollution, as well as the handling of hazardous wastes. Penalties have been prescribed for those contravening the provisions of the Act. Under section 12 of the PEPA 1997, no project involving construction activities or any change in the physical environment can be undertaken unless an IEE or EIA is conducted and a report submitted to the federal or provincial EPA. The Regulation classifies projects on the basis of expected degree of adverse environmental impacts and lists them in two separate schedules. Schedule I lists projects that may not have significant environmental impacts and therefore require an IEE. Schedule II lists projects of potentially significant environmental impacts requiring preparation of an EIA. Thermal Power Plants are included in Schedule II. The Regulations also require that all projects located in environmentally sensitive areas require preparation of an EIA. Description
Biodiversity Action Plan Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997)
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE and EIA Regulations, (2000)
3-2
Legislation/Guidelines National Environmental Quality Standards (1993)
Description The NEQS specify standards for industrial and municipal effluents, gaseous emissions, ambient air requirements and emission levels for Sulfur dioxide and Nitrogen oxide, vehicular emissions and noise levels. The PEPA specifies the imposition of a pollution charge in case of non-compliance with the NEQS. The standards were last revised in 2000. These rules establish pollution limits for industries in Pakistan under an honor-based self-monitoring system obliging all industries to monitor liquid effluents and gaseous emissions and submit environmental monitoring reports to the relevant EPA (in this case BEPA) timely and correctly. Thermal Power Plants (Gas Fired) are classified as Category-B for monitoring of both liquid effluents and gaseous emissions. All industrial units in Category-B are required to submit environmental monitoring reports on quarterly basis and they shall maintain a record of the times during which start-up and upset conditions occur, and shall mention the total time elapsed in such conditions in its monthly environmental monitoring report. As per this regulation, industries including Thermal Power Plants will be liable to pay pollution charge for any pollution above NEQS. These rules authorise the Federal EPA and its authorised persons to obtain and test samples from industries including Thermal Power Plants to verify self-monitoring reports and calculation of pollution charges. Empowers the provincial forest departments to declare any forest area as reserved or protected. The act also empowers the provincial forest departments to prohibit the clearing of forest for cultivation, grazing, hunting, removing forest produce; quarrying and felling, lopping and topping of trees, branches in the reserved and protected areas. This act provides for the preservation, protection, and conservation of wildlife by the formation and management of protected areas and prohibition of hunting of wildlife species declared protected under the act.The act also specifies three broad classifications of the protected areas: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries and game reserves. This act prohibits corruption or fouling of water in canals (defined to include channels, tube wells, reservoirs and watercourses), or obstruction of drainage. It authorises fines, imprisonment or both for voluntary corruption or fouling of public springs or reservoirs so as to make them less fit for ordinary use.
National Environmental Quality Standards (Self Monitoring and Reporting by Industry) Rules, (2001)
Industrial Pollution Charge (Calculation and Collection) Rules, 2001 Environmental Sample Rules, (2001)
The Forest Act (1927)
Balochistan Wildlife Protection Act (1974) (BWPA)
Canal and Drainage Act (1873) Pakistan Penal Code (1860)
3-3
Legislation/Guidelines Antiquities Act (1975)
Description The protection of cultural resources in Pakistan is ensured by the Antiquities Act of 1975. The act is designed to protect "antiquities" from destruction, theft, negligence," unlawful excavation, trades and exports. Provide guidelines for the preparation of environmental assessment reports, operation in environmentally sensitive areas, public consultation and sectoral guidelines for environmental reports including Thermal Power Plants. The Convention requires parties to develop national plans for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, and to integrate these plans into national development programmes and policies. Parties are also required to identify components of biodiversity that are important for conservation, and to develop systems to monitor the use of such components with a view to promoting their sustainable use. The Convention requires countries to take action to avoid endangering migratory species. The term "migratory species" refers to the species of wild animals, a significant proportion of whose members cyclically and predictably cross one or more national jurisdictional boundaries. The parties are also required to promote or co-operate with other countries in matters of research on migratory species. Obligates Pakistan to identify and protect wetlands in the country. So far 18 sites in Pakistan have been declared as wetlands of International Importance or Ramsar Sites. The convention requires Pakistan to impose strict regulation (including penalisation, confiscation of the specimen etc.) regarding trade of all species threatened with extinction or that may become so, in order not to endanger further their survival Lists wildlife species experiencing various levels of threats internationally. Some of the species indicated in the IUCN red list are also present in the project area. The convention aims at stabilizing greenhouse gases (GHGs) concentration in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system.To achieve the objective of the convention, all parties are generally required to develop national inventories of emission; formulate and implement national and regional programs of mitigation measures; all developed country parties were specifically obliged to take measures to limit GHG emissions by the year 2000 at 1990 levels and the developing countries including Pakistan to take all measures in support of the protection of atmosphere without any formal commitment on the quantified reduction of these gases in a time frame.
3-4 NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02
The Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures (1997) International Conventions The Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)
The Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, (1979)
The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, Ramsar (1971). Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (1973) International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources Red List (2000) Climate Change Convention and Koyoto Protocol (1992)
Legislation/Guidelines International Environmental Guidelines World Bank Guidelines on Environment Environmental Assessment-Operational Policy 4.01. & Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume I Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume III Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) guidelines, International Finance Corporation (IFC) World Bank Group, 2008.
Description Provides general guidelines for the conduct of an EIA.
Provides guidelines for Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Projects including Thermal Power Plants. These guidelines include information relevant to combustion processes fueled by gaseous, liquid and solid fossil fuels and biomass and designed to deliver electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel type (except for solid waste which is covered under a separate Guideline for Waste Management Facilities), with a total rated heat input capacity above 50 Megawatt thermal input (MWth) on Higher Heating Value (HHV) basis. It applies to boilers, reciprocating engines, and combustion turbines in new and existing facilities. A detailed description of industry activities for this sector and guidance for Environmental Assessment (EA) of thermal power projects is also provided in these guidelines. The WHO guidelines in addition to specifying the energy-average sound level also prescribe the maximum noise level for various specific environements including Thermal Power Plants.. OSHA guidelines provide the permissible limits for workers exposure to noise levels and chemicals including SOx, NOx and CO for 8-hour time weighted average.
World Health Organisation Guidelines for Noise Occupational Safety and Health Administration Guidelines for Noise and Chemical exposure
3-5
Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The EIA covers potential effects of the construction and operation activities of the proposed power plant in the project area. Potential impacts on the physical, biological, socio-economic, archaeological and cultural environments that may arise from project activities and the mitigation measures that will be adopted to reduce or minimise all impacts have been assessed. Impacts were identified and assessed on the basis of field data, secondary data, expert opinion, Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants by International Finance Corporation of the World Bank Group and the likely impacts discussed in Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA) guidelines for power projects. The impacts identified were characterised following the criteria provided in Table 4-1 and the impacts along with mitigation measures are summarised in Table 4-2. The project activities will also have positive impacts on the local communities, these may include: increased turnover of local businesses and shops due to an increased demand from project contractors and their employees; and increased income of local residents due to employment in the project.
4-1
Table 4-1: Impact characteristics criteria Impact Characteristics Nature of the Impact Duration of the impact Categories Direct: The environmental parameter is directly changed by the project. Indirect: The environmental parameter changes as a result of change in another paramter. Short term: Lasting only till the duration of the project such as noise from the construction activities. Medium term: Lasting for a period of few months to a year after the project before naturally reverting to the original condition such as contamination of soil or water by fuels or oil. Long term: Lasting for a period much greater than medium term impacts before naturally reverting to the original condition such as loss of soil due to soil erosion. Local: Within the area of project i.e. operation site and access road. Regional: Within the boundaries of the project area. National: Within the boundaries of the country. Construction Operation Qualitatively measured on a scale of: Almost certain: Impact expected to occur under most circumstances. Likely: Impact will probable occure under most circumstances. Possibly: Impact may possibly occur at some time. Unlikely: Impact could occur at some time. Rare: Impact may occur but only under execptional circumstances. Rated as: Major: When an activity causes irreversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects entire population or species of flora or fauna in sufficient magnitude so as to cause a decline in abundance or change in distribution over more than one generation; has long term effects (period of years) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional significance. Moderate: When an activity causes long term (period of years) reversible damage to a unique environmental feature; effects a portion of a population of flora or fauna causing reversible damage or change in abundance or distribution over one generation; has short term effects (period of months) on socio-cultural or economic activities of regional
4-2 NOVEMBER 2010 PKUCCH200-Add to EIA v02-F02
Geographical Location of the impact
Timing Likelihood of the impact
Consequence severity of impact
Impact Characteristics
Categories significance. Minor: When an activity causes short term (period of few months) reversible damage to an environmental feature; slight reversible damage to a few species of flora or fauna within a population over a short period of time; has short term (period of months) effects on socio-cultural or economic activities of local significance. Negligible: When no measurable damage to physical, socio-economic, or biological environment above the existing level of impacts occurs. Categorised as High, Medium or Low Based on the consequence, likelihood, reversibility, geographical extent, duration, level of public concern and conformance with legislative or statutory requirements.
Significance of the impact
4-3
Table 4-2: Environmental impacts, mitigation and characterisation matrix Noise Activity and Source Construction Phase Construction equipment; Vehicles; Generators. Mitigation Measures Proper design, maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment; Use of proper silencers, mufflers and personal protective equipments; Noisy equipment such as turbines will be placed inside acoustic enclosures; Selecting structures according to their noise isolation effect to envelop the building; Using mufflers or silencers in intake and exhaust channels; Using sound absorptive materials in walls and ceilings; Using vibration isolators and flexible connections (e.g., helical steel springs and rubber elements); Applying a carefully detailed design to prevent possible noise leakage through openings or to Minimise pressure variations in piping Modification of the plant configuration or use of noise barriers such as berms and vegetation to limit ambient noise at plant property lines Duration Construction Operation Short term Short term Extent Local Local Likelihood Possibly Almost certain Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low
Operation Phase Noise generated due to plant operations such as turbines, blow down Occupatonal noise exposure
4-4
Dust Emissions Activity and Source Construction Phase Movement of construction vehicles on un paved roads; Soil excavation, soil and aggregate storage piles. Operation Phase None Duration Construction Short term Extent Local Likelihood Likely Severity Minor Significance Medium Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces; Regulation and monitoring of vehicle speeds; Keeping the soil and aggregate piles moist, erecting windshield walls and covering the piles, with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets. Mitigation Measures
4-5
Air Emissions Activity and Source Construction Phase Construction equipment; Machinery; Vehicles exhaust. Operation Phase Fuel used during plant operations; Vehicle exhaust. Duration Construction Operation Short term Medium term Extent Local Regional Likelihood Likely Likely Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low Mitigation Measures
Maintenance of generators and vehicles to keep them in good working condition; Effective management of combustion conditions.
4-6
Land Use Activity and Source Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Clearing of vegetation; Earthworks. Operation Phase None Duration Construction Medium term Extent Local Likelihood Almost certain Severity Minor Significance Low Land uptake will be kept to minimum required.
4-7
Green House gas Emissions Activity and Source Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Negligble from construction equipment Operation Phase Fuel used for plant operations; Exhaust from vehicle Duration Construction Operation Short term Long term Extent National National Likelihood Almost certain Almost certain Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low Provision of combined cycle gas turbines which have the the highest fuel efficiency among the conventional fuels power plants.
4-8
Water Abstraction Activity and Source Construction Phase Construction activites Construction camp operations Water sprinkling for dust supperation Operation Phase Evaporation blow down Other plant water requirements Camp domestic use Mitigation Measures
Water from Pat Feeder Canal will only be used after getting approval from irrigation department; RO technology will be employed to recycle cooling tower blowdown; Water conservation programme will be initiated to prevent wastage of water.
Extent Regional Regional
4-9
Soil and Land Contamination Activity and Source Construction Phase Fuel oil drip from construction equipment and vehicles; Maintenance of vehicles and equipment; Fuel and chemical handling, storage and transportation. Operation Phase Fuel oil drip from construction equipment and vehicles; Maintenance of vehicles and equipment; Fuel and chemical handling, storage and transportation. Mitigation Measures
Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining; Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas; Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations; Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages; Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration.
Extent Local Local
4-10
Drainage and Storm water runoff Activity and Source Construction Phase Disturbance to storm water runoff due to construction activities; Contamination of soil due to contaminated storm water runoff from project sites. Operation Phase Disturbance to storm water runoff due to construction activities; Contamination of soil due to contaminated storm water runoff from project sites. Mitigation Measures
Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations; A drainage system will be provided for the power plant consisting of drains discharging into evaporation pond after required treatment; Oil water drainage system with oil seprator will be provided in areas with chances of oil contaminatins such as the fuel storage area, turbine areas. etc.
Extent Local Local
Severity Minor Minor
4-11
Wastewater Activity and Source Mitigation Measures Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite using septic tanks before disposal through onsite evaporation pond; The facility will be constructed as a zero discharge facility; with wastewater disposed off through onsite evaporation pond; The wastewater from cooling tower blow down will be treated in a RO system and will finally be disposed off into the evaporation pond. Demin plant regeneration wastewater will be treated in neutralisation pits and then treated in RO system before discharging into the evaporation pond. Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant using activated sludge process and RO system before discharge into the evaporation pond; Oily wastewater will pass through an oily wastewater separator. The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond after final treatment in the RO unit. Sludge will be separated through a mechanism consisting of Plate Type Filter Press and will finally be disposed into the on site land fill area Duration Construction Operation Medium term Medium term Extent Local Local Likelihood Unlikely Unlikely Severity Moderate Moderate Significance Low Low
Construction Phase Construction camp effluent.
Operation Phase Cooling tower blow down; Demin plant regenerated wastewater; Sanitary wastewater from plant colony and offices; Oily wastewater; and Sludge from clarifier
4-12
Hazardous waste Activity and Source Construction Phase Various oils and lubricants; Paints and various construction chemicals and containers etc. Operation Phase Various oils and lubricants; Corrosion inhibitors; Chemicals for water treatment; Paints and other chemical containers etc. Mitigation Measures
A chemical and hazardous material handling procedure will be prepared; Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment; Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers; Supporting information such as Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) will be available for all hazardous materials; Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors.
Duration Construction Operation Short term Medium term
4-13
Solid Waste Management Activity and Source Construction Phase Construction waste; Domestic waste from construction camp. Operation Phase Plant operation waste; Evaporation pond residue; Workshops; Domestic wastes from plant coloney; Medical Waste Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes; Recyclable material will be separated at source; Kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill; Medical waste will be sent to a medical waste incineration facility; No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary; Records of all waste generated will be maintained; Waste management training will be will be provided to plant personnel. Mitigation Measures
Significanc e Low Low
4-14
Disturbance to Wildlife Activity and Source Construction Phase Habitat loss; Movement of personnel and vehicles; Noise generated from project activities; Hunting and traping. Operation Phase Movement of personnel and vehicles; Hunting and traping. Duration Construction Operation Short term Short term Extent Local Local Likelihood Likely Unlikely Severity Minor Minor Significance Low Low Mitigation Measures
Hunting, trapping, feeding or harassment of wildlife will be prohibited; Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules.
4-15
Natural Hazards Activity and Source Construction Phase Flooding; Seismicity. Operation Phase Flooding; Seismicity . Duration Construction Operation Medium term Medium ter,mm Extent Local Regional Likelihood Rare Rare Severity Minor Moderate Significance Low Low Mitigation Measures
Elevating the plant site above the 25 year flood plain; Provision of earthen bund around the Uch power plant site; Construction of various plant buildings in accordance with UBC Zone 2.
4-16
Socio-economic Impacts
Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures Access to the project area will be limited to only project related personnel;. The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel; Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits; Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads; A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals; Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities; The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms; Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided;. If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped. Uch-II will provide assistance in salvaging the archological find. Development of a grevience redress management system to address complaints recieved from communities during the construction and operation phases Duration Community and workers safety Traffic disturbance Employment conflicts Community interface
4-17
Construction Phase Community and existing plant workers safety; Traffic disturbance; Local employment conflicts; Project and community interface; Archeological and cultural resources. Operation Phase Employment conflicts; Community interface
Extent Local
Likelihood Unlikely
Severity Moderate
Significance Medium
Short to medium term Short term Short terrm Medium
Regional Regional Regional
Likely Unlikely Possibly
Minor Moderate Minor
Low Low Low

Activity and Source
Mitigation Measures Duration Archeological and cultural resources Long term Extent Local Likelihood Possibly Severity Minor Significance Low
4-18
Occupational Health and Safety Activity and Source Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase Construction safety. Operation Phase Electrical Hazards; Confined Space Entry; Personal Protective Equipments; Fire and Explosion Hazards; Chemical Exposure; Heat Related Stress/Illness.
Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared; Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared; Proper machine guarding, by isolating workers from moving machinery, will be provided; PPEs will be worn by the plant personnel in the main plant area; An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equipments in case of an emergency; Fire fighting equipment will be readily available with their locations clearly marked; Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure; Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas with chemical exposuere concentrations exceeding the guideline values; Staff will be trained for management of heat related stress. Duration Operation Short term Extent Local Likelihood Unlikely Severity Moderate Significance Low
4-19
Organisational Structure and Implementation Responsibilities

Organisational Structure
The proposed project will include the following organisations: Uch-II as the project proponent and owner of the EMP; Project construction contractor(s) as executors of the EMP during construction phase of the project; Power plant O&M Team as executor of the EMP during the operational phase of the project; Government agencies; and External auditor These organisations will have the following roles and responsibilities during the project.
5.1
5.2 5.2.1
Roles and Responsibilities Uch-II Power (Private) Limited (Uch-II)

Uch-II, as project proponents, will be responsible for ensuring the implementation of the EMP. The proponent will also hire technical staff during various project phases to ensure effective implementation of the EMP. Uch-II will hire a dedicated Environmental Health and Safety Officer (EHSO) for construction phase who will continue to work in the operational phase as well as part of Operations and Maintenance (O&M) team. Role and responsibilities of Uch-II during various project phases is provided as follows: a. Construction Phase
During the construction phase, Project Manager will be responsible for the work of the EHSO of Uch-II. This will include: the effective implementation of the environmental management and monitoring programmes and Uch-II or its Sponsors Corporate Policies and statutory requirements during project construction. The EHSO will have the responsibility for implementation of the EMP on the ground by performing the following methods: Raising awareness of the requirements of the EMP at all levels, across site management; construction, operation and maintenance workers; contractors and subcontractors; visitors and public.
5-1
Checking compliance with the EMP conditions by regular auditing and walk downs at the site. Liaison with relevant statutory authorities, e.g. BEPA. Preparation of regular reports detailing compliance with EMP conditions and presentation of findings to the relevant authorities and counter parties The EHSO will have the power to request an immediate halt to any activity considered to present a significant risk to the environment or health and safety. b. Operation Planning and Design Phase Design of the Operation Design and operations of the proposed project have been described in Section 4 of the EIA report. Following approval of the EIA, if any aspect of the operations or requirements of the EIA need to be changed, Uch-II will categorise that change in accordance with the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of this EMP and take appropriate measures thereon. Approvals Obtaining No objection Certificate (NOC) from Balochistan Environment Protection Agency (BEPA) will not relieve the proponent or its appointed contractors or suppliers of any other legal obligations and hence the proponent and its contractors and suppliers will obtain all other relevant clearances and necessary approvals required by the Government of Pakistan or Government of Balochistan prior to commencing the respective operations. Contractual Provisions Adherence to the requirements of the EIA and EMP in terms of environmental mitigation will be required from all project contractors and suppliers and thus EMP will form part of their contracts with Uch-II. c. Operation Phase Co-ordination with Stakeholders Uch-II will ensure that co-ordination required with the project stakeholders on environmental and social matters as required by the EMP is maintained throughout the operation. Environmental Management Systems Uch-II and the contractors will ensure that the mitigation measures mentioned in the EIA are adhered to and organisational HSE Management Systems are implemented during the proposed project. The contractors will abide by the relevant contractual provisions relating to the environment.
5-2
Monitoring Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that monitoring of the project activities is carried out according to the monitoring programme given in the EMP. Change Management The EIA for the proposed project activities recognises that changes in the operation or the EMP may be required during the operation and therefore provides a Change Management Plan to manage such changes (Chapter 11). Overall responsibility for the preparation of change management statements will lie with Uch-II. Emergency Procedures Uch-II will prepare contingency plans to deal with any emergency situation that may arise during the operation e.g. fire, major oil spills, medical evacuation and communicate these to the regulatory agencies if required by these agencies. The procedures will be developed prior to plant commissioning and will also be shared with various project lenders such as Asian Development Bank (ADB) before approval. Approvals The project contractors will be responsible for obtaining all relevant approvals from Uch-II such as approvals for waste contractors, water source and others as specified in the environmental management and monitoring plan. Training Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for the selection and training of their staff who are capable of completing the project activities in an environmentally safe manner. Uch-II and its contractors and suppliers will be responsible for providing induction to their staff members on the EIA, the EMP and their implementation provided in the EMP. Communication and Documentation For effective monitoring, management and documentation of the environmental performance during the operation, environmental matters will be discussed during daily meetings held on-site. Environmental concerns raised during the meetings will be mitigated after discussions between Uch-II and the contractors. Any issues that require attention of Uch-II higher management will be communicated to them for action. Uch-II and its contractors will ensure that the communication and documentation requirements specified in the EMP are fulfilled during the project. Operations Monitoring Uch-II and its contractors will be responsible for effective monitoring for efficient operations of the power plant. Power plant and its auxiliary systems will be monitored for their performance within the acceptable limits.
5-3
Restoration Uch-II will ensure that the restoration of the site after the end of construction activities and after the useful life of power plant is carried out according to the requirements of the EIA and EMP.
5.2.2
EPC Contractor
The Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) Contractor will be required to: Comply with all commitments made in this EMP, and ensure that all subcontractors also comply with the requirements of the EMP. Undertake periodic monitoring and monthly reporting of performance against the EMP, and Complete all environmental performance guarantee testing required under the EPC contract to demonstrate the capability of the plant to meet environmental guidelines and limits. Overall responsibility for environmental performance of the operation will rest with the senior management of the contractors in Pakistan. Site managers of the contractors will be responsible for the effective implementation of the EMP.
5.2.3
Operations and Maintenance Team:

A power plant Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Team will be appointed for operation of the plant. The O&M Team1 will be headed by a Plant Manager who will manage all the day to day operations of power plant and will also have custody of the plant. Overall responsibility for compliance with the EMP during the operational phase will lie with the Plant Manager. A dedicated Environment, Health and Safety and Officer (EHSO) will monitor the environmental performance of the project to ensure that the project is carried out in accordance with governing legislation, project approval conditions, Uch-II corporate policies and recommendations of this EIA and EMP. The Uch-II O&M Team shall: Take responsibility of compliance of all site activities with the environmental, health and safety policies as set down by Uch-II or by its Sponsors; Take responsibility for compliance of all site activities with the requirements of all project approval conditions and applicable laws and standards; Take responsibility for compliance of all site activities with the requirements of this EMP; and
1 O&M Team for Uch-II Plant can be a third party O&M contractor, Uch-I team performing Uch-II O&M or a team directly employed by Uch-II for O&M.
5-4
Provide adequate resources (time, finance, personnel) to comply with the requirements of this EMP.
5.2.4
Government Agencies
In pursuance to clause 10 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Initial Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation, 2000, the BEPA, after receiving the subject EIA from the proponent and issuing the confirmation of completeness, will publish in national English and Urdu newspapers, a public notice mentioning the type of project, its exact location, the name and address of the proponent, and the places at which the EIA can be accessed. The notice will fix a date, time and place for the public hearing for any comments on the project or the EIA. BEPA will monitor project compliance against EMP requirements and any additional mitigation measures provided in the NOC for the project.
5.2.5
External Auditor
Uch-II will hire a third party auditor to conduct external compliance auditing during construction and operation phases. External audits will be carried out to review the compliance with the EMP during various phases of the project and to report any nonconformances. Audits will be conducted (i) midway through construction, (ii) at the end of construction, and (iii) during project operation every year. Any non-conformances recorded during external audits shall be resolved on priority basis.
5-5
Environmental Mitigation Plan

The Environmental Mitigation Plan will be used as a management tool for implementation of the mitigation measures identified by the EIA. The mitigation plan matrix lists down: The environmental / social impact arising from the proposed construction and operation phases; The required mitigation measures recommended in the EIA; and The person / organisation directly responsible for adhering to or executing the required mitigation measures. Uch-II will hold primary and overall responsibility for ensuring full implementation of the mitigation plan during various project phases. The Environmental Mitigation Plan has been provided separately for design/ preconstruction, construction and operation phases of the proposed project and is given in Table 6-1, 6-2 and 6-3 respectively.
6-1
Table 6-1: Mitigation Plan during Design/Pre- Construction Phase No Enviornmental / Social Impact ID 1.1 1 Noise 1.2 1.3 2.1 2 Dust Emissions 2.2 3 Land Use 3.1 4.1 4 Water Sourcing 4.2 5 6 Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust Soil and Land Contamination 5.1 6.1 Mitigation Measures Design provisions/alterations to reduce construction and operation equipment and machinery noise at source Porvision of accoustic enclosures for reducing noise from equipments such as combustion turbines in the design stage. Provison of sound absorptive material in walls and ceilings during the design of buildings Identifying all exposed surfaces susceptible to dust emission and devising a plan (e.g. water sprinkling) to reduce these emissions. Devising a speed limit of 20km/hr for vehicles driving on all unpaved roads during project construction Design considerations for minimum land up take by various facilities during construction and operation phases Initiation of the approval process from the irrigation department for obtaning water from Pat Feeder Canal during Uch-II operations Development of water conservation plans during construction and operation phase. Devising a plan for inspection of vehicles and equipment during construction phase Identifying/marking areas for safe handling and storage of hazardous materials/waste and for maintenance of vehicles during contruction phase. Storage areas for fuels and liquid chemicals will be designed with secondary containment to prevent spills and contamination of soil and groundwater. The secondary containment will be impervious with a
6-2
Responsibility EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II Uch-II, EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor
6.2
No
Enviornmental / Social Impact
ID
Mitigation Measures capacity of at least 110% of the largest single container.
Responsibility
6.3 6.4 7 Drainage and Storm Water Runoff 7.1 8.1 8 Wastewater generation 8.2 9.1 9.2 10.1 10 Natural Hazards Flooding 10.2 11.1 12.1 12.2
Development of a spill prevention plan during contruction phase Development of inspection plans to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipments Design considerations in line with EIA study recommendations for proper drainage systems during construction and operation phases Design considerations for construction of septic tank for cateing construction camp effluent Design considerations in line with EIA study recommendations for effective collection, treatment and disposal of various waste streams generated during Uch-II operations A waste management plan in line with recommendations of the EIA study will be developed before the start of the construction activities. Development of a training programme for construction personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. Designing the Uch-II Plant site above the 25 year flood level The top of the berm around the evaporation ponds will also be designed to be above the 25 year flood level. Design of various plant buildings will be carried out in accordance with UBC Zone 2 buidling code. Development of wildlife protection plan also including a no hunting or no harassment policy on wildlife. Development of a plan for minisming vegetation clearance at the
6-3
EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor
Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management
EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor EPC contractor
11
Natural Hazards Seismicity
12
Disturbance to Flora and Fauna
No
ID project site
Mitigation Measures Development of a traffic management plan to minimise disturbance to local communities during project construction and operation phases A local labor selection criterion will be developed which will be based primarily on merit and on equitable job distribution among the locals during project construction and operation phases. A plan for salvaging any archaeological find will be developed Initiation of a plan/programme for sensitising the project staff with local culture Development of a grevience redress management system to address complaints recieved from communities during the construction and operation phases
Responsibility Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor
13
12.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5
6-4
Table 6-2: Mitigation Plan for Construction Phase No Enviornmental / Social Impact ID 1.1 1.2 1.3 1 Construction Noise 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 2 Dust Emissions 2.1 Mitigation Measures Equipment noise will be reduced at source by proper maintenance and repair of construction machinery and equipment. Installing acoustic barriers without gaps in order to minimise the transmission of sound through the barrier. Installing vibration isolation for mechanical equipment Taking advantage of the natural topography as a noise buffer during facility design Noise from vehicles and power generators will be minimised by use of proper silencers and mufflers. Noise-abating devices will be used wherever needed and practicable. Developing a mechanism to record and respond to complaints Water will be sprinkled daily or when there is an obvious dust problem, on all exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of sprinkling will be kept such that the dust remains under control, particularly when wind is blowing towards the environmental receptors. Dust emission from soil piles and aggregate storage stockpiles will be reduced by appropriate measures. These may include: Keeping the material moist by sprinkling of water at appropriate frequency Erecting windshield walls on three sides of the piles such that the wall project 0.5m above the pile, or Covering the pile, for example with tarpaulin or thick plastic sheets, to prevent emissions. Responsibility EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor
EPC contractor
2.2
6-5
No
ID
Mitigation Measures All roads within the plant site that are to be paved or appropriately sealed will be paved as early as possible after the commencement of construction work. Until the roads are paved, they will be sprinkled regularly to prevent dust emission. Other temporary tracks within the site boundary will be compacted and sprinkled with water during the construction works. Project traffic will maintain a maximum speed limit of 20 km/h on all unpaved roads within the plant site. Construction materials that are susceptible to dust formation will be transported only in securely covered trucks to prevent dust emission during transportation. Land uptake will be kept to the minimum required and restriced to the existing compound area and within the existing water supply pipeline easement. Water will only be abstracted from canal after proper approval from the concerned departments. Water conservation programme will be implemented to prevent wastage of water. All vehicles, generators and other equipment used during construction will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimise emission of pollutants. The stack height of the generators will be at least 3m above the ground. Fuels, lubricants, and chemicals will be stored in covered bunded areas, underlain with impervious lining. Maintenance of vehicles and equipment will only be carried out at designated areas. The area will be provided with hard surface or tarpaulin will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil.
2.3
2.4
EPC contractor EPC contractor
2.5
Land Use
3.1
Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II Uch-II, EPC contractor EPC contractor
4.1 4 Water Sourcing 4.2 5.1 5.2 6 Soil and Land Contamination 6.1 6.2
Vehicle and Equipment Exhaust
EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor
6-6
No
ID 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 7.1 7.2
Mitigation Measures Spill prevention/drip trays will be provided at refueling locations. Vehicles will only be washed at designated areas. Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment. Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials, will be available near fuel and oil storage areas. Contaminated soil will be removed and properly disposed after treatment such as bioremediation or incineration. Proper drainage will be provided to construction camp and construction site, especially near excavations. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Following drainage system will be constructed for the power plant. All drains will discharge into evaporation pond after required treatment. Cooling Tower blow down Demin plant regenerated wastewater. Sanitary wastewater; Oily wastewater; and Sludge from clarifiers The entire site will be provided with storm water drainage system. Construction camp effluent will be treated onsite using septic tanks before disposal through evaporation pond.
Responsibility EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor
Drainage and Storm Water Runoff 7.3
Camp Effluent
8.1
EPC contractor
6-7
No
ID 9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4
Mitigation Measures Separate bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton. Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling. Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill. No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary. All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors. Surplus construction materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert construction wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material. Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled, or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register. Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. A no-hunting, no trapping, no harassment policy will be strictly enforced. Trading of wild animals or birds by project personnel will be prohibited. Wildlife protection rules will be included in the Camp Rules.
Responsibility EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor
Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management
9.5
EPC Contractor
9.6
EPC contractor
9.7
9.8 10.1 10 Disturbance to Wildlife 10.2 10.3
EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor
6-8
No
ID 11.1 11.2
Mitigation Measures Construction area will be properly identified and the access to the area will be limited to only project related personal. Strict speed limits will be enforced within the plant boundary and where needed, a signal man will be placed to control traffic. After the completion of construction phase, proper site restoration will be carried out to eliminate any safety hazards such as any excavation will be leveled to prevent falling injury to plant worker. The equipment and construction machinery will only be operated by properly trained and experienced personnel. Construction traffic will use the national highway and follow the speed limits. Project traffic will utilise national highway and will avoid any local or unpaved road. Traffic rush hours will be avoided for the transportation of heavy and odd loads. Strict speed limits will be imposed near towns and villages. Maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be reserved for the local communities. All contractors hired for construction work will be instructed to notify Uch-II immediately if any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. If any object of archaeological or cultural value is found. Excavation work in the vicinity of the find will be stopped. Assistance will be sought from the Department of Archaeology at Shah Abdul Latif University, Khairpur to identify the remains.
6-9
Responsibility Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor EPC Contractor
11
Community and Power Plant Workers Safety
11.3
11.4 11.5 12.1 12 Traffic Disturbance 12.2 12.3 13 Local Employment Conflicts 13.1
EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor
14.1 14 Archaeological and Cultural Resources 14.2
No
ID
Mitigation Measures If it is found that the remains have archeological significance, the Department of Museum and Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, will be notified with a request for inspection. If the museum decides to salvage the find, Uch-II will provide assistance
Responsibility
15.1 15 Project and Community Interface 15.2
The non-local project staff will be housed in the construction camp established within the boundary wall of the power plant. The non-local project staff will be sensitised to local culture and norms. Unnecessary interaction of local population with the non-local project staff will be avoided. Construction workers not belonging to the local area will be restricted to wander near the local communities. All community grievances will be handled and addressed through community redress mechanism
EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor Uch-II, EPC contractor
15.3
15.4
6-10
Table 6-3: Mitigation Plan for Operation Phase No 1 Environmental / Social Impact Air Emissions ID 1.1 2.1 2.2 2.3 2 Plant Noise 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 3 Wastewater 3.1 3.2 3.3 Mitigation Measures Effective management of combustion conditions will be maintained. Noisy equipment such as turbines will be placed inside acoustic enclosures. Selecting structures according to their noise isolation effect to envelop the building Using mufflers or silencers in intake and exhaust channels Using vibration isolators and flexible connections (e.g., helical steel springs and rubber elements) Applying a carefully detailed design to prevent possible noise leakage through openings Minimise pressure variations in piping Modification of the plant configuration or use of noise barriers such as berms and vegetation to limit ambient noise at plant property lines Wastewater will be disposed off through onsite evaporation pond after required treatment. The wastewater from cooling tower blow down will be treated in a RO system and will finally be disposed off into the evaporation pond. Demin plant regeneration wastewater will be treated in neutralisation pits and then treated in RO system before discharging into the evaporation pond. Responsibility Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II,O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team
6-11
No
Environmental / Social Impact
ID 3.4
Mitigation Measures Sanitary wastewater will be treated in a wastewater treatment plant using activated sludge process and RO system before discharge into the evaporation pond. Oily wastewater will pass through an oily wastewater separator. The oil layer will be skimmed off and stored in a storage tank for onward disposal whereas the separated water will be sent to wastewater pond after final treatment in the RO unit. Sludge will be separated through a mechanism consisting of Plate Type Filter Press and will finally be disposed into the on site land fill area Sanitary wastewater system will have capacity to treat additional effluent generated from camp operations during the plant outage when maintenance staff is also residing in the plant. Approval from the concerned departments will be obtained for the withdrawal of canal water for the plant water requirements . The plant cooling system will consist of vertical draft cooling towers with continues recirculation of cooling water. The cooling water chemistry will be closely monitored for optimum utilisation of cooling water. Reverse osmosis (RO) technology will be employed to further reduce the water requirements of the power plant. Water conservation program will be implemented in plant colony to prevent wastage of water. Storage and handling of hazardous materials will be in accordance with international standards and appropriate to their hazard characteristics. Labelling will be placed on all storage vessels/containers as appropriate to national and international standards. The labeling will clearly identify the stored materials.
Responsibility Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team
3.5
3.6 3.7 4.1 4.2 4 Water Resources 4.3 4.4 5 Hazardous Materials 5.1
Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team O&M Team
5.2
6-12
No
ID
Mitigation Measures A Hazardous Materials Register will be in place to cover hazardous material name, HAZCHEM/United Nations Code, Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS), summary of maximum inventory, storage requirements and precautions, location, physical properties of the materials and approved disposal methods. Separate waste bins will be placed for different type of wastes - plastic, paper, metal, glass, wood, and cotton. Recyclable material will be separated at source. The recyclable waste will be sold to waste contractors for recycling. Non-hazardous non-recyclable wastes such as construction camp kitchen wastes will be disposed off in an onsite landfill. No waste will be dumped at any location outside the plant boundary.
Responsibility O&M Team
5.3
6.1 6.2 6.3 6 Solid Waste Management 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 7 7.1 Occupational Health and Safety Electrical Hazards 7.1.1
O&M Team O&M Team O&M Team O&M Team
All hazardous waste will be separated from other wastes. Hazardous wastes will be O&M Team, stored in designated areas with restricted access and proper marking. Hazardous waste wastes will be disposed off through approved waste contractors. contractors Surplus materials including partially filled chemical and paint containers will be returned to suppliers. Inert wastes will be disposed off onsite as fill material. Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation, and management of waste. Written procedures to de-energise circuits that will be impacted by the repair activity will be prepared. Standard procedures for confined space entries will be prepared. The procedure will include: electrical lockout, air testing before and during entry, proper respiratory protection if required, standby help (buddy system), and piping system disconnection. O&M Team O&M Team
O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team
7.2
Confined Space Entry
7.2.1
6-13
No 7.3
Environmental / Social Impact Machine Guarding Eye Head and Foot Protection
ID 7.3.1
Mitigation Measures Proper machine guarding, which is critical for the prevention of injuries to workers by isolating them from moving machinery, will be provided. Head protection will be worn in appropriate plant areas, i.e., power block and production areas. Open-toed shoes will be prohibited. Eye protection will be required during all maintenance activities involving dust exposure or the production of particulates from sanding or grinding activities. Fire fighting equipment will be available in the form of ABC fire extinguishers as a minimum, and their locations will be clearly marked. Exits from work places will be well marked and visible in dim light. Fire water will be located throughout the plant in well-marked piping. An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equipments. Housekeeping will be frequent and thorough to prevent slips, trips, and falls. A lockout / tag out program will be implemented. Proper precautions will be taken to minimise employee risk to chemical exposure. Provision will be made for respirator usage in areas where chemical exposuere concentrations are exceeding the guideline values. Provision will be made for PPEs in the form of ear muffs and ear plugs in areas with noise levels exceeding the guideline values.
Responsibility Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team
7.4
7.4.1
7.5.1 7.5.2 7.5.3 7.5.4 7.6.1 7.6 House Keeping 7.6.2 7.7.1 7.7 Chemical Exposure 7.7.2 7.8 Noise levels 7.8.1
Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team
7.5
Fire and Explosion Hazards
6-14
No
ID
Mitigation Measures A hearing conservation programme for plant workers will be started which may include: audiometry, training in the use of hearing protection (ear muffs, plugs, canal caps), identification of areas that have high (85 dB (A) or above) sound levels, and discussion of the effects of noise exposure. Staff will be trained for management of heat realted stress and illness, such as proper work/rest cycle and increased intake of fluids during hot weather.
Responsibility Uch-II, O&M Team
7.8.2 Heat Related Stress/Illness
7.9
7.9.1
O&M Team
Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited EPC: Engineering, Procurement and Construction O&M Team: Uch-II Operations and Maintenance Team
6-15
7
7.1
Environmental Monitoring and Training

Environmental Monitoring
Environmental monitoring can be categorised into two types; 1) - compliance monitoring and 2) - effects monitoring, these have been explained below.
7.1.1
Compliance Monitoring
Compliance Monitoring will be carried out to ensure compliance with the requirements of the EIA and EMP. Uch-II, O&M team and contractors will carry out the inspections on a routine basis. This will also include routine monitoring of effluent and emissions and plant operational parameters to ensure effective operations of plant and auxiliary systems.
7.1.2
Effects Monitoring
To monitor actual impacts of the project on selected sensitive receptors so that impacts not anticipated in the EIA or impacts which exceed the levels anticipated in the EIA can be identified and appropriate mitigation measures can be adopted in time. This objective will be achieved through Effects Monitoring. The environmental monitoring programme during construction and operation phases is summarised in Table 7-1 and 7-2 respectively. The monitoring programme matrix covers: The environmental / social aspect to be monitored; The parameters to be measured for the monitoring; The monitoring method to be used; Performance indicators such as any applicable national or international standards (e.g. NEQS) or guidelines (e.g. WHO, IFC etc); Locations where the monitoring is to be carried out;. Monitoring frequency, and Responsibility for carrying out the monitoring programme.
7.2
Environmental Training
Environmental training will form part of the environmental management system. The training will be directed towards all personnel for general environmental awareness.
7-1
The objective of training programme is to ensure that the requirements of the EIA and EMP are clearly understood and followed throughout the project. The trainings to the staff will help in communicating environmental related restrictions specified in the EIA and EMP. Table 7-3 presents the training programme.
7.3
Records during Construction and Operation Phases

Uch-II shall keep records demonstrating environmental compliance during project construction and operation. The following records shall be kept: All necessary permits and approvals; Proof of environmental and safety training mentioned in Table 7-3; All environmental monitoring results; A record of all maintenance of environmental controls; All reports provided by the EPC and O&M Team, including, internal and external environmental audit reports; Daily non-conformances and corrective action report; and All correspondence on environmental management matters, including any complaints received. All records shall be kept at on-site premises and maintained during the construction and operation phases. Environmental records will be made available to BEPA and project personnel upon request. Sample checklists for various activities are provided in Appendix A.
7-2
Table 7-1: Environmental monitoring programme - Construction Phase Environmental aspect to be monitored or mitigation measure Generated dust levels Control of dusty loads
Sr.No.
Parameters to be measured
Monitoring method Fallout gauges, visual observations Visual check at security Measurement should be taken at full throttle, typical operating and idling conditions pH, BOD and COD testing
Performance indicator
Locations
Monitoring frequency As required should dust complaints be made. Any loads leaving site
Responsibility
Dust levels at site boundary Covering or wetting of all loads of loose material Oxides of nitrogen and sulphur, CO, PM10, smoke Efficiency of site treatment method, especially BOD removal Volume of water used
N/Aa
Site boundary
Uch-II, EPC Contractor EPC Contractor
N/A
Site entry/exit
Equipment and machinery/ vehicle exhaust
NEQS limits for exhaust emissions
Equipment/vehicle Exhaust
Baseline when the equipment/vehicle is inducted in pool and subsequently after every every year
EPC Contractor
Wastewater treatment
NEQS limits for municipal effluent and IFC Standards for sanitary wastewaterb N/A
Inlet and outlet from septic tanks Water abstraction points for construction activities
Monthly
Uch-II, EPC Contractor
Water consumption
Metering
Monthly totals
7-3
Sr.No.
Environmental aspect to be monitored or mitigation measure
Monitoring method
Locations
Monitoring frequency
Responsibility
Solid Waste management
General waste and level of recycling
Survey/visual inspection
N/A
Inspection of waste generation, collection, segregation, storage, recycling and disposal will be undertaken at each site of the project activity Site boundary, plant residential colony and nearest community sites outside plant. Around noise generating machinery and equipment Construction site
Monthly estimates
EPC Contractor
Construction noise
Ambient noise levels Occupational noise levels
Noise meter
NEQS and WHO guidelines for noise WHO guidelines for noise Number of accidents/incidents recorded Number of accidents/incidents recorded N/A
Monthly
Uch-II, EPC Contractor EPC, Contractor EPC Contractor EPC Contractor EPC Contractor Uch-II, EPC Contractor
Noise meter
Monthly
Accident and incidents
Occurrences and cause patterns
Safety review
Weekly
Safety audit Visual and inspection of certification Visual
Construction site
Monthly On arrival on site for use Part of daily walkabout
Machinery Fuel and chemical handling
Approval and suitability of machinery Containment and good practice in
Construction site
10
Number of spillages
Construction site
7-4
Sr.No.
Environmental aspect to be monitored or mitigation measure Overall Construction Environmental Action Plan Performance Public nuisance
Parameters to be measured transfers Performance and adherence
Monitoring method
Locations
Responsibility
11
Audit
Number of nonconformances Number of complaints attended to in a timely manner.
Construction site
Monthly
12
Complaints by communities
As per grievance redress mechanism
As per grievance redress mechanism
Upon receipt of complaint
Notes: a: Means not applicable b: Compliance with these standards is not mandatory as these standards are developed for discharges in the water body whereas the plant will be designed as zero discharge facility with all of the wastewater going into the evaporation pond. However conformance with these standards may be required as part of good industrial practice. Abbreviations: Uch-II: Uch-II Power (Private) Limited EPC: Engineering, Procurement and Construction
7-5
Table 7-2: Environmental monitoring programme - Operation Phase Environmental aspect to be monitored or mitigation measure
Sr.No.
Monitoring method
Performance indicators
Locations
Monitoring frequency Continuous via (CEMS) or on monthly basis except for heavy metals which are to be measured on an annual basis.
Stack emission testing would be carried out annually.
Responsibility
Emissions to atmosphere from stacks
NOx, SOx, PM CO and heavy metals
Continuous sampling or preiodic analysis in conformance with any international standard (e.g. EN 1844.)
NEQS emission limits and IFC EHS Guidelines for thermal power plants
Operating stacks
Uch-II, O&M team
Ambient air quality
NOx, SOx, PM10, CO
In conformance with any international standard.
NEQS limits for ambient air quality and IFC EHS Guidelines for thermal power plantsa
At locations where ambient air quality carried out previously as part of EIA study.
Long term ambient air quality for atleast 3 months is to be carried out for PM10 either by passive samplers or by manual sampling. Afterwards, and for other pollutants, monitor parameters on monthly or on a seasonal basis (e.g. 1 weeks/season) consistent with NEQS and WHO guidelines.
Uch-II, O&M team
7-6
Sr.No.
Monitoring method Measurement should be taken at full throttle, typical operating and idling conditions In conformance with any recognised international standard In conformance with any recognised international standard In conformance with any recognised international standard Metering of water taken from Pat Feeder Canal for all
Locations
Responsibility
Vehicle exhaust
CO and smoke
NEQS limits
Vehicle exhaust
Baseline when the vehicle is inducted in pool and subsequently after every year Continuous monitoring of CO2 via CEMS or calculated emissions reported monthly The monitoring may be carried out on quarterly basis if noise is not identified as an issue during first monitoing.
Uch-II, O&M Team
Greenhouse Gases
Quantity of CO2 emissions from the plant
N/Ac
Power Station main stacks and any other sources of CO2 emissions. Site Boundary and noise sensitive locations (e.g. communities) surrounding the power plant Around high noise generating equipments (e.g. turbines) and facilities Canal intake point, all major water users.
Uch-II, O&M Team
Ambient noise levels
Equivalent noise levels (LAeq.) Equivalent noise levels (LA eq.) for an eight hour shift and peak noise levels (Lmax.) Use of water from Pat Feeder Canal
Within NEQS and WHO limits
Uch-II, O&M team
Occupational noise
Within IFC General EHS guideline limits
Monthly during plant operations
Uch-II, O&M Team
Water use
Within allowable quota limit
Monthly totals
Uch-II, O&M Team
7-7
Sr.No.
Monitoring method uses. Complete water balance to identify unusual use, inefficiencies, evaporation and seepage losses
Locations
Responsibility
Cooling Water
Temperature, pH
Auto sampler
IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plantsb NEQS limits for municipal effluents and IFC General EHS guidelinesb IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plantsb IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plantsb
Cooling towers discharge point
Continuous
Uch-II, O&M Team
Sewage treatment plant
BOD; COD; pH; TSS
sampling
Sewage treatment discharge point
Monthly
Uch-II, O&M Team
10
Process water treatment plant
pH; TSS; Cl- ; metals
sampling
Discharge Within 100m of turbines, water treatment plant, Workshops and stores and at oily water separator discharge point
pH: continuous TSS, Cl-: daily metals: semi annually
Uch-II, O&M Team
11
Surface Drains
Appearance and condition, oil and grease
Visual, sampling
Monthly
Uch-II, O&M Team
7-8
Sr.No.
Environmental aspect to be monitored or mitigation measure Evaporation Pond
Parameters to be measured Temperature, BOD; COD pH; TSS; Cl- ; metals, and oil and grease
Monitoring method
Locations
Responsibility
12
Sampling
IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plantsb
At any two locations of evaporation pond.
Monthly
Uch-II, O&M Team
13
Solid Waste Management
Waste management practice in storage and disposal areas
Inspection of waste collection processes, tracking registers disposal records. Records of hazardous waste sent through waste contractors. Visual, inspection of MSDS
In line with the mitigation measures presented in the EIA study
Waste collection, segregation, storage and disposal areas
Monthly
Uch-II, O&M Team
14
Fuel and chemical handling
Containment and good practice in storage and transfers Organic compounds in groundwater
Number of spillages To be compared with the ground water characteristics of control sample taken prior to
7-9
Fuel and chemical storage areas (e.g. Warehouse) At locations up gradient and down gradient of HSD storage tanks, hazardous waste storage areas and
Monthly
Uch-II, O&M Team
15
Groundwater quality
Sampling
Prior to plant operations for control sample and then after every two years
Uch-II, O&M Team
Sr.No.
Monitoring method
Performance indicators operations of Uch-II. Procedures developed as part of Environmental Management System (EMS) Procedures developed as part of Environmental Management System (EMS) N/A Number of complaints attended to in a timely manner.
Locations
Responsibility
evaporation pond
Safety review Accident and incidents Occurrences and cause patterns Safety audit
Power plant operational areas
Weekly
Uch-II, O&M Team
16
Power plant operational areas
Monthly
Uch-II, O&M Team
17
Water and energy efficiency Public nuisance
Water balance and energy use Complaints by communities
Performance tests As per community redress mechanism
All process areas As per community redress mechanism
Annually Upon receipt of complaint
Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team
18
7-10
Sr.No.
Parameters to be measured Fuel (Low BTU Gas) consumed (m3) Hours of operation (generation)
Monitoring method
Locations
Responsibility
Gas flow meter
N/A
Gas supply reading at intake point Control system
Monthly
Uch-II, O&M Team Uch-II, O&M Team
19
Energy usage
Control system
N/A
Monthly
Notes: a: NEQS limits on ambient air quality are to be used and to use WHO ambient air quality guidelines in case NEQS is not defined for a particular pollutant . Moreover, the IFC further states that increase in the ambient air levels of pollutants should not be more than 25% of the existing ambient air quality standards (e.g. NEQS and WHO). b: Compliance with these standards is not mandatory as these standards are developed for discharges into water body whereas the plant will be designed as zero discharge facility with all of the wastewater going into the evaporation pond. However conformance with these standards may be required as part of good industrial practice. c: No performance standard for CO2 has been defined when low BTU gas is used as fuel by IFC EHS guidelines for thermal power plants.
7-11
Table 7-3: Environmental training programme

Staff Selected management staff of Uch-II and the contractor All site personnel (including locally hired staff) Training Contents Introduction to project EIA and EMP. EMP communication, documentation and monitoring and reporting requirements. Site induction training on Health Safety and Environment system and requirements at Uch-II Power Station Environmental sensitivities of the project area. Communication of environmental problems to appropriate officers. Waste disposal. Oil spill contingency. Construction supervisors EMP communication, documentation and monitoring requirements. Good construction practices. Dust emissions control during construction phase. O&M Teams supervisory staff Emergency response teams Drivers EMP communication, documentation and monitoring requirements. Fire fighting. Emergency response including oil and chemical spill. Road safety. Road restrictions. Vehicle restrictions. Waste disposal. Defensive driving. Camp staff Camp operations. Waste disposal. House keeping. Restoration team Restoration requirements. Oil spill contingency plan. At the time of induction of camp staff Prior to start of restoration activities Prior to start of operation of power plant Prior to start of operation of power plant At the time of induction of drivers Prior to start of construction activities Timings Prior to start of any project activities At the time of entering Uch-II Power Station Prior to start of work
7-12
8
8.1

Site Audits and Corrective Action
Site audits will be undertaken to independently verify the compliance of project activities and controls against Government standards, project approval conditions and the conditions set out in the EIA and EMP. a. Internal compliance audit
During project construction phase a full compliance audit of construction activities and site will be carried out on a bi-annual basis. Similar internal audits will be carried out during the operational phase after every six months. Environmental compliance will be audited against the conditions of the construction contract and the EMP. The audit shall also be attended by the project contractors. The audit will involve a review of all project sites in use or used since the previous audit, any construction and related activities in progress and the site records. An audit report describing the results of each audit shall be prepared by the management of Uch-II. The report shall specify any non-conformances and recommend corrective action/s with dates for completion. b. External compliance audit Uch-II will hire a third party for external compliance audit. The audit will review whether all the compliances as mentioned in EIA / EMP are adhered with or not. These audits will be conducted amid of and at the end of construction phase while during operation phase the audit frequency will be on an annual basis. Any non-conformances raised during external audit shall be resolved on priority basis. c. Corrective Action
Uch-II shall implement the corrective action/s during construction and operation phases recommended by the internal and external audits in the time specified. Uch-II shall verify the satisfactory implementation of corrective actions during the following weekly inspection and sign off on the non-conformance/s if satisfactorily rectified, or make a further request if unsatisfactory.
8.2
Incident Management Procedure

Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall prepare Incident Management Procedures for their respective project phases. During employee environmental training, the Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall emphasis the importance of documenting all environmental incidents.
8-1
The Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall immediately report all incidences and actions should be taken accordingly. These incidences may include: Construction activities undertaken outside approved sites; Damage to private or Government structures or land; and Hazardous material spills. The Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall investigate and act on all incidences by: Identifying the cause of the incident; Identifying and implementing necessary corrective action(s); Identifying personnel responsible for carrying out corrective action(s); Implementing or modifying controls necessary to avoid repetition; and Recording any changes required in written procedures.
8.3
Emergency Response Plan

The Uch-II / EPC and O&M Team shall develop and implement emergency response procedures for the project construction and operation phases respectively for example, fire, major oil spills, medical evacuation and communicate these to the regulatory agencies if required by these agencies. The procedures will be prepared prior to start of each project phase and will also be sent to the various lenders (e.g. ADB) for review. The following steps shall be included in the procedures. a. Define the Problem:
The immediate problem is established to facilitate a review of available options for shortterm action. b. Manage the Situation The safety of any persons, either workers or others involved in project construction or operation, is to be ensured as a first priority; An emergency response plan will be prepared for evacuation of personnel and equipments in case of an emergency; Environmental damage is to be quickly minimised; All emergency action should take place as soon as possible after the event. c. After the Event Uch-II shall be contacted immediately once all persons are safe and any possible immediate actions to control damage and manage the situation have been taken. A rectification plan will be developed by Uch-II detailing how any remaining environmental effects will be remedied.
8-2

A formal grievance management system shall be established to handle any complaints that arise during construction and operation phases. The resolution of all grievances and disputes will be according to applicable legislation under national/international (in absence of national laws) requirements. The following principles will be upheld, essential prerequisites in the management process: Openness/transparency and accessibility to all primary and secondary stakeholders; Un-biased approach on the part of any individual / body reviewing grievances or disputes, to promote the trust and confidence of all parties involved; and The maintenance of confidentiality confidentiality of the complainant, if so requested, and to information provided by any of the parties to a complaint
9.1
Dispute Resolution Process

Responsibility for matters relating to grievance and dispute resolution will lie with the Liaison and Participation Unit (LPU) set out by Uch-II on site. The LPU consists of staff members of Uch-II, EPC and O&M Team during the related project stages. Throughout the project period, aggrieved persons/bodies will have full access to the LPU for support and advice. As presented in Figure 9-1, the first action will be to record the grievance in the Social Complaint Register (SCR) kept onsite. A sample page from the SCR is provided in Figure 9-2. The LPU will initially investigate the issue within 14 days of recieving the complaint and seek to resolve it in this time frame, but if the grievance remains unresolved then the complaint will be forwarded to the Grievance Resolution Task Group (GRTG). The GRTG will be set up solely for the purpose of addressing grievances. The GRTG will be established prior to the commencement of construction, with representation by the contractor / client and the involvement of local communities or relevant district authorities. The main functions of this Task Group will be: To provide a support mechanism to affected persons; To record, investigate and assess grievances; and To resolve grievances, in accordance with project policies and applicable local legislation, and provide prompt feedback to the aggrieved parties The GRTG will seek to resolve each issue within 30 days following the forwarding of the grievance by the LPU. Grievances and disputes that cannot be resolved through project-
9-1
related mechanisms will have recourse to national law through the judiciary. All grievances and disputes will be resolved according to applicable legislation. The projects grievance resolution mechanism will not provide any legal advice at this stage to persons/body contesting for the complaint. The local community shall be informed about project grievance handling procedures through community discussions. The discussions will be carried out in villages that lie within a radius of 2km from Uch-II.
9-2
Figure 9-1: Grievance Redress Procedure
9-3
Figure 9-2: Social Complaints Register (Sample) Date Name of Complainant/body Description of Compliant Corrective Action Follow-up Authority Time Frame
9-4
10
10.1

Kick-off Meeting
Prior to commencement of work, a meeting will be held on-site to discuss implementation of the EMP, show commitment to adhere with the EMP and check readiness of the contractors to start the project. The meeting will be attended by relevant management staff from Uch-II and the contractors.
10.2
Daily and Weekly Meetings and Reports

A daily meeting will be held during the project activities to discuss the environmental conduct of the operation, non-compliances noted and their remedial measures. The meetings will be recorded in the Weekly Environmental Report. The weekly environmental report will be used to review the performance of the operation by reviewing the number of non-conformances and the environmental incidences that occurred during the reporting period, progress on daily action items and to list recommendations for additional controls, mitigation measures or monitoring requirements. The report will be communicated to the Uch-II management and senior members of the contractors. The report will include: Summary of weekly project activities. Non-compliances observed and mitigation measures taken or required.
10.3
Social Complaints Register

Uch-II site representative will maintain a register of complaints received from local communities and measures taken to mitigate these concerns. All community complaints received will be handled through grievance redress mechanism.
10.4
Change Record Register

All changes to the EMP or the project will be handled through the Change Management Plan provided in Section 7 of the EMP. These changes will be registered in a Change Record Register.
10.5
Photographic Record
Uch-II will ensure that a photographic record including the following is maintained. All areas used by the project activities; before use, during use and after restoration. Key non-compliances.
10-1
Key project activities.
10.6
Environmental Reporting
The requirements related to environmental reporting after approval of the EIA are as follows: After receiving approval from Balochistan EPA, Uch-II will acknowledge acceptance of the conditions of approval by executing an undertaking in the form prescribed in Schedule VII of the 2000 Regulations. After the end of construction phase of the project, Uch-II will obtain a confirmation from Balochistan EPA that the requirements of the EIA and the conditions of approval have been duly complied with. The Balochistan EPA in granting the confirmation of compliance may impose any additional control regarding the environmental management of the project or the operation, as it deems necessary. Uch-II will prepare and submit an annual report each year to Balochistan EPA summarising the production details, any plant modifications or extensions, details of the effects monitoring and environmental performance of the plant operations etc Uch-II will furnish monitoring reports to Balochistan EPA for gaseous emissions on monthly basis under the Self Monitoring and Reporting (SMART) System.
10.7 10.7.1
Public Consultation EIA Disclosure

After submission of the EIA to Balochistan EPA, Balochistan EPA will advertise in a newspaper a public notice indicating a date for a public hearing and the place where copies of the EIA can be found for review purposes. Any interested party can also contact Uch-II at the following address for electronic copies of the EIA report: Pervaiz Khan (Chief Executive Officer Uch-II Power (Private) Limited) 48, Khyaban-e-Iqbal,Main Margalla Road, Sector F-7/2, Islamabad, Pakistan Tel : +92 51 2654901-4 Fax: +92 51 2654905
10.7.2
Public Hearing
In pursuance to clause 10 of the 2000 Regulations, Balochistan EPA after receiving the subject EIA from the proponent and issuing the confirmation of completeness will publish in national English and Urdu newspaper, a public notice mentioning the type of the project, its exact location, the name and address of the proponent, and the places at which the EIA can be accessed. The notice will fix a date and time and place for the public hearing for any comments on the project or the EIA. Any comments received by
10-2
the Balochistan EPA during or before the public hearing will be collated, tabulated and duly considered by the Balochistan EPA in granting its decision on the EIA.
10.7.3
Post EIA Approval Consultation

After approval of the EIA, Uch-II will report environmental performance of its project to Balochistan EPA as per the EMP and applicable laws. This would serve as a communication channel with Balochistan EPA. Uch-II will also encourage any visits by Government Departments or other interested stakeholders to review and verify adherence to mitigation measures related to impacts on physical, biological or socioeconomic receptors of the area.
10-3
11

The EIA recognises that changes in the operations or the EMP may be required during the operation and therefore a Change Management Plan has been provided to manage such changes. The management of changes is discussed under two separate headings, changes to the EMP and changes to the Operation.
11.1.1
Changes to the EMP

The EIA and the EMP have been developed based on the best possible information available at the time of the EIA study. However, it is possible that during the construction and operation phase some aspects of the EMP may need to be changed owing to their non-applicability in a certain area of operation or the need for additional mitigation measures based on the findings of environmental monitoring during the construction and operation phase. In such cases following actions shall be taken. A meeting will be held between Uch-II and the concerned contractor. During the meeting the proposed deviation from the EMP, planning and designing will be discussed and agreed upon by all parties. Based on the discussion during the meeting, a change report will be produced collectively, which will include the original EMP clause/plan or design, the change that has been agreed upon, and the reasons for the change. The report will be signed by all the parties and will be filed at the site office. A copy of the report will be sent to Uch-II and contractor head offices. All relevant project personnel will be informed of the change.
11.1.2
Changes to the Operation

The change management system recognises three orders of changes. a. First Order
A first order change is one that leads to a significant departure from the project described or the impacts assessed in the EIA and consequently require a reassessment of the environmental impacts associated with the change. Examples of such change include Change in location of the proposed plant. Action Required: Environmental impacts of the proposed change will be reassessed and sent to the Balochistan EPA for approval.
11-1
b. Second Order A second order change is one that does not result in the change in project description or impacts that are significantly different from those detailed in the EIA. Examples of second order changes include extension in the site area. Action Required: The required action for such changes is to reassess the impact of the activity on the environment and specify additional mitigation measures if required and report the changes to the Balochistan EPA. c. Third Order
A third order change is one that does not result in impacts above those already assessed in the EIA, rather these may be made on site to minimise the impact of an activity such as: Increase in project workforce Change in layout plan of plant The only action required for such changes will be to record the change in the Change Record Register.
11-2
12
Environmental Management/Monitoring Cost

An accurate estimate of environmental management/monitoring costs is not possible at present. However a rough estimate of the same during the project operation phase is provided in Table 12-1. It should be noted here that the actual expenses to account for the environmental management/monitoring might increase or decrease during Uch-II operational phase.
12-1
Table 12-1: Environmental management/monitoring cost estimate - Operational Phase Sr.No 1 1.1 1.2 Activity/Monitoring Environment Management System (EMS) Cost Environment related staff cost EMS development/implementation and ISO 14001 accreditation cost EMS external audits Environment Monitoring System Cost Stacks emission monitoring (CEMS) 2,000 Annual CEMS equipment cost already included in project cost. Indicated cost will cover its maintenance and calibration on an annual basis. Covers cost for seasonal ambient air quality monitoring Annual stack emission testing by third party One time cost for procurement of noise meter for in house monitoring Annual noise monitoring by third party Covers cost of pH, BOD, COD, TSS and other analyzers/equipment for day to day plant effluent testing Third party annual water quality tests 35,294 47,059 Annual One time Covers cost of dedicated EHS officer Covers cost associated with EMS implementation and ISO 14001certification during operational phase Covers EMS audits cost by external auditors Estimated Cost (USD) Type Remarks
1.3 2 2.1
2,353
Annual
2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6
Third party ambient air quality monitoring Third party stack emissions monitoring Ambient and occupational noise monitoring Third party ambient and occupational noise monitoring Lab equipment (sewage and water testing from different plant areas ) Water quality external tests (including ground water)
7,059 1,765 2,353 1,765 117,647
Annual Annual Annual Annual One time
2.7
1,176
Annual
12-2
Sr.No 3 3.1 Miscellaneous
Activity/Monitoring
Estimated Cost (USD) 23,529
Type
Remarks
Solid waste management system/area development
One time
Cover costs of landfill area development, Oil and chemical spill kits, waste bins and other arrangements etc Annual cost associated with management, handling, and transportation of waste within site Annual provision for execution of environment related initiatives Annual provision for third party consultancy on environment related initiatives as well as for auditing. Annual provision for environment related trainings Annual provision for landscaping and plantation of trees
3.2 3.3 3.4
Solid waste management Environment related projects and initiatives Environmental consultancy/ auditing
4,412 5,882 3,529
Annual Annual Annual
3.5 3.6
Trainings Landscape/Tree plantation
3,529 5,647
Annual Annual
Notes: The above mentioned costs are rough estimate only as provided by the proponent (Uch-II) with the possibility of increase or decrease in the actual expense incurred during the operational phase of the project The above estimates assume an exchange rate of 1USD=85PKR
12-3
Appendix A Environmental Checklists
Non-compliance Recording Database
No Date Location Activity/Staff Reported by
Photograph
Category
Description Significance
Corrective Action Target Date
Status
ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT -:
Prepared by: Reviewed by:
Date Distribution
Code
Pages
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Introduction The Project Environmental Meetings and Reporting Activity Monitoring Effects Monitoring Effects Monitoring Physical Environment Effects Monitoring Vegetation Effects Monitoring - Wildlife Effects Monitoring - Socio-economic and Cultural Environment List of Environmental Non compliances Trainings Approvals Change Managements
APPENDICES
APPROVAL FORM
Prepared by: Reviewed by:
Date Distribution
Code
Pages
1 - Introduction 2 Location 3 Availability No Parameter Details
4 EIA Approval Criteria 5 Monitoring Party Approval 6 Conditions of Approval
Sample Checklist for Construction of Camps
Description Is the location of camp the same as stated in EIA ?
Yes
No
Remarks
Is the area of the Camp site kept to the minimum?
Has a distance of 500 m been maintained between Camp site and communities? Have photographs been taken prior to the start of the construction activity? Is the area of the camp site the same as stated in EIA?
Is the Camp site located in a leveled area?
Have the areas along the well site been visually monitored and show any signs of soil erosion? Are there adequate number of waste bins for collection of wastes at the camp site? Is the soak pit being constructed?
Is the soak pit being covered completely?
Does all fuel and oil storage areas have a concrete pad underneath to prevent soil contamination in case of leaks or spills? Have all fuel tanks been properly marked to highlight their contents? Are the waste segregation units being built? Have the waste contractors been approved by UPL prior to project phases? Have the waste water collection systems provided with grease traps?
Additional Notes: Date completed: Name: Signature:
CHANGE MANAGEMENT STATEMENT
Change Management Number Change Management Category Prepared by: Signed:
1. Introduction 2. The Proposed Change 3. Assessment of the Proposed Change 4. Need for Change Management Statement 5. Change Management Category 6. Assessment of Environmental Issues 7. EMP Conditions 8. Guidelines
Training Material (Sample)
Information about the EMP Introduction Roles and responsibilities as specified in the EMP Communication, documentation, and monitoring requirements
General Restrictions Related to Wildlife Setting of camps, equipment stores, or other supplies will be prohibited near isolated water sources. Wildlife or domestic animals are not to be fed. Wildlife is not to be hunted or killed Wildlife or domestic animals are not to be harassed. All wildlife sightings are to be reported.
Communication of Environmental Problems to Appropriate Officer Whenever a crew member faces an environmental problem, he should immediately report this to his supervisor or the environmental monitor, who in turn discuss this during the Daily Environmental Meeting to be held on-site The following incidents are also to be reported to Uch-2//Project Contractors: Any leakage, oil, fuel etc. Any spill, oil, fuel, grease, paint etc. Any fire Any waste observed left in the field Any damage to vegetation, trees, bushes etc (Flora) Any damage to animals (Fauna) Any sightings of endangered animals
Access route management Only those routes are to be used that are approved by the Uch-II Off road travel at any location is not allowed No new routes are to formed without prior approval of Uch-II Unnecessary travel on access routes is to be avoided Natural drainage is not to be disturbed Use of horns is avoided as far as possible; pressure horns are not to be used at all Vegetation is not damaged Vegetation is not to be damaged or cut within or around the camp site Vegetation is not to be damaged or cut along the access track or camp site Open fires for cooking is not allowed at any place
Cutting of trees is not allowed. Inform Uch-II /Project Contractors if any fallen tree is observed near the project activity area Water to be used only from approved sources Washing of vehicles is not allowed in the project area Repair of vehicles is to be carried out only at designated places. If repairing of vehicle is needed in the field, only proper procedures should be followed Report any kind of incident to Uch-II /Project Contractors
Socio-economic Do not enter any community area without first informing local men folk. Enter only if accompanied by a local community person. Respect local women Do not obstruct local traffic Vehicular speeds should be maintained. Maintain slow speeds near communities, livestock, etc.
Waste disposal Waste should not be left at site. All the waste at site should be collected and brought to camp for proper disposal No trash, wrappers, shopping bags, paper, cans, bottles or any other kind of litter will be thrown in the open. Oil spillages to be avoided, in case of a spill report to Uch-II /Project Contractors Waste to be disposed off as stated in the EMP

UCH-II EIA Report by Halcrow For ADB Jan 2010

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

UCH-II EIA Report by Halcrow For ADB Jan 2010

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Environmental Impact Assessment

Project Number: 43903 December 2010

PAK: UCH-II Power Project

UCH-II POWER (PRIVATE) LIMITED

Uch-II Power (Private) Limited

Halcrow Pakistan (Pvt) Limited

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

The EIA Methodology

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Impacts and Mitigation

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Environmental Management Plan

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Table ES-1 Environmental impacts, mitigation and characterisation matrix

Activity and Source

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Activity and Source

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Activity and Source

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Activity and Source

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Green House gas Emissions

Activity and Source

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Activity and Source

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Soil and Land Contamination

Activity and Source

Duration Construction Operation Medium term Medium term

Extent Local Local

Reversibility Reversible Reversible

Likelihood Possibly Unlikely

Severity Minor Moderate

Significance Low Low

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Drainage and Storm water runoff

Activity and Source

Duration Construction Operation Short term Short term

Extent Local Local

Reversibility Reversible Reversible

Likelihood Possibly Unlikely

Severity Minor Minor

Significance Low Low

JANUARY 2010 PKUCCH200-EIA-F03

EIA for Expansion of 404 MW Power Generation Capacity at UPS

Activity and Source

Duration Construction Operation Medium term Medium term

Extent Local Local

Reversibility Reversible Reversible

Likelihood Unlikely Unlikely

Severity Moderate Moderate